manualshive.com logo in svg

Dell Force10 TeraScale C Series, Reference Manual

The Dell Force10 TeraScale C Series offers high-performance networking solutions. Easily navigate the system with our comprehensive Reference Manual, available for free download from our website. This manual provides detailed instructions and troubleshooting tips to ensure an optimized user experience with our exceptional product.

Share
Download
background image

High Availability (HA) |

537

Related

Commands

 

redundancy auto-failover-limit 

c e

Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When an non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic 
RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers.

Syntax

redundancy auto-failover-limit

 [

count

 

number

 [

period

 

minutes

] | 

period

 

minutes

]]

To disable the auto-failover limit control, enter 

no redundancy auto-failover-limit

.

Parameters

Defaults

Count: 3 Period: 60 minutes

Command Modes

CONFIGURATION

Command

History

Usage

Information

If auto failover is disabled, enter the 

redundancy auto-failover-limit

 (without any parameters) to 

set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes).Use the 

show redundancy

 

command to view the redundancy status.

When you change one or both of the optional parameters, FTOS checks that the interval between auto 
failovers is more than five (5) minutes. If the interval is less, FTOS returns a configuration error 
message.

redundancy disable-auto-reboot 

c e

Prevent the system from auto-rebooting the failed module.

Syntax

redundancy disable-auto-reboot [rpm| card number | all]

To return to the default, enter 

no redundancy disable-auto-reboot rpm

.

Parameters

Defaults

Disabled (that is, the failed module is automatically rebooted).

Command Modes

CONFIGURATION

show processes restartable

count

 

number

 

Enter the number of times the RPMs can automatically failover within the period 
defined in the period parameter.

Range: 2 to 10

Default: 3

period

 

minutes

Enter a duration in which to allow a number of automatic failovers (limited to the 
number defined in the count parameter).

Range: 5 to 9000 minutes

Default: 60 minutes

Version 8.1.1.0

Introduced on E-Series ExaScale

Version 7.5.1.0

Introduced on C-Series

Version 7.6.1.0

Introduced on E-Series

rpm

 

Enter the keyword 

rpm

 to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM.

Summary of Contents for Force10 TeraScale C Series

Page 1: ...FTOS Command Line Reference Guide FTOS 8 4 2 7 E Series TeraScale C Series S Series S50 S25 ...

Page 2: ... Corporation in the U S and other countries AMD R is a registered trademark and AMD Opteron TM AMD Phenom TM and AMD Sempron TM are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices Inc Microsoft R Windows R Windows Server R Internet Explorer R MS DOS R Windows Vista R and Active Directory R are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Red ...

Page 3: ...odes 20 EXEC Mode 21 EXEC Privilege Mode 21 CONFIGURATION Mode 21 INTERFACE Mode 21 LINE Mode 22 TRACE LIST Mode 22 MAC ACCESS LIST Mode 22 IP ACCESS LIST Mode 23 ROUTE MAP Mode 23 PREFIX LIST Mode 23 AS PATH ACL Mode 23 IP COMMUNITY LIST Mode 24 REDIRECT LIST Mode 24 SPANNING TREE Mode 24 Per VLAN SPANNING TREE Plus Mode 24 RAPID SPANNING TREE Mode 25 MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Mode 25 PROTOCOL GVRP ...

Page 4: ... Remember 189 9 Access Control Lists ACL Overview 205 Commands Common to all ACL Types 205 Common IP ACL Commands 207 Standard IP ACL Commands 211 Extended IP ACL Commands 218 Common MAC Access List Commands 250 Standard MAC ACL Commands 253 Extended MAC ACL Commands 258 IP Prefix List Commands 263 Route Map Commands 269 AS Path Commands 286 IP Community List Commands 289 10 ACL VLAN Group Overvie...

Page 5: ...yer 2 ACL Commands 444 14 Configuration Rollback Overview 447 Commands 447 15 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Overview 457 Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server 457 Commands to Configure Secure DHCP 465 16 Equal Cost Multi Path Overview 473 Commands 473 17 Far End Failure Detection FEFD Overview 479 Commands 479 18 FTOS Resilient Ring Protocol FRRP Overview 485 Commands 485...

Page 6: ...555 Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping 555 Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier 556 23 Interfaces Overview 561 Basic Interface Commands 561 Port Channel Commands 616 Time Domain Reflectometer TDR 625 Important Points to Remember 626 UDP Broadcast 627 Important Points to Remember 628 24 IPv4 Routing Overview 631 Commands 631 25 IPv6 Access Control Lists IPv6 ACLs Overview 683 I...

Page 7: ...rview 867 MAC Addressing Commands 867 Virtual LAN VLAN Commands 887 31 Link Layer Detection Protocol LLDP Overview 897 Commands 897 LLDP MED Commands 906 32 Multicast Listener Discovery MLD Overview 915 MLD Commands 915 MLD Snooping Commands 922 33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP Overview 927 Commands 927 34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol MSTP Overview 937 Commands 937 35 Multicast Overv...

Page 8: ...licy based Routing PBR Overview 1085 Commands 1085 40 PIM Dense Mode PIM DM Overview 1095 IPv4 PIM Dense Mode Commands 1095 41 PIM Sparse Mode PIM SM Overview 1097 IPv4 PIM Sparse Mode Commands 1097 IPv6 PIM Sparse Mode Commands 1120 42 PIM Source Specific Mode PIM SSM Overview 1131 IPv4 PIM Commands 1131 IPv4 PIM Source Specific Mode Commands 1131 IPv6 PIM Commands 1133 IPv6 PIM Source Specific M...

Page 9: ...nts to Remember multicast bandwidth option 1201 Queue Level Debugging 1224 48 Router Information Protocol RIP Overview 1235 Commands 1235 49 Remote Monitoring RMON Overview 1253 Commands 1253 50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP Overview 1265 Commands 1265 51 Security Overview 1277 Commands 1277 AAA Accounting Commands 1277 Authorization and Privilege Commands 1280 Authentication and Password Comm...

Page 10: ...mportant Points to Remember 1343 Commands 1344 54 SNMP and Syslog Overview 1355 SNMP Commands 1355 Important Points to Remember 1356 Syslog Commands 1371 55 SONET Overview 1383 Commands 1383 56 S Series Stacking Commands Overview 1401 Commands 1401 57 Storm Control Overview 1409 Commands 1409 Important Points to Remember 1409 58 Spanning Tree Protocol STP Overview 1417 Commands 1417 59 Time and Ne...

Page 11: ...munication Commands 1495 RPM Management Port Commands 1501 Data Path Debugging Commands 1503 Interface Troubleshooting Commands 1506 Advanced ASIC Debugging Commands 1510 ACL and System Flow Debug Commands 1514 Interface Management Debug Commands 1516 Layer 2 Debug Command 1518 Trace Logging Commands 1519 Offline Diagnostic Commands 1525 PoE Hardware Status Commands 1527 Buffer Tuning Commands 152...

Page 12: ...o r t d e l l c o m 66 S Series Debugging and Diagnostics Offline Diagnostic Commands 1575 Important Points to Remember 1575 Buffer Tuning Commands 1577 Hardware Commands 1582 A ICMP Message Types B SNMP Traps C Index D Command Index ...

Page 13: ...e information and sample output For details on when to use the commands refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide That guide contains an Appendix with a list of the RFCs and MIBs management information base files supported Audience This document is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks This guide assumes you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Laye...

Page 14: ... are optional x y Keywords and parameters separated by bar require you to choose one x y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar enables you to choose any or all of them Table 1 1 Information Symbols Symbol Brief Description c C Series This symbol indicates that the selected feature is supported on the C Series e E Series This symbol indicates that the selected feature is supported on th...

Page 15: ...s Command Modes Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully you are positioned on the command line in the EXEC mode and not prompted to log in You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session When you Telnet into the switch you are prompted to enter a login name and password Figure 2 1 is an example of a successful Telnet login session Figure 2 1 Logi...

Page 16: ... with the hostname command as described in hostname The second part of the prompt reflecting the current CLI mode as shown in Table 2 1 The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure Table 2 1 lists the prompts and their corresponding command levels called modes Starting with the CONFIGURATION mode the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode T...

Page 17: ...f ma 0 0 FTOS conf if range INTERFACE FTOS config ext nacl FTOS config std nacl IP ACCESS LIST FTOS config line aux FTOS config line console FTOS config line vty LINE FTOS config ext macl FTOS config std macl MAC ACCESS LIST FTOS config mon sess MONITOR SESSION FTOS config span STP FTOS config mstp MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE FTOS config pvst Per VLAN SPANNING TREE Plus FTOS config rstp RAPID SPANNING ...

Page 18: ...s list as path BGP autonomous system path filter community list Add a community list entry domain list Domain name to complete unqualified host name domain lookup Enable IP Domain Name System hostname translation domain name Define the default domain name fib FIB configuration commands ftp FTP configuration commands host Add an entry to the ip hostname table max frag count Max fragmented packets a...

Page 19: ... resulting output either excludes or includes those parameters as defined by the parameter display display additional configuration information Table 2 2 Short cut Keys and their Actions Key Combination Action CNTL A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line CNTL B Moves the cursor back one character CNTL D Deletes character at cursor CNTL E Moves the cursor to the end of the line CNTL...

Page 20: ... and ethernet Displaying All Output To display the output all at once not one screen at a time use the no more after the pipe This is similar to the terminal length screen length command except that the no more option affects the output of just the specified command For example FTOS show running config no more Filtering Command Output Multiple Times You can filter a single command output multiple ...

Page 21: ...N Mode In the EXEC Privilege mode use the configure command to enter the CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces To enter the CONFIGURATION mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to the EXEC Privilege mode 2 Enter the configure command The prompt changes to include conf From this mode you can enter INTERFACE by using the interface command INTERFACE Mode Use the INTER...

Page 22: ...C ACCESS LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode use the mac access list standard or mac access list extended command to enter the MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists ACL To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode 2 Use the mac access list standard or mac access list extended command You must include a n...

Page 23: ...e permit deny sequence number command The prompt changes to include route map You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command PREFIX LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode use the ip prefix list command to enter the PREFIX LIST mode and configure a prefix list To enter PREFIX LIST mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the ip prefix list com...

Page 24: ... list command You must include a name for the Redirect list The prompt changes to include conf redirect list You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command SPANNING TREE Mode Use the STP mode to enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol as described in Chapter 58 Spanning Tree Protocol STP To enter STP mode 1 Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode 2 Ent...

Page 25: ...nd You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command PROTOCOL GVRP Mode Use the PROTOCOL GVRP mode to enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol GVRP as described in Chapter 20 GARP VLAN Registration GVRP To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode 1 Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the protocol gvrp command syntax You can return to the CONFIGURATION mod...

Page 26: ...nd The prompt changes to include conf router_isis You can switch to the INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to the ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command ROUTER BGP Mode Use the ROUTER BGP mode to configure BGP on the C Series or E Series as described in Chapter 12 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 BGPv4 To enter ROUTER BGP mode 1 Verify that you are logged into the...

Page 27: ...eries FPGA Basic File Management Commands The commands included in this chapter are boot config boot host boot network boot system boot system gateway cd change bootflash image copy copy Streamline Upgrade copy running config startup config delete dir download alt boot image download alt full image download alt system image format C Series and E Series format flash S Series logging coredump loggin...

Page 28: ... you do not specify a boot config file then the startup configuration is used although the bootvar shows LOCAL CONFIG FILE variable does not exist When you specify a boot config file the switch reloads with that config file rather than the startup config Note that if you specify a local config file which is not present in the specified location then the startup configuration is loaded The write me...

Page 29: ...oes not exist CONFIG LOAD PREFERENCE local first BOOT INTERFACE GATEWAY IP ADDRESS variable does not exist FTOS show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE flash FTOS EF 8 2 1 0 bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE flash FTOS EF 7 6 1 0 bin DEFAULT IMAGE FILE flash FTOS EF 7 5 1 0 bin LOCAL CONFIG FILE variable does not exist PRIMARY HOST CONFIG FILE variable does not exist SECONDARY HOST CONFIG FILE variable does not ex...

Page 30: ...ration files secondary Enter the keywords secondary to attempt to load the secondary network configuration files remote url Enter the following location keywords and information For a file on an FTP server enter ftp user password hostip filepath For a file on a TFTP server enter tftp hostip filepath Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command show bootvar Display the variable ...

Page 31: ...rectory Syntax cd directory secondary After entering rpm0 or rpm1 enter the keyword secondary to configure boot parameters used if the primary operating system boot selection is not available file url To boot from a file on the internal Flash enter flash followed by the filename on an FTP server enter ftp user password hostip filepath on the external Flash enter slot0 followed by the filename on a...

Page 32: ...TP and SCP in the hostip field Syntax copy source file url destination file url directory OPTONAL Enter one of the following flash internal Flash or any sub directory slot0 external Flash or any sub directory C Series and E Series only Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command cp Enter the keyword cp to change the bootflash image on the...

Page 33: ...url Enter the following location keywords and information To copy a file from the internal FLASH enter flash followed by the filename To copy a file on an FTP server enter ftp user password hostip filepath To copy a file from the internal FLASH on RPM0 enter rpm0flash filepath To copy a file from the external FLASH on RPM0 enter rpm0slot0 filepath To copy a file from the internal FLASH on RPM1 ent...

Page 34: ...10 1 Destination file name startup config old_running User name to login remote host sburgess Password to login remote host dilling FTOS copy scp flash Address or name of remote host 10 11 199 134 Port number of the server 22 99 Source file name test cfg User name to login remote host admin Password to login remote host Destination file name test cfg test1 cfg cd Change working directory source ur...

Page 35: ...en you use the copy running config startup config duplicate command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration FTOS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration delete c e s Delete a file from the flash Once deleted files cannot be restored Syntax delete flash url no confirm Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Note The keywords bo...

Page 36: ... the FTOS Release Notes Related Commands filename directory name OPTIONAL Enter one of the following For a file or directory on the internal Flash enter flash followed by the filename or directory name For a file or directory on the external Flash enter slot0 followed by the filename or directory name Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original C...

Page 37: ... Information Starting with FTOS 7 7 1 0 the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade command For software upgrade details see the FTOS Release Notes Related Commands format C Series and E Series ce Erase all existing files and reformat a file system Once the file system is formatted files cannot be restored Syntax format filesystem dosFs1 0 dosFs2 0 Parameters Version 7 7 1 0 Re...

Page 38: ...orts DOS 2 0 only Related Commands format flash S Series s Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory Once the filesystem is formatted files cannot be restored Syntax format flash Default flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information You must include the colon when entering this command Caution This command deletes all files incl...

Page 39: ...e rebooting the system Related Commands logging coredump server c e s Designate a server to upload core dumps Syntax logging coredump server ipv4 address ipv6 address username name password type password Parameters copy Copy the current configuration to either the startup configuration file or the terminal show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem show file systems Display ...

Page 40: ...Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Command Example pwd Related Commands type Enter the password type Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password Enter 7 to enter a password that has already been encrypted using a Type 7 hashing algorithm password Enter a password to access the target server Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv6 Version 7 7 1 0 Restructured command to accommodate co...

Page 41: ...e following keywords and a filename For a file on the internal Flash enter flash followed by the filename For a file on the external Flash enter slot0 followed by the filename Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command all Enter this keyword to display boot image information for all linecards and RPMs linecard Enter this keyword to displ...

Page 42: ...lid invalid RP2 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command FTOS show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE ftp box password 10 31 1 205 home 5 3 1 5 3 1 0 FTOS ED RPM1 5 3 1 0 bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE variable does not exist DEFAULT IMAGE FILE flash FTOS ED 5 3 1 0 bin LOCAL CONFIG FILE variable does not exist PRIMARY HOST CONFIG FILE variable does not exis...

Page 43: ...iginal Command FTOS show file flash startup config boot system rpm0 primary ftp test server 10 16 1 144 home images E1200_405 3 1 2b1 86 bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash FTOS ED 6 1 1 0 bin boot system rpm0 default ftp redundancy auto synchronize persistent data redundancy primary rpm0 hostname E1200 20 enable password 7 94849d8482d5c3 username test password 7 93e1e7e2ef enable restricted 7 94...

Page 44: ... size is listed Feature Displays the formatted DOS version of the device Type Displays the type of storage If the location is remote the word network is listed Flags Displays the access available to the storage location The following letters indicate the level of access r read access w write access Prefixes Displays the name of the storage location FTOS show file systems Size b Free b Feature Type...

Page 45: ...a table with information on all present linecards boot information OPTIONAL Enter the keyword boot information to view cache boot information of all line cards in table format Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command FTOS show linecard boot information Line cards Serial Booted Next Cache Boot Status CurType number from boot boot flash 0 1 2 3 online E48TF FX000032632 4 7 7 ...

Page 46: ...runtime 7 5 1 0 route processor passed runtime 7 5 1 0 terascale linecard passed boot flash 2 4 1 1 control processor passed boot flash 2 4 1 1 route processor passed boot flash 2 3 1 3 terascale linecard passed boot selector 2 4 1 1 control processor passed boot selector 2 4 1 1 route processor passed boot selector 2 3 1 3 terascale linecard passed FTOS FTOS show os version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMAT...

Page 47: ...figuration interface for the current interface configuration isis for the current ISIS configuration line for the current line configuration load balance for the current port channel load balance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac address table for the current MAC configuration management route for the current Management port f...

Page 48: ...for the current wred profile configuration configured OPTIONAL Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non default configurations only status OPTIONAL Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start up configuration Version 7 8 1 0 Added hardware monitor option Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduce...

Page 49: ...splays the SFM s active status Card Type States the type of SFM Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes since the RPM s last reboot Temperature Displays the temperature of the RPM Minor alarm status if temperature is over 65 C Power Status Displays power status absent down or up Serial Num Displays the line card serial number Part Num Displays the line card part number Vendor ID Displays ...

Page 50: ...Modules Slot Status 0 active 1 active 2 active 3 active 4 active 5 active 6 active 7 active 8 active FTOS Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Expanded to include last configuration change and start up last updated date and time and who made the change FTOS show startup config Version 7 4 1 0 Last configuration change at Thu Mar 29 02 16 07 ...

Page 51: ...ystem Version 1 0 Force10 Application Software Version 5 3 1 0 Copyright c 1999 2004 by Force10 Networks Inc Build Time Sun May 9 00 57 03 PT 2004 Build Path local local0 Release 5 4 1 SW Bsp Diag Force10 uptime is 1 days 3 hours 16 minutes System image file is home 5 3 1 5 3 1 0 FTOS ED RPM1 5 3 1 0 bin Chassis Type E1200 Control Processor IBM PowerPC 405GP Rev D with 268435456 bytes of memory Ro...

Page 52: ...ild build2 Release E7 8 1 SW SRC Force10 uptime is 1 minute s System Type S50V Control Processor MPC8451E with 252739584 bytes of memory 32M bytes of boot flash memory 1 48 port E FE GE with POE SB 48 GigabitEthernet IEEE 802 3 interface s 4 Ten GigabitEthernet IEEE 802 3 interface s FTOS bootflash image Enter the keyword bootflash image to upgrade the bootflash image bootselector image Enter the ...

Page 53: ...sing the image packed with the currently running FTOS image file url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade using an FTOS image other than the one currently running Enter the transfer method and file location flash filename ftp userid password hostip filepath slot0 filename tftp hostip filepath Version 7 7 1 0 Removed alt bootflash image alt bootselector image alt system ...

Page 54: ... the keyword rpm to upgrade the system image of a selector image on all processors on the RPM repair Enter this keyword to upgrade a line card newly inserted into an already upgraded chassis This option is only available with the system image keyword booted Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image using the currently running FTOS image file url Enter the following location keywords and informat...

Page 55: ...oot image system Enter this keyword to change the system image ftp After entering this keyword you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form userid password hostip filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence scp After entering this keyword you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form userid password hostip filepath or press Enter t...

Page 56: ...necard number Parameters sfm Enter the keyword sfm to upgrade the FPGA on the SFMs rpm Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade all processors on the RPM all Enter the keyword all to upgrade the FPGA on all the SFMs id Enter the keyword id to upgrade the FPGA on all a specific SFM Enter the path to the upgrade source Entering CR updates the FPGA from the flash Version 8 3 1 0 Added rpm option Version 7 5 ...

Page 57: ...ion LC4 48 Port 1G LCM FPGA A 3 6 restore Warning Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should only be attempted when necessary A failure at this upgrade may cause a board RMA Proceed with caution Restore fpga image for linecard 4 yes no yes FPGA restore in progress Please do NOT power off the card Upgrade result Linecard 4 FPGA restore successful reset Reset a card rpm number Enter rpm followed ...

Page 58: ...eywords and information to upgrade the FPGA using an FTOS image other than the one currently running To specify an FTOS image on the internal flash enter flash file path filename To specify an FTOS image on an FTP server enter ftp user password hostip filepath To specify an FTOS image on the external flash on the primary RPM slot0 file path filename To copy a file on a TFTP server enter tftp hosti...

Page 59: ...ow each command heading c C Series e E Series s S Series To access the BOOT_USER mode boot your Dell Force10 platform When the prompt Hit any key to break into BOOT_USER mode appears press a key Commands boot change boot messages boot selection boot zero default gateway delete dir enable format ignore enable password ignore startup config interface management ethernet ip address interface manageme...

Page 60: ... the information press Enter Note You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode Note The question mark key to get help does not work in this mode Instead enter help primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the boot parameters used in the first attempt to boot FTOS secondary Enter the keyword secondary to configure boot parameters used if the primary operating system boot selec...

Page 61: ...ot selection c e Specify the boot flash partition in the internal Flash from which to boot the system Syntax boot selection a b BOOT_USER boot change primary clear field clear non essential field boot device ftp BOOT_USER boot change primary clear field go to previous field boot device ftp file name tt latestlabel Server IP address 10 16 1 209 username amsterdam password BOOT_USER boot system Set ...

Page 62: ...t change command a Enter the keyword a to select the boot code in partition A b Enter the keyword b to select the boot code in partition B boot change Change the primary secondary or default boot image configuration show boot selection Display the current Boot Flash image selected primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the boot parameters used in the first attempt to boot the system second...

Page 63: ...ng System boot parameters specified SECONDARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS No Operating System boot parameters specified DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS No Operating System boot parameters specified BOOT_USER boot change Change the primary secondary or default boot image configuration show boot selection Display the current Boot Flash image selected ip address Enter the IP address of ...

Page 64: ...he internal Flash enter flash followed by the filename For a file on the external Flash enter slot0 followed by the filename BOOT_USER dir flash Displaying files in flash size date time name 8681647 MAR 21 2004 11 08 50 E1200 3 1 a3 78 bin 4905 MAR 17 2004 18 16 34 nimule 1182431 FEB 29 2004 22 08 14 dohuk 8807825 MAR 30 2004 12 49 14 E1200 3 1 0 309 bin 1182431 FEB 24 2004 22 52 00 t1 14729 MAR 1...

Page 65: ...you will not be prompted for a password to enter the EXEC Privilege mode normally you are required to enter the enable command If your console or Telnet session expires after you used the ignore enable password command you are prompted for an enable password when you re establish the session Related Commands file url Enter the location keywords and information For a file on the internal Flash ente...

Page 66: ... the runtime CLI of the C Series and E Series not on S Series use the ip address command in the INTERFACE mode to change the Management interface s IP address If there is a mac address programmed in the eeprom the show interface management ethernet command gets the mac address from there and displays it If there is no mac address programmed the following is used by default 00 10 18 00 00 01 To vie...

Page 67: ...ormation Assign any copper port to be the Management Ethernet interface Related Commands interface management port config c e Configure speed duplex and negotiation settings for the management interface Syntax interface management port config half duplex full duplex 10m 100m auto negotiation no auto negotiation show mac address Enter a MAC address in standard format xx xx xx xx xx xx Version 7 8 1...

Page 68: ...ment interface to full duplex mode 10m Enter the keyword 10m to set the speed on the Management interface to 10 Mb s 100m Enter the keyword 100m to set the speed of the Management interface to 100 Mb s auto negotiation Enter the keyword auto negotiation to enable negotiation on the Management interface no auto negotiation Enter the keyword no auto negotiation to disable auto negotiation on the Man...

Page 69: ...rs them in the BLI Instead the configurations are saved in a software cache and are written into NVRAM only on the execution of this save command or of the reload command Related Commands show boot selection c e Display the current FTOS boot image Syntax show boot selection Command Modes BOOT_USER file url Enter the location keywords and information For a file on the internal Flash enter flash fol...

Page 70: ...n boot selection Change the boot flash image on the internal Flash BOOT_USER show bootflash GENERAL BOOTFLASH INFO Bootflash Partition A Force10 Networks System Boot Copyright 1999 2004 Force10 Networks Inc ROM Header Version 1 0 Engineering CP_IMG_BOOT BSP Release 2 0 0 19 Checksum 0x39303030 Created Mon Mar 20 10 56 53 US Pacific 2004 by xxx on Unknown host Bootflash Partition B Force10 Networks...

Page 71: ...ress 10 16 1 181 24 Server IP address 10 16 1 209 username amsterdam password SECONDARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS boot device flash file name E1200 3 1 1 3 bin DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS boot device flash file name E1200 3 1 1 2 bin BOOT_USER boot change Change the primary secondary or default boot image configuration boot zero Erase the configured primary secondary or default...

Page 72: ...nt port Example Figure 4 10 show interface management ethernet Command Example Related Commands Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series BOOT_USER show interfaces management ethernet Management ethernet IP address 10 16 1 181 24 BOOT_USER BOOT_USER show interface management ethernet Management ethernet IP address 10 16 1 181 24 Management ethernet MAC address 00 01 e8 43 13 16 Management ethernet po...

Page 73: ...fic stats configure show debugging debug cpu traffic stats show environment C Series and E Series debug ftpserver show environment S Series disable show inventory C Series and E Series do show inventory S Series enable show linecard enable xfp power updates show linecard boot information end show memory C Series and E Series epoch show memory S Series exec banner show processes cpu C Series and E ...

Page 74: ...t C Series and E Series ip telnet source interface show tech support S Series ip tftp source interface ssh peer rpm line telnet linecard telnet peer rpm module power off terminal length motd banner terminal xml ping traceroute power off undebug all power on upload trace log reload virtual ip reset write rpm slot location led c Enter the keywords banner exec and then enter a character delineator re...

Page 75: ...0 P CP SEC 5 LOGOUT Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner FTOS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started 4d21h6m RPM0 P CP SEC 5 LOGIN_SUCCESS Login successful for user on line console This is the banner FTOS banner login Sets a banner for login connections to the system banner motd Sets a Message of the Day banner exec banner Enable the display of a text stri...

Page 76: ... Privilege mode banner motd Sets a Message of the Day banner FTOS conf banner login keyboard interactive Press enter key to get prompt LINE c banner text c where c is a delimiting character FTOS conf no banner login keyboard interactive Prompt will be displayed by default cr FTOS conf banner login keyboard interactive Enter TEXT message End with the character This is the banner FTOS conf end FTOS ...

Page 77: ... system Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command banner exec Sets a banner to be displayed when you enter the EXEC Privilege mode banner login Sets a banner to be displayed after successful login to the system all Enter the ...

Page 78: ...nal Command Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command show command history Display a buffered log of all commands entered by all users along with a time stamp line number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system Range 0 to 11 aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the...

Page 79: ...is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on Use the show cpu traffic stats to view the traffic statistics Excessive traffic is received by CPU and traffic will be rate controlled Related Commands terminal OPTIONAL Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced...

Page 80: ...EXEC level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level Syntax do command Parameters Defaults No default behavior Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command level OPTIONAL Enter a number for a privilege level of the FTOS Ra...

Page 81: ...vilege level is specified the default is privilege level 15 Related Commands Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf if te 5 0 do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces confirm FTOS conf if te 5 0 FTOS conf if te 5 0 do clear logging Clear logging buffer c...

Page 82: ...re the polling frequency end c e s Return to the EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes for example the CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes Syntax end Command Modes CONFIGURATION SPANNING TREE MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE LINE INTERFACE TRACE LIST VRRP ACCESS LIST PREFIX LIST AS PATH ACL COMMUNITY LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands interval seconds E...

Page 83: ...eyword 3 2 to set the epoch to 3 2 micro seconds and lower the latency This option is available on the E600 E600i and E1200 E1200i only ExaScale does not supports this setting with FTOS 8 3 1 0 and later 10 4 Enter the keyword 10 4 to set the epoch to 10 4 micro seconds This is the default setting and is available on the E300 E600 E600i and E1200 Version 8 3 1 0 Added 2 4 micro seconds option ExaS...

Page 84: ...ut Parameters Defaults 10 minutes for console line 30 minutes for VTY lines 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information To remove the time interval enter exec timeout 0 0 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command banner exec Configure a banner to display when entering th...

Page 85: ...ated Commands ftp server enable c e s Enable FTP server functions on the system Syntax ftp server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started FTOS Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command end Return to the EXE...

Page 86: ...1 220 FTOS 1 0 FTP server ready Name 10 31 1 111 dch dch 331 Password required Password 230 User logged in ftp pwd 257 Current directory is flash ftp dir 200 Port set okay 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection size date time name 512 Jul 20 2004 18 15 00 tgtimg 512 Jul 20 2004 18 15 00 diagnostic 512 Jul 20 2004 18 15 00 other 512 Jul 20 2004 18 15 00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received ...

Page 87: ... long as the user name password password Enter the keyword password followed by a string up to 40 characters long as the password Without specifying an encryption type the password is unencrypted encryption type OPTIONAL After the keyword password enter one of the following numbers 0 zero for an unecrypted clear text password 7 seven for hidden text password Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ...

Page 88: ... show running config ftp command The password configured by the ip ftp password command is used when you use the ftp parameter in the copy command Related Commands encryption type OPTIONAL Enter one of the following numbers 0 zero for an unecrypted clear text password 7 seven for hidden text password password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series...

Page 89: ...d by the slot port information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series 1 128 E Series 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For SONET interface types enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port informatio...

Page 90: ... 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ip ssh server Enable SSH server on the system interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEt...

Page 91: ...rt or number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel enter the keyword port channel followed by a numb...

Page 92: ... console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port The console option for the S Series is 0 0 vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions The system supports 10 Telnet sessions end number OPTIONAL Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure You can configure multiple lines...

Page 93: ... 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command FTOS show linecard 0 Line card 0 Status online Next Boot online Required Type E48VB 48 port GE 10 100 1000Base T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE CB Current Type E48VB 48 port GE 10 100 1000Base T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE CB Hardware Rev 2 0 Num Ports 48 Up Time 1 min 56 sec FTOS Version 8 4 2 399 Jumbo Capable yes POE Capable...

Page 94: ...ype E48VB 48 port GE 10 100 1000Base T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE CB Hardware Rev 2 0 Num Ports 48 Up Time 1 min 56 sec FTOS Version 8 4 2 399 Jumbo Capable yes POE Capable yes Boot Flash A 1 0 0 40 B 2 6 0 2 booted FPGA Flash A 3 2 Memory Size 268435456 bytes Temperature 39C Power Status AC Voltage ok Serial Number FX000008104 Part Number 7520029400 Rev 03 Vendor Id 04 Date Code 01082...

Page 95: ...s ipv6 address count number continuous datagram size timeout source ip src ipv4 address interface tos df bit y n validate reply y n pattern pattern sweep min size sweep max size sweep interval ointerface ip src ipv4 address interface linecard number Enter the keyword line card followed by the line card slot number C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 1200i 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i an...

Page 96: ... or the source interface For IPv6 addresses you may enter global addresses only Enter the IP address in A B C D format For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followe...

Page 97: ...itEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series 1 128 E Series 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale E Series only For the SONET interfaces enter the keyword sonet followed by slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet f...

Page 98: ...o 172 31 1 255 timeout is 2 seconds Reply to request 1 from 172 31 1 208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172 31 1 216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172 31 1 205 16 ms Reply to request 5 from 172 31 1 209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172 31 1 66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172 31 1 87 0 ms FTOS FTOS ping 100 1 Type Ctrl C to abort Sending 5 100 byte ICMP Echos to 100 1 timeout is 2 seconds Success rat...

Page 99: ...rd number Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 E1200i 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on a E300 sfm standby Enter the keyword sfm followed by the slot number of the SFM to power on Note This option is supported on E Series only Version 8 1 1 2 Introduced on E Series ExaScale E600i Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on ...

Page 100: ... linecard number Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number Optional Add the keyword hard or power cycle power cycle is C Series only to power cycle the line card C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on E1200 E1200i 0 to 6 on E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on E300 hard Enter the keyword hard to power cycle the line card power cycle Enter the keyword power cycle after upgradi...

Page 101: ...t a message use CTR C rpm slot number Enter the slot number E1200i 0 13 E600i 0 6 on off Toggles the LED on the RPM on or off Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Enter the asterisk character to send a message to all tty lines line Send a message to a specific line Range 0 to 11 aux Enter the keyword aux to send a message to an Auxiliary line Note This option is supported on E Serie...

Page 102: ... Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege debug OPTIONAL Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity 0 to 6 datetime OPTIONAL Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message localtime OPTIONAL Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp msec OPTIONAL Enter...

Page 103: ...RPM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 2 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 3 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 4 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 5 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 6 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 7 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 36 min line card 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 36 min line...

Page 104: ...20036800 Vendor Id 04 Date Code 01082008 Country Code 01 Product Rev 03 Piece Part ID US 021R1D 76991 1ba 2776 PPID Revision 001 Service Tag srvctg1 Expr Svc Code 626 351 582 89 FTOS FTOS show chassis brief Manufacturing Info Chassis Type E1200 Chassis Mode TeraScale Chassis Epoch 10 4 micro seconds Chassis MAC 00 01 e8 55 55 55 Serial Number FX000003180 Part Number 7520004200 Vendor Id 04 Date Co...

Page 105: ...I enable restricted 7 by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI protocol spanning tree rstp by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI protocol spanning tree pvst by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI no disable by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI interface gigabitethernet 0 1 by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI ip address 1 1 1 1 24 by default from console ...

Page 106: ...0 exit command usage 1 show command tree command usage 9 count option usage 3 show version command usage 1 Global configuration mode aaa authentication enable command usage 1 WORD option usage 1 default option usage 0 enable option usage 0 line option usage 0 none option usage 0 radius option usage 1 tacacs option usage 0 show console lp c e View the buffered boot up log of a line card Syntax show...

Page 107: ... so port number OPTIONAL Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only Range 1 to 1568 all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic sorted based on traffic cp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU Note This option is supported on E Series only linecard OPTIONAL Enter the k...

Page 108: ...ebugging Command Mode EXEC Privilege Command History FTOS show cpu traffic stats Processor CP Received 100 traffic on GigabitEthernet 8 2 Total packets 100 LLC 0 SNAP 0 IP 100 ARP 0 other 0 Unicast 100 Multicast 0 Broadcast 0 Processor RP1 Received 62 traffic on GigabitEthernet 8 2 Total packets 500 LLC 0 SNAP 0 IP 500 ARP 0 other 0 Unicast 500 Multicast 0 Broadcast 0 Received 37 traffic on Gigabi...

Page 109: ... 10 11 20 GigabitEthernet 5 0 1 5 6 10 11 15 17 19 21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 FTOS all Enter the keyword all to view all components fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans The output of this command is chassis dependent See Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 and Figure 5 14 for a comparison of output linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view...

Page 110: ...p up Power Entry Modules Bay Status 0 absent or down 1 up Line Card Environment Status Slot Status Temp PEM0 PEM1 Voltage 0 not present 1 not present 2 not present 3 not present 4 not present 5 not present 6 not present 7 not present 8 not present 9 not present 10 not present 11 booting 53C down up ok 12 not present 13 not present RPM Environment Status Slot Status Temp PEM0 PEM1 Voltage 0 active ...

Page 111: ... 1 4140 up 2 3870 up 3 4140 up 4 3870 up 5 3810 up FTOS all Enter the keyword all to view all components fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans The output of this command is chassis dependent stack unit unit id Enter the keyword stack unit followed by the unit id to display information on a specific stack member Range 0 to 1 pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on ...

Page 112: ...rayStatus Fan0 Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4 Fan5 0 up up up up up up up Power Supplies Unit Bay Status Type 0 0 up AC 0 1 absent Unit Environment Status Unit Status Temp Voltage 0 online 50C ok Management Unit Fan Status Unit Status Speed Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4 Fan5 Fan6 Serial Num Version 1 up high up up up up up up 1234 1 FTOS show environment fan Fan Status Unit TrayStatus Fan0 Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4 Fan5 0 u...

Page 113: ...equency capabilities indicating either that they are operating at 125 MHz or that the frequency capability which is stored in an EPROM cannot be determined If there are no fiber ports in the line card then just the header under show inventory media will be displayed If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted then the output will display Media not present or accessible C300 Example media slot ...

Page 114: ...1 626 351 582 89 0 LC CB GE 48V FX000008104 7520029400 03 US 0YK2JY 76991 1BA 8104 002 SRVCTG2 626 351 582 90 1 LC CB GE 48V FX000010094 7520029401 01 N A N A N A N A 2 LC CB 10GE 4P FX000020945 7520030304 02 N A N A N A N A 3 LC CB 10GE 8P FX000013637 7520030400 02 N A N A N A N A 0 LC CB RPM FX000037575 7520029307 02 US 0T4VKT 76991 1BA 7575 002 SRVCTG9 626 351 582 97 0 CC C 1200W AC N A N A N A...

Page 115: ...7584 7490086600 00 N A N A N A N A 6 LC PIC1 0027582 7490086600 00 N A N A N A N A 8 LC EF GE 48T 0043676 7520016602 02 N A N A N A N A 8 LC PIC0 0043857 7490073804 01 N A N A N A N A 8 LC PIC1 0043857 7490073804 01 N A N A N A N A 13 LC EF GE 90M 0044255 7520016701 02 N A N A N A N A 13 LC PIC0 0044762 7490070802 02 N A N A N A N A 13 LC PIC1 0044762 7490070802 02 N A N A N A N A 0 LC EF RPM FX00...

Page 116: ...1000BASE SX U9600L0 Yes FTOS show inventory media Slot Port Type Media Serial Number F10Qualified 1 0 SFP 1000BASE SX P11BWXZ Yes 1 1 SFP 1000BASE LX H833612 Yes 1 2 SFP 1000BASE SX B342232075 Yes 1 3 SFP 1000BASE SX P6F02U2 Yes 1 4 SFP 1000BASE SX AMGX367 Yes 1 5 SFP 1000BASE SX B320210155 Yes 1 6 SFP 1000BASE SX B342232168 Yes 1 7 SFP 1000BASE SX H11VJ8F Yes 1 8 SFP 1000BASE SX AJUR367 Yes 1 9 S...

Page 117: ...FAN N A N A N A N A N A N A N A Management Unit show interfaces interface configuration show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver The output also displays the transceiver s serial number number OPTIONAL Enter a slot number to view information on the line card in that slot C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on...

Page 118: ...1000Base T line card with RJ 45 interfaces EF Hardware Rev Base 1 1 PP0 1 1 PP1 1 1 Num Ports 48 Up Time 2 min 41 sec FTOS Version 8 4 2 399 Jumbo Capable yes Boot Flash A 2 3 2 1 booted B 2 3 2 1 Memory Size 268435456 bytes Temperature 44C Power Status PEM0 absent or down PEM1 up Voltage ok Serial Number FX000031361 Part Number 7520016601 Rev 01 Vendor Id 04 Date Code 02312005 Country Code 01 Pie...

Page 119: ...ard with SFP optics EF Hardware Rev Base 1 0 PP0 n a PP1 n a Num Ports 48 Up Time 12 hr 37 min FTOS Version 6 2 1 x Jumbo Capable yes Boot Flash A 2 0 3 4 B 2 0 3 4 booted Memory Size 268435456 bytes Temperature 49C Power Status PEM0 absent or down PEM1 up Voltage ok Serial Number Part Number Rev Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID US 0YK2JY 76991 1BA 8104 PPID Revision 002 Service Tag ...

Page 120: ...ion Num Ports Displays the number of ports in the line card Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes the card is online FTOS Version Displays the operating software version Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames This field does not state whether the chassis is operating in EtherScale or TeraScale mode Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible B...

Page 121: ...1 hr 24 min FTOS Version 6 1 1 0 Jumbo Capable yes FTOS linecard Pre configure a line card in a currently empty slot of the system or a different line card type for the slot show interfaces linecard Display information on all interfaces on a specific line card show chassis View information on all elements of the system show rpm View information on the RPM show sfm View information on the SFM Versi...

Page 122: ...er Booted from Indicates whether the line card cache booted or system booted In addition the image with which the line card booted is also displayed If the line card cache booted then the output is A or B followed by the image in the flash partition A 6 5 1 4 or B 6 5 1 4 If the line card system booted then display is the current FTOS version number 6 5 1 4 Next boot Indicates if the next line car...

Page 123: ...emory on E Series cp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cp to view information on the Control Processor on the RPM lp slot number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line card processor in that slot C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 E1200i 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on a E300 rp1 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword rp1 to view information on Route ...

Page 124: ... 3 Descriptions for show memory output Field Description Lowest Displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system Indirectly it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system Total minus Lowest Largest The current largest available This relates to block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system stack unit 0 7 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword stack ...

Page 125: ...ion Version 6 5 1 0 Modified The granularity of the output for rp1 and rp2 is changed The the output is now at the process level so process specific statistics are displayed FTOS show processes cpu CPU Statistics On CP Processor CPU utilization for five seconds 4 2 one minute 2 five minutes 2 PID Runtime ms Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0xd02e4e8 1498633 89918 16666 3 00 2 67 2 67 0 KP ...

Page 126: ...aper 0x00000002 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 pagedaemon 0x00000001 160 16 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 init 0x00000000 700 70 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 swapper 0x00000088 260 26 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bgp FTOS show processes cpu rp2 CPU utilization for five seconds 0 0 one minute 0 five minutes 0 PID Runtime ms Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000090 140 14 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 vrrp 0x0000008d 120 ...

Page 127: ...t 0 7 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword stack unit followed by the stack member ID Range 0 to 7 As an option of show processes cpu this option displays CPU usage for the designated stack member See Example 2 Or as an option of memory this option limits the output of memory statistics to the designated stack member See Example 5 summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to view a summary view of CPU usag...

Page 128: ...00 0 00 0 bcmNHOP 270 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmDISC 269 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmATP RX 268 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmATP TX 267 30 3 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmSTACK 266 380 38 10000 0 00 0 00 0 08 0 bcmRX 265 30 3 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmLINK 0 264 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmXGS3AsyncTX 263 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmTX 262 160 16 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmCNTR 0 260 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmD...

Page 129: ...100 10 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 dsm 74 60 6 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 rtm 70 30 3 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 rip 68 120 12 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 ipm1 64 70 7 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 acl 63 30 3 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmLINK 1 62 290 29 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmCNTR 1 61 50 5 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmRX 60 40 4 10000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmLINK 0 59 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 bcmXGS3AsyncTX 58 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0...

Page 130: ...80 0 0 0 0 0 58 bcmTX 140410880 0 0 0 0 0 57 bcmCNTR 0 140410880 0 0 0 0 0 55 bcmDPC 140410880 0 0 0 0 0 52 sysd 44650496 22876160 3930856 1358248 2589172 2572608 28 inetd 876544 69632 0 0 0 0 21 mount_mfs 22642688 1953792 0 0 0 0 output truncated FTOS show processes memory stack unit 0 Memory Statistics On Unit 0 Processor bytes start Total 160231424 MaxUsed 130596864 09 19 2007 03 11 17 CurrentU...

Page 131: ...ormation on all interfaces on a specific S Series stack member show processes memory S Series Display CPU usage information based on processes running in an S Series cp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cp to view the Control Processor s SWPQ statistics rp1 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword rp1 to view the Control Processor s SWPQ statistics on Route Processor 1 rp2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword rp2 to view the Co...

Page 132: ...6 136 ACL20 IGMP0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 LACP0 IFMGR0 0 2 0 0 4 4 25 25 ARPMGR0 MRTM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 ACL20 PIM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 MACMGR0 ACL0 0 1 0 0 1 1 25 25 TCLASSMGR0 ARPMGR0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 IFMGR0 IPMGR2 0 6 0 0 44 44 8 8 output truncated FTOS show processes ipc flow control cp Q Statistics on CP Processor TxProcess RxProcess Cur High Time Retr Msg Ack Aval Max Len Mark Out ies Sent Rcvd...

Page 133: ...Ackd Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr Available Retra Number of retries left Total Max Retra Number of retries allowed FTOS show processes ipc flow control rp2 qid Source Dest Cur High of of msg msg Retr total Len Mark to Retr Sent Ackd 1 unknown2 unknown2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 l2pm0 spanMgr0 0 2 0 0 2298 2298 25 25 3 fvrp0 macMgr0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 25 4 l2pm0 fvrp0 0 2 0 0 1905 1905 25 25 5...

Page 134: ... show processes memory cp lp slot number lp all lp summary rp1 rp2 FTOS show processes ipc flow control Q Statistics on CP Processor TxProcess RxProcess Cur High Time Retr Msg Ack Aval Max Len Mark Out ies Sent Rcvd Retra Retra ACL0 RTM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 ACL0 DIFFSERV0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 ACL0 IGMP0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 ACL0 PIM0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 LACP0 IFMGR0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 25 RTM0 ARPMGR0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 135: ...rocessor lp slot number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line card processor in that slot C Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 E1200i 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on a E300 lp all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lp all to view CP memory usage on all active line cards lp summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lp summary to view a summary of th...

Page 136: ...6 416 tsm 15136 0 15136 15136 fmg 766560 0 766560 766560 fileProc 416 0 416 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 42028 42028 FTOS show processes memory rp1 Total 954650624 MaxUsed 114135040 3 8 2006 15 1 42 CurrentUsed 114135040 CurrentFree 840515584 SharedUsed 7849096 SharedFree 13122448 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 124 ospf 3215360 425984 0 0 0 0 119 dsm 7749632 1859584 797026 0 797026 797...

Page 137: ...0 268420 104 acl2 3485696 94208 132144 0 132144 132144 100 sysd2 11657216 1679360 998834 0 998834 998834 98 sysmon 528384 94208 0 0 0 0 36 sshd 1286144 430080 0 0 0 0 34 inetd 663552 98304 0 0 0 0 32 mount_mfs 41791488 2514944 0 0 0 0 19 mount_mfs 364544 2449408 0 0 0 0 6 sh 446464 737280 0 0 0 0 5 aiodoned 76967936 0 0 0 0 0 4 ioflush 76967936 0 0 0 0 0 3 reaper 76967936 0 0 0 0 0 2 pagedaemon 76...

Page 138: ...f the system processes Example Figure 5 50 Command Example show processes memory on S Series management unit Enter the keyword management unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit stack unit 0 7 Enter the keyword stack unit followed by a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor all Enter the keyword all for detailed memory usage on...

Page 139: ...0 16564 39490 22926 287 rtm 5713920 602112 442280 198768 376024 243512 284 rip 4562944 258048 528 0 528 528 281 lacp 4673536 266240 221060 0 221060 221060 277 ipm1 4837376 380928 83788 0 83788 83788 273 acl 5005312 512000 239564 149076 123616 90488 272 topoDPC 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 271 bcmNHOP 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 270 bcmDISC 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 269 bcmATP RX 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 268 bcmATP TX 1179279...

Page 140: ...nd show rpm c e Show the current RPM status Syntax show rpm number brief all Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale E Series original Command FTOS show processes switch utilization Switch fabric utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min 3 3 3 number OPTIONAL Enter either zero 0 or 1 for the RPM all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to view a tabl...

Page 141: ...sh A 2 4 2 2 booted B 2 4 2 2 RP1 Boot Flash A 2 4 2 2 B 2 4 2 2 booted RP2 Boot Flash A 2 4 2 2 B 2 4 2 2 booted CP Mem Size 536870912 bytes RP1 Mem Size 1073741824 bytes RP2 Mem Size 1073741824 bytes MMC Mem Size 511680512 bytes External MMC n a Temperature 46C Power Status PEM0 absent or down PEM1 up Voltage ok Serial Number FX000040917 Part Number 7520017200 Rev 01 Vendor Id 04 Date Code 02072...

Page 142: ...ale Num Ports Displays the number of active ports Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes since the RPM s last reboot FTOS show rpm 0 RPM card 0 Status active Next Boot online Card Type RPM Route Processor Module LC CB RPM Hardware Rev 2 0 Num Ports 1 Up Time 1 min 58 sec Last Restart reset by user FTOS Version 8 4 2 399 Jumbo Capable yes CP Boot Flash A 2 7 1 1 booted B 2 7 1 1 CP FPGA F...

Page 143: ... Flash versions for the Routing Processor 1 The Booted keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot RP2 Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the Routing Processor 2 The Booted keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot CP Mem Size Displays the memory of the Control Processor RP1 Mem Size Displays the memory of the Ro...

Page 144: ...information for that interface For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10G Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet C Series options also include fa...

Page 145: ...400098 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 30 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 29 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 38 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 32 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x0000...

Page 146: ...3 Port4 Port5 Port6 Port7 0 up up up up down down down down 1 not present 2 not present 3 not present 4 not present 5 not present 6 up up up up down down down down 7 not present up Both ends of the link are up down Both ends of the link are down up down SFM side up and LC side down down up SFM side down and LC side up FTOS brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of syste...

Page 147: ...S50V 7 7 1 0 52 3 Member not present 4 Member not present 5 Member not present 6 Member not present 7 Member not present Module Info Unit Module No Status Module Type Ports 1 0 online S50 01 10GE 2P 2 1 1 online S50 01 24G 2S 1 2 0 online S50 01 10GE 2P 2 2 1 online S50 01 24G 2S 1 Power Supplies Unit Bay Status Type 1 0 up AC 1 1 absent 2 0 up AC 2 1 absent Fan Status Unit TrayStatus Fan0 Fan1 Fa...

Page 148: ...o Boot Flash 2 8 1 2 Memory Size 268435456 bytes Temperature 52C Voltage ok Serial Number DL257430183 Part Number 7590005600 Rev B Vendor Id 07 Date Code 12172007 Country Code 01 Piece Part ID CN 0RVY43 28298 82B 0456 PPID Revision 1B2 Service Tag SVCTGCH Expr Svc Code 628 458 864 65 Auto Reboot enabled Burned In MAC 00 01 e8 50 5c a6 No Of MACs 3 Module 0 Status not present Module 1 Status online...

Page 149: ...er stack unit priority Configure the ability of an S Series switch to become the management unit of a stack linecard 0 6 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword linecard followed by the linecard number to view information relating to a specific linecard page OPTIONAL Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time Press the SPACE BAR to view the next 24 lines Press the ENTER key to view the next line...

Page 150: ... image file is work sw IMAGES Chassis C300 ODC 2 FTOS CS bin Chassis Type C300 Control Processor IBM PowerPC 750FX Rev D2 2 with 1073741824 bytes of memory 128K bytes of non volatile configuration memory 1 Route Processor Switch Fabric Module 2 48 port GE 10 100 1000Base T line card with RJ45 interface CB 1 FastEthernet IEEE 802 3 interface s 96 GigabitEthernet IEEE 802 3 interface s show HA infor...

Page 151: ...more Don t paginate output save Save output to a file FTOS show tech support linecard 3 save flash Save to local file system flash filename max 20 chars slot0 Save to local file system slot0 filename max 20 chars FTOS show tech support linecard 3 save flash LauraSave Start saving show command report FTOS dir Directory of flash 1 drwx 32768 Jan 01 1980 00 00 00 00 00 2 drwx 512 Aug 22 2008 14 21 13...

Page 152: ... s status show environment C Series and E Series Display system component status show processes memory C Series and E Series Display memory usage based on running processes stack unit OPTIONAL Enter the keyword stack unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit id Range 0 to 7 page OPTIONAL Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time Press the SPACE BAR to vi...

Page 153: ... save Save output to a file FTOS show tech support stack unit 1 save flash Save to local file system flash filename max 20 chars FTOS show tech support stack unit 1 save flash LauraSave Start saving show command report FTOS FTOS dir Directory of flash 1 drw 16384 Jan 01 1980 00 00 00 00 00 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02 38 06 00 00 3 d 512 Nov 20 2007 15 46 44 00 00 ADMIN_DIR 4 rw 7124 Jul 13 1996 02 ...

Page 154: ...k unit 0 show version Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Force10 Operating System Version 1 0 Force10 Application Software Version FTOS 7 6 1 0 Copyright c 1999 2007 by Force10 Networks Inc Build Time Tue Sep 12 15 39 17 IST 2006 Build Path sites maa work sw purushothaman cser latest depot main Dev Cyclone Force10 uptime is 18 minutes System Type S50N Control Processor MPC8451E w...

Page 155: ...ver in FTOS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router Syntax telnet host ip address ipv6 address prefix length vrf vrf instance name source interface show version Display the FTOS version show system S Series Display the current switch status show environment S Series Display system component status ...

Page 156: ...wing keywords and slot port or number information For a 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For the Null interface enter the keyword nu...

Page 157: ...ocal authentication Configuring an ACL on a VTY line will block a Telnet session using the telnet peer rpm command in the standby to active RPM direction only Such an ACL will not block an internal Telnet session in the active RPM to standby RPM direction Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale IPv6 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 was 2094 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Seri...

Page 158: ...EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This command enables the XML input mode where you can either cut and paste XML requests or enter the XML requests line by line For more information on using the XML feature refer to the XML chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide screen length Enter a number of lines Entering zero will cause the terminal to display without pausing Range 0 to 51...

Page 159: ...nter IPv6 global addresses only link local addresses are not supported For IPv6 you are prompted for a minimum hop count default is 1 and a maximum hop count default is 64 host Enter the name of device vrf instance Optional E Series Only Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name ip address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address...

Page 160: ...0 11 199 190 001 000 ms 001 000 ms 002 000 ms 2 gwegress sjc 02 force10networks com 10 11 30 126 005 000 ms 001 000 ms 001 000 ms 3 fw sjc 01 force10networks com 10 11 127 254 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 4 www force10networks com 10 11 84 18 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 000 000 ms FTOS FTOS traceroute 100 1 Type Ctrl C to abort Tracing the route to 100 1 64 hops max 60 byte packets Hops Hostname Pro...

Page 161: ...ormation is uploaded to flash TRACE_LOG_DIR Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series original Command cp rp1 rp2 Enter the keyword cp rp1 rp2 to upload the trace log from that CPU cmd history OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cmd history to upload the CPU s command history hw trace OPTIONAL Enter the keyword hw ...

Page 162: ...e virtual ip IPv4 and IPv6 write c e s Copy the current configuration to either the startup configuration file or the terminal Syntax write memory terminal Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History ipv4 address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 address A B C D or IPv6 address X X X X of the active management interface Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv6 addressing Version 8 1 1 0 Introd...

Page 163: ...iguration When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup config not named startup configuration for example you used a specific file during the boot config command the running config is not saved to that file use the copy command to save any running configuration changes to that local file save Save configurations created in BOOT_USER mode BLI ...

Page 164: ...164 Control and Monitoring w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 165: ...rnet cfm ethernet cfm mep ethernet cfm mip mep cross check mep cross check enable mep cross check start delay ping ethernet show ethernet cfm domain show ethernet cfm maintenance points local show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote show ethernet cfm mipbd show ethernet cfm statistics show ethernet cfm port statistics show ethernet cfm traceroute cache service traceroute cache hold time tracero...

Page 166: ...ECFM DOMAIN Command History clear ethernet cfm traceroute cache s Delete all Link Trace Cache entries Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute cache Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History database hold time s Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the Continuity Check Database Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series sec...

Page 167: ...rs Defaults None Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History ethernet cfm s Spawn the CFM process No CFM configuration is allowed until the CFM process is spawned minutes Enter a hold time Range 100 65535 minutes Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series name Name the maintenance doma...

Page 168: ... Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing Up MEP monitors the forwarding path internal to an bridge on the customer or provider edge on Dell Force10 systems the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine Down MEP monitors the forwarding path external another bridge domain name level Enter this keyword followed by the domain name or domain level ma name name...

Page 169: ... the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross check operation is started Syntax mep cross check start delay number Parameters Defaults 3 ccms Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series mep id Enter the MEP ID Range 1 8191 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series port Down service with no VLAN association vla...

Page 170: ...ced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series name level Enter the domain name or level ma name ma name Enter the keyword followed by the maintenance association name dest mep id Enter the MEP ID that will be the target of the ping mac addr mac address Enter the keyword followed by the MAC address that will be the target of the ping src mep id Enter the MEP ID that will originate the pin...

Page 171: ...oints local mip MPID Domain Name Level Type Port CCM Status MA Name VLAN Dir MAC 0 service1 4 MIP Gi 0 5 Disabled My_MA 3333 DOWN 00 01 e8 0b c6 36 0 service1 4 MIP Gi 0 5 Disabled Your_MA 3333 UP 00 01 e8 0b c6 36 show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote s Display the MEP Database Syntax show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote detail active domain level name expired waiting Parameters mep ...

Page 172: ...ry show ethernet cfm statistics s Display MEP statistics Syntax show ethernet cfm statistics domain name level vlan id vlan id mpid mpid Parameters Defaults None expired Enter this keyword to view MEP entries that have expired due to connectivity failure waiting Enter this keyword to display MEP entries waiting for response Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Se...

Page 173: ...ample FTOS show ethernet cfm port statistics interface gigabitethernet 0 5 Port statistics for port Gi 0 5 RX Statistics Total CFM Pkts 75394 CCM Pkts 75394 LBM Pkts 0 LTM Pkts 0 LBR Pkts 0 LTR Pkts 0 Bad CFM Pkts 0 CFM Pkts Discarded 0 CFM Pkts forwarded 102417 TX Statistics Total CFM Pkts 10303 CCM Pkts 0 LBM Pkts 0 LTM Pkts 3 LBR Pkts 0 LTR Pkts 0 show ethernet cfm traceroute cache s Display th...

Page 174: ... 52 4a f8 Terminal MEP service s Create maintenance association Syntax service name vlan vlan id Parameters Defaults None Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History traceroute cache hold time s Set the amount of time a trace result is cached Syntax traceroute cache hold time minutes Parameters Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 In...

Page 175: ... Command History Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series entries Enter the number of entries the Link Trace Cache can hold Range 1 4095 entries Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on S Series domain name level Enter the keyword followed by the domain name or level ma name ma name Enter the keyword followed by the maintenance ass...

Page 176: ...176 802 1ag w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 177: ...nk monitor frame ethernet oam link monitor frame seconds ethernet oam link monitor high threshold action ethernet oam link monitor on ethernet oam link monitor supported ethernet oam link monitor symbol period ethernet oam mode ethernet oam remote failure ethernet oam remote loopback ethernet oam remote loopback interface ethernet oam timeout show ethernet oam discovery show ethernet oam status sh...

Page 178: ...lts Disabled Command Mode INTERFACE Command History ethernet oam parameters s Specify a the maximum or minimum number of OAMPDUs to be sent per second Syntax ethernet oam max rate value min rate value Parameters Defaults 10 Command Mode INTERFACE Command History interface Enter the interface for which you want to clear statistics for example gig 0 1 Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 8...

Page 179: ...he frame error seconds per time period thresholds and window Syntax ethernet oam link monitor frame seconds threshold high milliseconds none low milliseconds window milliseconds entries Enter the number of entries for the log size Range 0 to 200 Default 50 Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on S Series high frames none Specify the high threshold value for frame errors or disable the high threshold Range 1...

Page 180: ...nk monitor on command Link monitoring is started on an interface by default when you enable Ethernet OAM with the ethernet oam command Syntax ethernet oam link monitor on Defaults Enabled Command Mode INTERFACE Command History high milliseconds none Specify the high threshold value for frame error seconds per time period or disable the high threshold Range 1 900 Default None low milliseconds Speci...

Page 181: ...ymbol period threshold high symbols none low symbols window symbols Parameters Defaults As above Command Mode INTERFACE Command History ethernet oam mode s Set the transmission mode to active or passive Syntax ethernet oam mode active passive Parameters Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on S Series high symbols none Specify the high threshold value for symbol errors or disable the high threshold Range 1 ...

Page 182: ...te loopback start stop interface interface Parameters Defaults Enabled Command Mode EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on S Series critical event An unspecified critical event occurred dying gasp An unrecoverable local failure condition occurred link fault A fault occurred in the receive direction of the local peer error block interface Block the interface if the specified f...

Page 183: ...History show ethernet oam discovery s Display the OAM discovery status Syntax show ethernet oam discovery interface interface Parameters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC Privilege Command History supported Start or stop a loopback operation on a peer timeout seconds Specify the number of seconds that the local peer waits to receive a returned frame before considering a remote peer to be non operati...

Page 184: ...sion any PDU revision 1 Remote client ___________ MAC address 0030 88fe 87de Vendor OUI 0x00 0x00 0x0C Administrative configurations Mode active Unidirection not supported Link monitor supported Remote loopback not supported MIB retrieval not supported Mtu size 1500 show ethernet oam statistics s Display Link Layer OAM statistics per interface Syntax show ethernet oam statistics interface interfac...

Page 185: ...Response OAMPDU Rx 0 Force10 OAMPDU Tx 10 Force10 OAMPDU Rx 21 Unsupported OAMPDU Tx 0 Unsupported OAMPDU Rx 0 Frame Lost due to OAM 0 Local Faults 0 Link Fault Records 0 Dying Gasp Records Total dying Gasps 2 Time Stamp 00 40 23 Total dying Gasps 1 Time Stamp 00 41 23 0 Critical Event Records Remote Faults _________ 0 Link Fault Records 0 Dying Gasp Records 0 Critical Event Records Local Event Lo...

Page 186: ...ket per second Link timeout 5 seconds High threshold action no action Link Monitoring ____________ Status supported on Symbol Period Error Window 1 million symbols Low threshold 1 error symbol s High threshold none Frame Error Window 1 million symbols Low threshold 1 error symbol s High threshold none Frame Period Error Window 1 x 100 000 frames Low threshold 1 error symbol s High threshold none F...

Page 187: ...rivilege Command History Example FTOS show ethernet oam summary Output format Symbols Master Loopback State Slave Loopback State Capability codes L Link Monitor R Remote Loopback U Unidirection V Variable Retrieval LocalRemote InterfaceMAC AddressOUIModeCapability Gi6 1 10023 84ac b8000000DactiveL R Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on S Series ...

Page 188: ...188 802 3ah w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 189: ...l traffic passes through the port FTOS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802 1X Port Authentication Important Points to Remember FTOS limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments 802 1X with VLAN assignment has these characteristics when configured on the switch and the RADIUS server 802 1X is supported on C Series E Series and S Series 802 1X is not supp...

Page 190: ... the RADIUS server assigned VLAN any change to the port access VLAN configuration will not take effect The 802 1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports dynamic ports or with dynamic access port assignment through a VLAN membership debug dot1x c s Display 802 1X debugging information Syntax debug dot1x all errors packets state machine interface interface Parameters Defaults D...

Page 191: ...host MAC address even though 802 1xauthentication is enabled If the MAB only authentication fails the host is placed in the guest VLAN if configured To disable MAB only authentication on a port enter the no dot1x auth type mab only command Related Commands dot1x authentication Configuration c e s Enable dot1x globally dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level Syntax dot1x auth...

Page 192: ...ory Usage Information If the host responds to 802 1X with an incorrect login password the login fails The switch will attempt to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN Once the authentication VLAN is assigned the port state must be toggled to restart authenti...

Page 193: ...ds it is assumed that the device is not 802 1X capable Therefore a guest VLAN is allocated to the interface and authentication for the device will occur at the next re authentication interval dot1x reauthentication If the host fails authentication for the designated amount of times the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN dot1x auth fail vlan Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0...

Page 194: ...1x mac auth bypass c s Enable MAC authentication bypass If 802 1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame FTOS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address Syntax dot1x mac auth bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port enter the no dot1x mac auth bypass command Re...

Page 195: ...ti auth mode Syntax dot1x max supplicants number Parameters Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands dot1x port control c e s Enable port control on an interface Syntax dot1x port control force authorized auto force unauthorized number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time...

Page 196: ...ACE Command History dot1x reauthentication c e s Enable periodic re authentication of the client Syntax dot1x reauthentication interval seconds To disable periodic re authentication use the no dot1x reauthentication command force authorized Enter the keyword force authorized to forcibly authorize a port auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802 1X operation result force unau...

Page 197: ...Parameters Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History interval seconds Optional Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time in seconds after which re authentication will be initiated Range 1 to 31536000 1 year Default 3600 1 hour Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series number Enter the permitted number of re authentications Ra...

Page 198: ...t value in seconds is based on the configured RADIUS server timeout and retransmit values and calculated according to the following formula dot1x server timeout seconds radius server retransmit seconds 1 radius server timeout seconds Where the default values are as follows dot1x server timeout 30 seconds radius server retransmit 3 seconds and radius server timeout 5 seconds For example FTOS conf r...

Page 199: ...y the Authenticator PAE Syntax dot1x tx period seconds To return to the default use the no dot1x tx period command Parameters Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History seconds Enter a time out value in seconds Range 1 to 300 where 300 is implementation dependant Default 30 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series seconds Enter the...

Page 200: ...xample Figure 8 1 show dot1x cos mapping interface Command Example interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the ...

Page 201: ...nformation For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information mac address Optional MAC address of a supplicant Version 8 4 2 1 Introduc...

Page 202: ... id NONE Auth Fail VLAN Disable Auth Fail VLAN id NONE Auth Fail Max Attempts NONE Mac Auth Bypass Enable Mac Auth Bypass Only Disable Tx Period 5 seconds Quiet Period 60 seconds ReAuth Max 1 Supplicant Timeout 30 seconds Server Timeout 30 seconds Re Auth Interval 60 seconds Max EAP Req 2 Host Mode MULTI_AUTH Max Supplicants 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant 00 00 01 00 07 00 Port Auth...

Page 203: ...ReAuth Max 3 Supplicant Timeout 30 seconds Server Timeout 30 seconds Re Auth Interval 60 seconds Max EAP Req 2 Host Mode MULTI_AUTH Max Supplicants 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant 00 00 00 00 00 10 Port Auth Status AUTHORIZED Untagged VLAN id 400 Auth PAE State Authenticated Backend State Idle Port status and State info for Supplicant 00 00 00 00 00 11 Port Auth Status AUTHORIZED Unt...

Page 204: ...204 802 1X w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 205: ... Extended MAC ACL Commands IP Prefix List Commands Route Map Commands AS Path Commands IP Community List Commands Commands Common to all ACL Types The following commands are available within each ACL mode and do not have mode specific options Some commands may use similar names but require different options to support the different ACL types for example deny description remark show config Note For...

Page 206: ...ION MAC ACCESS LIST STANDARD CONFIGURATION MAC ACCESS LIST EXTENDED Command History Usage Information The remark command is available in each ACL mode You can configure up to 4294967290 remarks in a given ACL text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2...

Page 207: ...ry Example Figure 9 2 Command Example show config Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes Standard and Extended and do not have mode specific options When an access list ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit FTOS config std nacl remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic FTOS config std nacl re...

Page 208: ... Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Note See also Commands Common to all ACL Types access list name Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL up to 140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1...

Page 209: ...hernet FLEX line card Refer to your line card documentation for specifications Not available on S Series implicit permit OPTIONAL Enter the keyword implicit permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit deny to implicit permit that is if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL the traffic is permitted instead of dropped vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed...

Page 210: ... the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information in out Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress sid...

Page 211: ...7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Table 9 1 show ip accounting access lists Command Example Field Field Description Extended IP Displays the name of the IP ACL seq 5 Displays the filter If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line order 4 Displays the QoS order ...

Page 212: ...o count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log dscp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry Range 0 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers have a higher priority Default I...

Page 213: ... no match occurs the packet is dropped Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information FTOS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware dependent Refer to your line card documentation for detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL Note When ACL logging and byte co...

Page 214: ...when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguous or non contiguous any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter dscp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dscp to match to the IP DS...

Page 215: ...ameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 8 3 1 0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ACLs Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for non contiguous mask and ad...

Page 216: ...mands Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale IPv6 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale IPv4 Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced resequence prefix list ipv4 Resequence a prefix list p...

Page 217: ... count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log dscp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry Range 0 254...

Page 218: ...n how many packets match the log entry and at what rate the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets details Related Commands Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit The following commands configure extended IP ACLs which in addition to the IP address also examine the packet s protocol type ...

Page 219: ...list The keyword ip specifies that the access list will deny all IP protocols ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D The mask when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguous ...

Page 220: ...ority Default If the order keyword is not used the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface For details see the section Flow based Monitoring in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Gu...

Page 221: ...terface vlan vlan id Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to filter traffic associated with a specific VLAN Range 1 to 4094 1 2094 for ExaScale can used IDs 1 4094 To filter all VLAN traffic specify VLAN 1 ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D as the target IP address of the ARP opcode code number Enter the keyword opcode followed by the number of the ARP opcode...

Page 222: ...nt byte log order monitor To remove this filter use one of the following Use the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number or Use the no deny ether type protocol type number destination mac address mac address mask any vlan vlan id source mac address mac address mask any command Parameters Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ...

Page 223: ...therefore a mask of ff ff ff ff ff ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 only allows entries that match exactly count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file order...

Page 224: ...nter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent dscp Enter this keyword to deny a packet based on DSCP value Range 0 63 message type OPTIONAL Enter an ICMP message type either with the type and code if necessary numbers or with the name of the message type ICMP message types are list...

Page 225: ...roduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for non contiguous mask and added the monitor option Version 6 5 10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry Note When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet counters with logging instead Table 9 2 ICMP Message Type Keywords Keyw...

Page 226: ...ble for TOS net unreachable Network unreachable network unknown Network unknown no room for option Parameter required but no room option missing Parameter required but not present packet too big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameter problem All parameter problems port unreachable Port unreachable precedence unreachable Precedence cutoff protocol unreachable Protocol unreachable reassembly time...

Page 227: ...lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port command parameter port port Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 The following list includes some common TCP port numbers 23 Telnet 20 and 21 FTP 25 SMTP 169 SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packet...

Page 228: ...nge of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface For details see the section Flow based Monitoring in the Por...

Page 229: ...11111000000 4032 4095 64 3 0001000000000000 1111100000000000 4096 6143 2048 4 0001100000000000 1111110000000000 6144 7167 1024 5 0001110000000000 1111111000000000 7168 7679 512 6 0001111000000000 1111111100000000 7680 7935 256 7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 7936 7999 64 8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports 4001 Rule Data Mask From To Covered 1 0000000000000000 111111000...

Page 230: ...t packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log Supported on Jumbo enabled line cards only order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry Range 0 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order num...

Page 231: ...ete an access list use the no ip access list extended access list name command Parameters Defaults All access lists contain an implicit deny any that is if no match occurs the packet is dropped Command Modes CONFIGURATION Note When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet counters with logging instead Rule Data Mask F...

Page 232: ...40 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf ip access list extended TESTListEXTEND FTOS config ext nacl ip access list standard Configure a standard IP access list show config Display the current configuration ip Enter the keyword ip to co...

Page 233: ...re 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers have a higher priority Default If the order keyword is not used the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface For details see the s...

Page 234: ... the interface vlan vlan id Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to filter traffic associated with a specific VLAN Range 1 to 4094 1 2094 for ExaScale can used IDs 1 4094 To filter all VLAN traffic specify VLAN 1 ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D as the target IP address of the ARP opcode code number Enter the keyword opcode followed by the number of the ARP...

Page 235: ...ve this filter use one of the following Use the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number or Use the no permit ether type protocol type number destination mac address mac address mask any vlan vlan id source mac address mac address mask any command Parameters Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ACLs Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced...

Page 236: ...mask of ff ff ff ff ff ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 only allows entries that match exactly count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file order OPTIONAL En...

Page 237: ...s are sent dscp Enter this keyword to deny a packet based on DSCP value Range 0 63 message type OPTIONAL Enter an ICMP message type either with the type and code if necessary numbers or with the name of the message type ICMP message types are listed in Table 9 2 Range 0 to 255 for ICMP type 0 to 255 for ICMP code count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte ...

Page 238: ...u know the filter s sequence number or Use the no permit tcp source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address command Parameters Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for non contiguous mask and added the monitor option Version 6 5 10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry Note When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters...

Page 239: ...e keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry Range 0 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers have a higher priority Default If the order keyword is not used the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing th...

Page 240: ... bit mask boundaries the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range For example an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM But an ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM Related Commands Note When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet count...

Page 241: ... operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port parameter port port OPTIONAL Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword...

Page 242: ... For example an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM But an ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM Version 8 3 1 0 Added dscp keyword Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ACLs Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series Ver...

Page 243: ...ipv4 prefix list name StartingSeqNum Step to increment ip access list extended Configure an extended ACL permit Assign a permit filter for IP packets permit tcp Assign a permit filter for TCP packets ipv4 mac Enter the keyword ipv4 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence access list name Enter the name of a configured IP access list up to 140 characters StartingSeqNum Enter the start...

Page 244: ...ers long StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence Range 0 65535 Step to Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number Range 1 65535 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added...

Page 245: ...ic specify VLAN 1 ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D as the target IP address of the ARP opcode code number Enter the keyword opcode followed by the number of the ARP opcode Range 1 to 16 count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only ...

Page 246: ...eting the filter criteria protocol type number Enter a number from 600 to FFFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic to drop destination mac address mac address mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn nn nn nn nn format For the MAC address mask specify which bits in the MAC address must match The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask therefore a mask of ff ff ff ff ff ff allows entries that do not ...

Page 247: ...aker for rules with the same order You cannot include IP TCP or UDP Layer 3 filters in an ACL configured with ARP or Ether type Layer 2 filters Apply Layer 2 filters to interfaces in Layer 2 mode order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry Range 0 to 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers have a higher priority Default...

Page 248: ...source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D The mask when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguous or non contiguous any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address o...

Page 249: ...d log to enter ACL matches in the log Supported on Jumbo enabled line cards only dscp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry Range 0 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers have a higher priority Default If the order keyword is not used the ACLs have t...

Page 250: ...oup show mac access lists show mac accounting access list clear counters mac access group c e s Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL Syntax clear counters mac access group mac list name Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Note When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet counters with logg...

Page 251: ...terface in out access list name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list up to 140 characters vlan vlan range OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed a range of VLANs Note that this option is available only with the in keyword option Range 1 to 4094 1 to 2094 for ExaScale can used IDs 1 to 4094 in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic out Enter the keyword out...

Page 252: ...hernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information in out Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced access list name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL up to 140 characters interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 G...

Page 253: ...ced for E Series FTOS show mac accounting access list mac ext interface po 1 Extended mac access list mac ext on GigabitEthernet 0 11 seq 5 permit host 00 00 00 00 00 11 host 00 00 00 00 00 19 count 393794576 packets seq 10 deny host 00 00 00 00 00 21 host 00 00 00 00 00 29 count 89076777 packets seq 15 deny host 00 00 00 00 00 31 host 00 00 00 00 00 39 count 0 packets seq 20 deny host 00 00 00 00...

Page 254: ...at match count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the packets monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be appl...

Page 255: ... mac access list standard permit c e s Configure a filter to forward packets from a specific source MAC address Syntax permit any mac source address mac source address mask count byte log monitor mac list name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list 140 character maximum Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 14...

Page 256: ... mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 is applied in other words the filter allows only MAC addresses that match count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the packets monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the ...

Page 257: ...IONAL Specify which bits in the MAC address must match If no mask is specified a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 is applied in other words the filter allows only MAC addresses that match count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the pac...

Page 258: ...source address mask any host mac address mac destination address mac destination address mask command Parameters Note See also Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets host mac address Enter the keyword host followed by a MAC address to drop packets with that host address mac source address Enter the source MAC address in nn...

Page 259: ...by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the packets monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface For details see the section Flow based Monit...

Page 260: ...Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS conf mac access list access list extended TestMATExt FTOS config ext macl remark 5 IPv4 FTOS config ext macl seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 co...

Page 261: ...refore a mask of ff ff ff ff ff ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 only allows entries that match exactly ethertype operator OPTIONAL To filter based on protocol type enter one of the following Ethertypes ev2 is the Ethernet II frame format llc is the IEEE 802 3 frame format snap is the IEEE 802 3 SNAP frame format count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count pa...

Page 262: ...ries that do not match and a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 only allows entries that match exactly mac source address mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched mac destination address Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn nn nn nn nn nn format mac destination address mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask therefore a m...

Page 263: ...tail show ip prefix list summary clear ip prefix list c e s Reset the number of times traffic met the conditions hit counters of the configured prefix lists Syntax clear ip prefix list prefix name Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added monitor...

Page 264: ... accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series ip prefix list Configure a prefix list ip prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network length format For example 35 0 0 0 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35 0 0 0 ge min prefix leng...

Page 265: ...me of the prefix list up to 140 characters long Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix ...

Page 266: ...r sequence number Enter a number Range 1 to 4294967294 deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition any OPTIONAL Enter the keyword any to match any packets ip prefix nn OPTIONAL Specify an IP prefix in the network length format For example 35 0 0 0 8 means mat...

Page 267: ... on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS conf nprefixl show config ip prefix list snickers FTOS conf nprefixl prefix name OPTIONAL Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list up to 140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name st...

Page 268: ... 0 24 hit count 1 seq 7 deny 200 200 2 0 24 hit count 1 seq 10 permit 0 0 0 0 0 le 32 hit count 132 FTOS prefix name OPTIONAL Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list up to 140 characters long Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support adde...

Page 269: ...p next hop match ip route source match metric match origin match route type match tag route map set as path set automatic tag set comm list delete set community set level set local preference set metric set metric type set next hop set origin set tag set weight show config show route map continue c e s Configure a route map to go to a route map entry with a higher sequence number Syntax continue s...

Page 270: ...ontinue clause If the next route map entry contains a continue clause the route map will execute the continue clause if a successful match occurs If the next route map entry does not contain a continue clause the route map evaluates normally If a match does not does not occur the route map does not continue and will fall through to the next sequence number if one exists Set clause with Continue cl...

Page 271: ... description Enter a description to identify the route map 80 characters maximum Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale pre Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced route map Enable a route map as path name Enter the name of an established AS PATH ACL up to 140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 ...

Page 272: ...terface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For the loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface ...

Page 273: ...140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next hop interface match ip next ho...

Page 274: ...tes advertised by other routers match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric match route type Redistribute routes that match a route type match tag Redistribute routes that match a specific tag access list name Enter the name of a configured IP access list up to 140 characters prefix list prefix list name Enter the keywords prefix list followed by the name of configured prefix lis...

Page 275: ... 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next hop interface match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address match ip next hop Redistribute routes that match the next hop IP address match ip route source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers match route type Redistribute...

Page 276: ... areas level 1 Enter the keyword level 1 to match IS IS Level 1 routes level 2 Enter the keyword level 2 to match IS IS Level 2 routes local Enter the keyword local to match only on routes generated within the switch Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series match...

Page 277: ...hat match the next hop IP address match ip route source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric match route type Redistribute routes that match a route type map name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification permit OPTIONAL Enter the keyword permit to set the rout...

Page 278: ...utomatic tag To return to the default enter no set automatic tag Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History show config Display the current configuration prepend as number Enter the keyword prepend followed by up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information Range 1 to 65535 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S ...

Page 279: ...ior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Related Commands Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes set metric type Specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes set tag Specify the tag assigned to redistribut...

Page 280: ...tes containing the well known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE 0xFFFFFF02 community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers no export Enter the keywords no export to drop all routes containing the well known community attribute of NO_EXPORT All routes with the NO_EXPORT 0xFFFFFF01 community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation...

Page 281: ...Enter the keyword level 1 2 to redistribute matched routes to IS IS Level 1 and Level 2 level 2 Enter the keyword level 2 to redistribute matched routes to IS IS Level 2 stub area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version ...

Page 282: ...tribute for all routes OPTIONAL Enter to add a metric value to the redistributed routes OPTIONAL Enter to subtract a metric value from the redistributed routes metric value Enter a number as the new metric value Range zero 0 to 4294967295 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introdu...

Page 283: ... internal keyword Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series set automatic tag Compute the tag value of the route set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes set tag Specify the tag a...

Page 284: ...ting within the same AS incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series tag value Enter a number as the tag Range zero 0 to 4294967295 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaSca...

Page 285: ...ow config show route map c e s Display the current route map configurations Syntax show route map map name weight Enter a number as the weight to be used by the route meeting the route map specification Routes with a higher weight are preferred when there are multiple routes to the same destination Range 0 to 65535 Default router originated 32768 all other routes 0 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E ...

Page 286: ...y ip as path access list permit show config show ip as path access lists map name OPTIONAL Enter the name of a configured route map up to 140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C...

Page 287: ... following period matches on any single character including white space asterisk matches on sequences in a pattern zero or more sequences plus sign matches on sequences in a pattern one or more sequences question mark matches sequences in a pattern 0 or 1 sequences You must enter an escape sequence CNTL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets matches a range of single character pattern...

Page 288: ...c AS PATH neighbor filter list Configure filter based on AS PATH information as regular expression Enter a regular expression to match BGP AS PATH attributes Use one or a combination of the following period matches on any single character including white space asterisk matches on sequences in a pattern zero or more sequences plus sign matches on sequences in a pattern one or more sequences questio...

Page 289: ... show ip as path access lists IP Community List Commands IP Community List commands are supported on E Series only as indicated by this character under each command heading e The commands in this section are deny Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS config as path show config ip as path access list snickers deny 3 FTOS config as path Vers...

Page 290: ... the keywords no export to drop all routes containing the well known community attribute of NO_EXPORT All routes with the NO_EXPORT 0xFFFFFF01 community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary regexp regular expression Enter the keyword regexp followed by a regular expression Use one or a combination of the following period matches on any single character including wh...

Page 291: ...ip community list TestComList FTOS config community list Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series community number Enter the community number in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN is a value specific to that a...

Page 292: ...ttern zero or more sequences plus sign matches on sequences in a pattern one or more sequences question mark matches sequences in a pattern 0 or 1 sequences You must enter an escape sequence CNTL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets matches a range of single character patterns caret matches the beginning of the input string If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or rang...

Page 293: ...ty list up to 140 characters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS show ip community lists ip community list standard 1 deny 701 20 deny 702 20 deny 703 20 deny 704 20 deny 705 20 deny 14551 20 deny 701 112 deny 702 112 ...

Page 294: ...294 Access Control Lists ACL w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 295: ...LAN Group commands are acl vlan group description ip access group member vlan show acl vlan group show config show running config acl vlan group See other VLAN commands in Chapter 9 Access Control Lists ACL acl vlan group e Create an ACL VLAN group Syntax acl vlan group group name Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Note This feature is supported on IPv4 o...

Page 296: ...mand History Usage Information Note Only an egress IP ACL can be applied on an ACL VLAN group Related Commands Version 7 8 1 0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series show acl vlan group Display the ACL VLAN groups description Enter a description to identify the ACL VLAN group 80 characters maxi...

Page 297: ... Group Name contains more than 30 characters the name will be truncated in the show acl vlan group command output Examples Figure 10 1 shows the table style display used with the show acl vlan group command Note that some group names and some access list names are truncated VLAN range Enter the comma separated VLAN ID set For example 1 10 400 410 500 Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series show acl...

Page 298: ...ay the names in their entirety Syntax show acl vlan group detail Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC FTOS show acl vlan group Group Name Egress IP Acl Vlan Members TestGroupSeventeenTwenty SpecialAccessOnlyExperts 100 200 300 CustomerNumberIdentifica AnyEmployeeCustomerEleve 2 10 99 HostGroup Group5 1 1000 FTOS Truncated Group and Access List Names FTOS show acl vlan group Te...

Page 299: ...ig acl vlan group e Display the running configuration of all or a given ACL VLAN Group Syntax show running config acl vlan group group name Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf acl vl grp show config acl vlan group group1 description Acl Vlan Group1 member vlan 1 10 400 410 500 ip access group acl1 out implicit permit...

Page 300: ... to 16 characters long Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show running config acl vlan group acl vlan group group1 description Acl Vlan Group1 member vlan 1 10 400 410 500 ip access group acl1 out implicit permit acl vlan group group2 member vlan 20 ip access group acl2 out FTOS FTOS show running config acl vlan group group1 acl vlan group group1 description Acl Vlan Group1 member vlan 1 ...

Page 301: ...all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port channels BFD is supported on the C Series and E Series where indicated by the c and e characters under command headings BFD is supported on E Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8 2 1 0 and later Commands bfd all neighbors bfd disable bfd enable Configuration bfd enable Interface bfd interval bfd neighbor bfd protocol liveness clear bfd c...

Page 302: ...ify non default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval Range 50 1000 Default 100 min_rx milliseconds Enter this keyword to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system Range 50 100 Default 100 multiplier value Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a sess...

Page 303: ...s disabled by default Command Modes INTERFACE VRRP Command History bfd enable Configuration c e Enable BFD on all interfaces Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command Defaults BFD is disabled by default Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface bfd neighbor Explicitly enable a BFD s...

Page 304: ...nter this keyword to specify non default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval Range 50 1000 Default 100 min_rx milliseconds Enter this keyword to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system Range 50 100 Default 100 multiplier value Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed i...

Page 305: ...sessions for that protocol are torn down Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router FTOS conf if gi 0 3 bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive FTOS conf if gi 0 3 ip address Enter the IP address of the...

Page 306: ...d tengigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a port channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For VLAN interfaces enter the keyword vlan followed by ...

Page 307: ...engigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a port channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For VLAN interfaces enter the keyword vlan followed by a n...

Page 308: ...ystem would like to receive control packets from the remote system Range 50 100 Default 100 multiplier value Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down Range 3 50 Default 3 role active passive Enter the role that the local system assumes Active The active system initiates the BFD session Both systems can be active for the same session...

Page 309: ...rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system Range 50 100 Default 100 multiplier value Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down Range 3 50 Default 3 role active passive Enter the role that the local system assumes Active The active system initiates the BFD session Both systems can be ac...

Page 310: ...onfigured with the bfd all neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs When you remove the disabled state of a BFD for BGP session with a specified neighbor by entering the no neighbor bfd disable command the BGP neighbor uses the BFD session parameters globally configured with the bfd all neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor...

Page 311: ...be 0 4093 bgp OPTIONAL Enter this keyword to display counter information for BFD sessions established with BGP neighbors isis OPTIONAL Enter this keyword to display counter information for BFD sessions established with ISIS neighbors This option is not available on C Series ospf OPTIONAL Enter this keyword to display counter information for BFD sessions established with OSPF neighbors static route...

Page 312: ...et followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For VLAN interfaces enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 For ExaScale VLAN interfaces the range is 1 2730 VLAN IDs can be 0 4093 detail...

Page 313: ... 1 3 1 Remote MAC Addr 00 01 e8 27 2b f1 Int GigabitEthernet 1 3 State Up Configured parameters TX 100ms RX 100ms Multiplier 3 Neighbor parameters TX 250ms RX 300ms Multiplier 4 Actual parameters TX 300ms RX 250ms Multiplier 3 Role Active Delete session on Down False Client Registered CLI Uptime 00 02 04 Statistics Number of packets received from neighbor 376 Number of packets sent to neighbor 314...

Page 314: ... interval Range 50 1000 Default 100 min_rx milliseconds Enter this keyword to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system Range 50 100 Default 100 multiplier Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down Range 3 50 Default 3 role active passive Enter the role that the lo...

Page 315: ...lly two routers called neighbors or peers exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables FTOS version Platform support 8 1 1 0 E Series ExaScale ex 7 8 1 0 S Series s 7 7 1 0 C Series c pre 7 7 1 0 E Series TeraScale et Note FTOS Version 7 7 1 supports 2 Byte 16 bit and 4 Byte 32 bit format for Autonomous System Numbers ASNs where t...

Page 316: ...ast external fallover bgp four octet as support bgp graceful restart bgp log neighbor changes bgp non deterministic med bgp recursive bgp next hop bgp regex eval optz disable bgp retain ibgp nexthop bgp router id bgp soft reconfig backup capture bgp pdu neighbor capture bgp pdu max buffer size clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp flap statistics debug ip bgp debug ip ...

Page 317: ...bor route map neighbor route reflector client neighbor send community neighbor shutdown neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound neighbor timers neighbor update source neighbor weight network network backdoor redistribute redistribute isis redistribute ospf router bgp show capture bgp pdu neighbor show config show ip bgp show ip bgp cluster list show ip bgp community show ip bgp community list show i...

Page 318: ...dress and mask of the route to be the aggregate address Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D and mask in prefix format x advertise map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywords advertise map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route as set OPTIONAL Enter the keyword as set to generate path attribute information and include it in th...

Page 319: ...ly parameter suppresses all advertisements If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors use the neighbor distribute list command In the show ip bgp command aggregates contain an a in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an s in the first column Command History bgp always compare med c e s Enables you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC MED at...

Page 320: ...otation type the running config is updated dynamically and the new notation is shown Related Commands Command History Example Figure 12 1 Dynamic changes of the bgp asnotation command in the running config bgp four octet as support Enable 4 Byte support for the BGP process Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Dynamic Application of AS Notation changes Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced conf router bgp 1 conf router...

Page 321: ...onfederation paths enter no bgp bestpath med confed Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers If you enable this command use the clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft command to recompute the best path Command History bgp bestpath med missing as best c e s During path selection indicate prefe...

Page 322: ...en the session is subsequently reset the oldest received path will be chosen as the best path Command History bgp client to client reflection c e s Enables you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster Syntax bgp client to client reflection To disable client to client reflection enter no bgp client to client reflection Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured Command Mod...

Page 323: ...story bgp confederation identifier c e s Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation Syntax bgp confederation identifier as number To delete a BGP confederation identifier use the no bgp confederation identifier as number command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information You must configure your system to accept 4 Byte formats before entering a 4 Byte AS Numb...

Page 324: ...e 4 or 2 byte identified routers You cannot mix them The Autonomous Systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors Each Autonomous System is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other Autonomous Systems After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation recycle the peers to update their configuration Related Commands Command History bgp four octet...

Page 325: ...ed by half after the half life period expires Range 1 to 45 Default 15 minutes reuse OPTIONAL Enter a number as the reuse value which is compared to the flapping route s Penalty value If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value the flapping route is once again advertised or no longer suppressed Range 1 to 20000 Default 750 suppress OPTIONAL Enter a number as the suppress value which is compa...

Page 326: ...Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information This is enabled by default that is for all updates received from EBGP peers BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer If not the update is dropped and a counter is incremented Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the failed enforce first as check counter If enforce first as is disabled it can be viewed via...

Page 327: ...OUTER BGP Usage Information Routers supporting 4 Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message The behavior of a 4 Byte router will be slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2 Byte router or a 4 Byte router When creating Confederations all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 or 2 byte identified routers You cannot mix them Where the 2 Byte format is 1 65535 the ...

Page 328: ...story bgp log neighbor changes c e s Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets Syntax bgp log neighbor changes To disable logging enter no bgp log neighbor changes Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Use the show logging command in the EXEC mode to view BGP neighbor resets The bgp log neighbor changes command appears in the show config command output Related Commands restart ti...

Page 329: ...om deterministic to non deterministic the path selection for existing paths remains deterministic until you enter clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft command to clear existing paths Command History bgp recursive bgp next hop c e s Enable next hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP Syntax bgp recursive bgp next hop To disable next hop resolution use the no bgp recursive bgp next hop command ...

Page 330: ...hines BGP policies containing regular expressions to match as path and communities tend to use a lot of CPU processing time which in turn affects the BGP routing convergence Additionally the show bgp commands which are filtered through regular expressions use up CPU cycles particularly with large databases The Regex Engine Performance Enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reus...

Page 331: ...ress of a physical interface on the router Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router conf router_bgp no bgp regex eval optz disable conf router_bgp do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is ospf 22222 Router ID is 2 2 2 2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10 10 10 0 00 Routing Protocol is bgp 1 Cluster Id is set to 10 10 10 0 Rout...

Page 332: ...te refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer s updates Related Commands Command History capture bgp pdu neighbor c e s Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet Syntax capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv4 address direction both rx tx To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet use the no capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv4 address command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command...

Page 333: ...Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced 100 102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer capture bgp pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv6 Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet show capture bgp pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 a...

Page 334: ...ote If you enter soft without an in or out option both inbound and outbound policies are reset out Reapply only outbound policies Note If you enter soft without an in or out option both inbound and outbound policies are reset Version 8 4 1 0 Added BGP Soft Reconfiguration support for IPv4 unicast and IPv6 routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C...

Page 335: ...wed by the name of a configured AS PATH list regexp regular expression OPTIONAL Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions Use one or a combination of the following period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern 0 or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern 1 or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences ...

Page 336: ... all configured debug commands for BGP Related Commands ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group peer group name Enter the keyword peer group followed by the name of the peer group in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes debug ip bgp ...

Page 337: ... in out command Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword peer group followed by the name of the peer group in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound ...

Page 338: ... name ipv4 unicast soft reconfiguration To disable debugging use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 address ipv6 address peer group name ipv4 unicast soft reconfiguration command Parameters Defaults Disabled Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group peer group name...

Page 339: ...ommand Syntax default metric number To return to the default setting enter no default metric Parameters Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors out OPTIONAL En...

Page 340: ...d Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands distance bgp c e s Configure three administrative distances for routes Syntax distance bgp external distance internal distance local distance To return to default values enter no distance bgp bgp always compare med Enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes redistribute Redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP Version 7 8 1 0 In...

Page 341: ...gp ipv4 unicast soft command to recompute the best path external distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS Range 1 to 255 Default 20 internal distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS Range 1 to 255 Default 200 local distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command Rang...

Page 342: ...ighbor ip address peer group name advertisement interval seconds To return to the default value use the no neighbor ip address peer group name advertisement interval command Parameters Defaults seconds 5 seconds internal peers seconds 30 seconds external peers Command Modes ROUTER BGP Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address OPTIONAL ...

Page 343: ... ROUTER BGP Related Commands Command History Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format seconds Enter a number as the time interval in seconds before BGP route updates are sent Range 0 to 3600 seconds Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced s...

Page 344: ...hbor or group of neighbors peer group Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name description text To delete a description use the no neighbor ip address peer group name description command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to set the de...

Page 345: ...s peer group name ebgp multihop command Parameters Defaults Disabled ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group prefix list name Enter the name of an established prefix list If the prefix list is not configured the default is permit to allow all routes...

Page 346: ...exists in the routing table for peer IP or IPv6 destination local address BGP brings down the session with the peer Related Commands Command History neighbor filter list c e s Configure a BGP filter based on the AS PATH attribute Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name filter list as path name in out To delete a BGP filter use the no neighbor ip address peer group name filter list as path name ...

Page 347: ...ter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes ip as path access list Enter AS PATH ACL mode and configure AS PATH filters Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 ACL names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address Enter ...

Page 348: ...rol the number of network prefixes received Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name maximum prefix maximum threshold warning only To return to the default values use the no neighbor ip address peer group name maximum prefix maximum command Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decim...

Page 349: ...abled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information If the set next hop command in the ROUTE MAP mode is configured its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next hop self command ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router Range...

Page 350: ...onfigured with this command If you configure a password on one neighbor but you have not configured a password for the neighboring router the following message appears on the console while the routers attempt to establish a BGP session between them RPM0 P RP1 KERN 6 INT No BGP MD5 from peer s IP address 179 to local router s IP address 65524 Also if you configure different passwords on the two rou...

Page 351: ...ighbor send community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor s configuration is more specific than the peer group s and the neighbor s configuration does not affect outgoing updates A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it If the peer group is disabled shutdown the peers within the group are also disabled shutdown Related Commands Comman...

Page 352: ...es the address family of the subnet assigned to the peer group before the peer s adjacency is brought up For example if the address family of the peer group s subnet is IPv6 only IPv6 neighbors in the subnet can be brought up in a peering session You can only specify the match af option when you first enter the neighbor peer group passive command to configure passive peering for a BGP group An err...

Page 353: ...e AS numbers from the AS PATH of outgoing updates Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name remove private as To return to the default use the no neighbor ip address peer group name remove private as command neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound Assign a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor Version 8 4 2 0 Added support for the match af keyword Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S S...

Page 354: ...eer group Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name route map map name in out To remove the route map use the no neighbor ip address peer group name route map map name in out command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted ip address Enter ...

Page 355: ...r group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command If you identify a peer by IP address the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer Command History Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ...

Page 356: ...BGP IBGP speakers in the network must be fully meshed The first time you enter this command the router is configured as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors are configured as clients in the route reflector cluster When you remove all clients of a route reflector using the no neighbor route reflector client command the router no longer functions as a route reflector If the clients of a...

Page 357: ... Defaults Enabled that is BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions When a neighbor or peer grou...

Page 358: ...istory Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ipv4 address ipv6 address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates peer group name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates Caution Inbound update storage is a memory intensive operation The ...

Page 359: ...Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with the any other command subnet number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format A B C D as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group To allow all addresses enter 0 0 0 0 0 mask Enter a prefix mask in prefix length format x Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 ...

Page 360: ...nterfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session The neighbor update source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions Command History neighbor weight c e s Assign a weight to the neighbor connection which is used to determine the best path Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name weight weight To remove a we...

Page 361: ...thin the peer group weight Enter a number as the weight Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Note Reset the neighbor connection clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft command to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path set weight Assign a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ip address E...

Page 362: ...s an option for injecting sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route Command History redistribute c e s Redistribute routes into BGP Syntax redistribute connected static route map map name To disable redistribution use the no redistribution connected static command Parameters redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Ser...

Page 363: ...vel 2 metric metric value route map map name To return to the default values enter the no redistribute isis WORD level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric metric value route map map name command Parameters static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes These routes are treated as incomplete routes route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword route map followed by the name of an...

Page 364: ...pf process id command level 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 1 2 to independently redistributed into Level 1 and Level 2 routes This is the default level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 2 to independently redistributed into Level 2 routes only metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric followed by the metric value used for the redistributed route Use a metric value that is consis...

Page 365: ...s number To disable BGP use the no router bgp as number command Parameters Defaults Not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Figure 12 4 Command Example router bgp process id Enter the number of the OSPF process Range 1 to 65535 match external 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only match in...

Page 366: ...ghbor 20 20 20 2 Available buffer size 40958758 26 packet s captured using 680 bytes PDU 1 len 101 captured 00 34 51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00650100 00000013 00000000 00000000 419ef06c 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af92c0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af9400 00000000 PDU 2 len 19 captured 00 34 51 ago ffffffff f...

Page 367: ...ighbor suzanne peer group neighbor suzanne no shutdown neighbor sara peer group neighbor sara shutdown neighbor 13 14 15 20 peer group suzanne neighbor 13 14 15 20 shutdown neighbor 123 34 55 123 peer group suzanne neighbor 123 34 55 123 shutdown conf router_bgp Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the ipv4 unicas...

Page 368: ...114 8 33 0 18508 701 1239 13716 i 4 21 132 0 23 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 6461 16422 i 63 114 8 33 0 18508 701 6461 16422 i 4 24 118 16 30 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 i 4 24 145 0 30 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 i 4 24 187 12 30 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 i 4 24 202 0 30 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 i 4 25 88 0 30 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 3561 3908 i 5 0 0 0 9 63 114 8 33 0 0 18508 5 0 0 0 10 63 114 8 33 0 0 18508 5 ...

Page 369: ...te for the route Weight Displays the route s weight Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network show ip bgp cluster list BGP table version is 64444683 local router ID is 120 1 1 1 Status codes s suppressed d damped h history valid best Path source I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next...

Page 370: ...er in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups local AS Enter the keywords local AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED 0xFFFFFF03 community attribute must not be advertised ...

Page 371: ...i i 4 24 202 0 30 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 i i 4 25 88 0 30 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 3561 3908 i i 6 1 0 0 16 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 2 0 0 22 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 3 0 0 18 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 4 0 0 16 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 5 0 0 19 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 8 0 0 20 205 171 0 16 100 0 209 7170 1455 i i 6 9 0 0 20 205 17...

Page 372: ... the keyword for an exact match of the communities show ip bgp community list pass BGP table version is 0 local router ID is 10 101 15 13 Status codes s suppressed d damped h history valid best Path source I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Table 12 4 show ip bgp community list Command Ex...

Page 373: ...ppressed d damped h history valid best Path source I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network From Reuse Path Table 12 5 show ip bgp dampened paths Command Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route Reuse Displ...

Page 374: ...RecursiveNH 1 PgCfgId 0 KeepAlive 0 HldTime 0 DioHdl 0 AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 PeerChgTmrP 0 CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c FastExtFallover 1 FastIntFallover 0 Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 softOutSz 16 RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 TcpioCtxCB 0 RedistBlk 1 NextCBPurg 110111953...

Page 375: ...h at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output Command History show ip bgp filter list c e s View the routes that match the filter lists Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 unicast filter list as path name Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast r...

Page 376: ...s the route s weight Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network show ip bgp filter list hello BGP table version is 80227 local router ID is 120 1 1 1 Status codes s suppressed d damped h history valid best Path source I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Pat...

Page 377: ...pression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern 0 or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern 1 or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences You must enter an escape sequence CTRL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets a range of s...

Page 378: ...until the flapped route is available Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series show ip bgp inconsistent as BGP table version is 280852 local router ID is 10 1 2 100 Status codes s suppressed d damped h history valid best Path source I internal c confed exter...

Page 379: ... addr ipv6 neighbor addr OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP route information exchanged with that neighbor advertised routes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords advertised routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent dampened routes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dampened routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detai...

Page 380: ...essages 0 in queue 3 opens 1 notifications 1394 updates 6 keepalives 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages 0 in queue 3 opens 2 notifications 0 updates 43 keepalives 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast MULTIPROTO_EXT 1 ROUTE_REFRESH 2 CISCO_ROUTE...

Page 381: ...t Path D 70 70 21 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 100 200 D 70 70 22 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 100 200 D 70 70 23 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 100 200 D 70 70 24 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 100 200 70 70 25 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 100 200 70 70 26 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 0 100 200 70 70 27 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 0 100 200 70 70 28 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 0 100 200 70 70 29 0 24 100 10 10 2 0 0 0 100 200 Table 12 9 Command Example fields s...

Page 382: ...the minimum time in seconds between advertisements list of inbound and outbound policies Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map AS PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family BGP table version Displays the which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using accepted...

Page 383: ...the next hop IP address Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned If the route is down then this field displays time elap...

Page 384: ...range it matches on everything BUT the characters specified dollar sign the end of the output string Table 12 11 Command Example fields show ip bgp paths Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored Refcount Displays the number of BGP...

Page 385: ...ddress Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS Paths AS Path Displays the AS paths for this route with the origin code for the route listed last Numbers listed between braces are AS_SET information show ip bgp paths as path Total 13 AS Paths Address Ha...

Page 386: ...09 6253 209 21362 3908 900 19092 300 0x1e805884 46 2 209 209 209 21226 286 777 286 3033 1899 3033 64675 21092 0x1e433f4c 46 8 209 209 209 5097 209 21362 3908 900 19092 300 0x1f173294 48 16 209 209 209 21226 286 40 286 777 286 3040 5606 40 12955 5606 0x1c9f8e24 50 6 209 209 209 4069 209 21362 3908 900 19092 300 0x1c9f88e4 53 4 209 209 209 3193 209 21362 3908 900 19092 300 0x1f58a944 57 6 209 209 20...

Page 387: ...ersion Displays the BGP version supported Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group Peer group members Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group If the address is ...

Page 388: ...Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series regular expression character Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern 0 or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern 1 or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences You must ...

Page 389: ...67 6167 6167 i I 4 19 16 0 23 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 701 6167 6167 6167 i I 4 21 80 0 22 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 174 4200 16559 i I 4 21 82 0 24 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 174 4200 16559 i I 4 21 252 0 23 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 701 6389 8063 19198 i I 4 23 180 0 24 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 3561 6128 30576 i I 4 36 200 0 21 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 14742 11854 14135 i I 4 67 64 0 22 1 1 1 2 0 100 0 2914 11608 19281 i I...

Page 390: ...ed Displayed only when dampening is enabled Displays the number of paths designated as history dampened or penalized Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that n...

Page 391: ...es seconds 1 week 1d21h DaysHours 1 week 11w2d WeeksDays State Pfxrcd If the neighbor is in Established stage the number of network prefixes received If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum prefix command prfxd appears in this column If the neighbor is not in Established stage the current stage is displayed Idle Connect Active OpenSent OpenConfirm When the peer is transitioning...

Page 392: ...m The MBGP commands are address family ipv4 multicast MBGP aggregate address bgp dampening bgp soft reconfig backup clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp flap statistics clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast soft debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp peer group updates debug ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft reconfiguration debug ip bgp updates distance bgp neighbor activate...

Page 393: ...p bgp summary address family ipv4 multicast MBGP c et s This command changes the context to SAFI Subsequent Address Family Identifier Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context use the no address family ipv4 multicast command Parameters Defaults IPv4 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGP conf router_bgp Usage Information All subsequent commands will apply to this address family once th...

Page 394: ...nd The summary only parameter suppresses all advertisements If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors use the neighbor distribute list command Command History ip address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D and mask in prefix format x advertise map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywor...

Page 395: ...outer is replayed and updates are reevaluated With this command the replay and update process is triggered only if route refresh request is not negotiated with the peer If the request is indeed negotiated upon execution of clear ip bgp soft in then BGP sends a route refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer s updates Related Commands half life time OPTIONAL Enter the number of m...

Page 396: ...regexp Parameters Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information network OPTIONAL Enter the network address in dotted decimal format A B C D network mask OPTIONAL ...

Page 397: ...e character patterns parenthesis groups a series of pattern elements to a single element braces minimum and the maximum match count caret the beginning of the input string If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range it matches on everything BUT the characters specified dollar sign the end of the output string Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduce...

Page 398: ...odes EXEC Privilege Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft reconfiguration inbound debugging for IPv4 multicast routes If no neighbor is specified debug is turned on for all neighbors Version 8 4 1 0 Added BGP Soft Reconfiguration support for IPv4 unicast and IPv6 routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduc...

Page 399: ...ast routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced peer group peer group name Enter the keyword peer group followed by the name of the peer group updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors out OPTIONAL Enter the key...

Page 400: ...for the current AFI SAFI Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name activate To disable use the no neighbor ip address peer group name activate command Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series external distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS ...

Page 401: ...dress Family conf router_bgp_af Command History ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor peer group in the new AFI SAFI address family ipv4 multicast MBGP Changes the context to SAFI Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 ...

Page 402: ...Information Other BGP filtering commands include neighbor filter list ip as path access list and neighbor route map Related Commands ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword route map followed by the name of a conf...

Page 403: ... list to a neighbor or peer group neighbor route map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all...

Page 404: ...UTE MAP mode is configured its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next hop self command ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer group maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router Range 1 to 4294967295 threshold OPTIONAL Enter a number to be used as a p...

Page 405: ...command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family conf router_bgp_af Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer grou...

Page 406: ...amily conf router_bgp_af Usage Information The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route reflector cluster Internal BGP IBGP speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector When all clients of a route reflector are disabled the neighbor is no longer a route reflector Command History neighbor soft reconfigur...

Page 407: ...inbound routing updates Caution Inbound update storage is a memory intensive operation The entire BGP update database from the neighbor is stored in memory regardless of the inbound policy results applied on the neighbor show ip bgp neighbors Display routes received on a neighbor Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support o...

Page 408: ...e is no route map to set the metric the metric for redistributed static and connected is 0 To redistribute the default route 0 0 0 0 0 configure the neighbor default originate command Related Commands redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series conne...

Page 409: ...ster Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast cluster list cluster id Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series process id Enter the number of the OSPF process Range 1 to 65535 match external 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match external to redistribu...

Page 410: ...1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series community number Enter the community number in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups local AS Enter the keywords local AS to view all routes with the COM...

Page 411: ...p flap statistics c et s View flap statistics on BGP routes Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap statistics ip address mask filter list as path name regexp regular expression community list name Enter the name of a configured IP community list Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1...

Page 412: ...on Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern 0 or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern 1 or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences You must enter an escape sequence CTRL v prior to entering the regular expression ...

Page 413: ...S stale d damped h history valid best Path source I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path I 25 1 0 0 16 25 25 25 25 0 100 0 i I 25 2 0 0 16 25 25 25 26 0 100 0 I 25 3 0 0 16 211 1 1 165 0 100 0 r 144 1 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 32768 r 144 2 0 0 16 100 10 10 10 0 32768 r 144 3 0 0 16 211 1 1 135 0 3276...

Page 414: ...tail to view neighbor specific internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family flap statistics OPTIONAL Enter the keyword flap statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor s routes routes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords routes to view only the neighbor s feasible routes received routes network network mask OPTIONAL Enter the keywords received routes followed by either the network addres...

Page 415: ...ived from neighbor for IPv4 unicast MULTIPROTO_EXT 1 ROUTE_REFRESH 2 CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH 128 Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Multicast MULTIPROTO_EXT 1 ROUTE_REFRESH 2 CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH 128 Update source set to Loopback 0 For address family IPv4 Multicast BGP table version 14 neighbor version 14 3 accepted prefixes consume 12 bytes Prefixes accepted 1 consume 4 bytes withdrawn 0 by ...

Page 416: ...ates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured Minimum time Displays the minimum time in seconds between advertisements List of inbound and outbound policies Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map AS PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy For address family Displays IPv4 Multicast as the address family BGP table version Displays the which version of...

Page 417: ...eer group creating group Create a peer group show ip bgp peer group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E Series Version 7 5 1 0 Modified added detail option Table 12 19 Command Example fields show ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary Field Descripti...

Page 418: ...InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor If a number appears in parentheses the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group Up Down Displays the amount of time in hours minutes seconds that the neighbor is in the Established stage If the neighbor has neve...

Page 419: ...ow running config extcommunity list deny c e s Use this feature to reject deny from the two types of extended communities Route Origin rt or Site of Origin soo Syntax deny rt soo as4 ASN4 NN ASN NNNN IPADDR NN To remove delete the rule use the no deny rt soo as4 ASN4 NN ASN NNNN IPADDR NN command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf ext community list rt Enter the ke...

Page 420: ...ription c e s Use this feature to designate a meaningful description to the extended community Syntax description line To remove the description use the no description line command Parameters Defaults Not configured permit Configure to add permit rules show ip extcommunity list Display the Extended Community list Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version...

Page 421: ...unity in the Route Map mode Syntax match extcommunity extended community list name To change the match use the no match extcommunity extended community list name command Parameters Defaults No defaults values or behavior Command Modes ROUTE MAP config route map Usage Information Like standard communities extended communities can be used in route map to match the attribute Version 7 8 1 0 Introduce...

Page 422: ...te map match extcommunity Freedombird config route map Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on E Series rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site of Origin community also known as Route Origin as4 ASN4 NN Enter the keyword as4 followed by the 4 octet AS specific ext...

Page 423: ...fore soo with or without additive option then soo overrides the communities set by rt regex Enter a regular expression conf ext community list permit regexp 123 conf ext community list deny regex Deny a community using a regular expression Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on E Series as4 ASN4 NN Enter the keyword as4 followed ...

Page 424: ... without the additive option then rt overrides the communities set by soo If rt with additive option comes after soo then rt adds the communities set by soo Related Commands Command History set extcommunity soo Set extended community site of origin in route map Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on E Series as4 ASN4 NN Enter the...

Page 425: ... the figure below Example Figure 12 34 Command Example show ip bgp ipv4 multicast extcommunity list Command History multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to display the IPv6 unicast route information name OPTIONALLY Enter the name of the...

Page 426: ... EXEC Privilege Table 12 20 Command Example fields show ip bgp paths community Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these extended communities Community Displays the extended community attributes in this BGP path show ip bgp paths e...

Page 427: ...ing config extcommunity list Command History show ip extcommunity list test ip extcommunity list test deny RT 1234 12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on E Series word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view show running config extcommunity list test ip e...

Page 428: ...428 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 BGPv4 w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 429: ... to partition the CAM to best suit your application For example Configure more Layer 2 FIB entries when the system is deployed as a switch Configure more Layer 3 FIB entries when the system is deployed as a router Configure more ACLs when IPv6 is not employed Hash MPLS packets based on source and destination IP addresses for LAGs Hash based on bidirectional flow for LAGs Optimize the VLAN ACL Grou...

Page 430: ...e system CAM profile by saving the correct profile on the card and then rebooting it The CAM configuration is applied to entire system when you use CONFIGURATION mode commands You must save the running configuration to affect the change When budgeting your CAM allocations for ACLs and QoS configurations remember that ACL and QoS rules might consume more than one CAM entry depending on complexity F...

Page 431: ...IPv6 ACLs the total number of Blocks must equal 13 Ranges for the CAM profiles are 1 10 except for the ipv6acl profile which is 0 10 The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 2 4 6 8 10 default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows L3 ACL ipv4acl 6 L2 ACL l2acl 5 IPv6 L3 ACL ipv6acl 0 L3 QoS ipv4qos 1 L2 QoS l2qos 1 l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos nu...

Page 432: ... When this command is enabled if a Policy Map containing classification rules ACL and or dscp ip precedence rules is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe only a single copy of the policy will be written only 1 FP entry will be used Note that an ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry regardless of the number of interfaces Refer to IP Access Control Lis...

Page 433: ...eyword ipv4 v6 vrf to specify the CAM profile that maintains the CAM allocations for the IPv4 and IPv6FIB while allocating CAM space for VRF Enter the keyword ipv4 64k ipv6 to specify the CAM profile that provides an alternate to ipv6 extacl that redistributes CAM space from the IPv4FIB to IPv4Flow and IPv6FIB microcode microcode Choose a microcode based on the CAM profile you chose Not all microc...

Page 434: ...pport for l2 switched pbr microcode Version 8 2 1 0 Added support for the ipv4 64k ipv6 profile Version 7 9 1 0 Added support for VRF protocols Version 7 5 1 0 Added the l2 ipv4 inacl CAM profile Version 7 4 2 0 Added the unified default CAM profile and lag hash align microcode Version 7 4 1 0 Added the lag hash mpls microcode Version 6 5 1 0 Added the eg default and ipv4 320k CAM profiles Version...

Page 435: ...ofile profile microcode microcode summary FTOS show cam acl Chassis Cam ACL Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 5 Ipv4Acl 6 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 1 L2Qos 1 Line card 4 Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 5 Ipv4Acl 6 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 1 L2Qos 1 FTOS FTOS show cam acl Chassis Cam ACL Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 2 Ipv4Acl 2 Ipv6Acl 4 Ipv4Qos 2 L2Qos 3 Line card 4 Current Settings in block s...

Page 436: ...f to specify the CAM profile that maintains the CAM allocations for the IPv4 FIB while allocating CAM space for VRF Enter the keyword ipv4 v6 vrf to specify the CAM profile that maintains the CAM allocations for the IPv4 and IPv6FIB while allocating CAM space for VRF microcode microcode Choose the microcode to display Not all microcodes are available to be paired with a CAM profile Enter the keywo...

Page 437: ...ame DEFAULT DEFAULT L2FIB 32K entries 32K entries L2ACL 1K entries 1K entries IPv4FIB 256K entries 256K entries IPv4ACL 12K entries 12K entries IPv4Flow 24K entries 24K entries EgL2ACL 1K entries 1K entries EgIPv4ACL 1K entries 1K entries Reserved 8K entries 8K entries IPv6FIB 0 entries 0 entries IPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries IPv6Flow 0 entries 0 entries EgIPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries MicroCode Name ...

Page 438: ...pe CAM Partition Total CAM Used CAM Available CAM 1 0 IN L2 ACL 1008 320 688 IN L2 FIB 32768 1132 31636 IN L3 ACL 12288 2 12286 IN L3 FIB 262141 14 262127 IN L3 SysFlow 2878 45 2833 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 McastFib 9215 0 9215 IN L3 Qos 8192 0 8192 IN L3 PBR 1024 0 1024 IN V6 ACL 0 0 0 IN V6 FIB 0 0 0 IN V6 SysFlow 0 0 0 IN V6 McastFib 0 0 0 OUT L2 ACL 1024 0 1024 OUT L3 ACL 1024 0 1024 OU...

Page 439: ...IN L3 SysFlow 2878 0 2878 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 McastFib 9215 0 9215 IN L3 Qos 8192 0 8192 IN L3 PBR 1024 0 1024 OUT L3 ACL 16384 0 16384 11 1 IN L3 ACL 8192 3 8189 IN L3 FIB 196607 1 196606 IN L3 SysFlow 2878 0 2878 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 McastFib 9215 0 9215 IN L3 Qos 8192 0 8192 IN L3 PBR 1024 0 1024 OUT L3 ACL 16384 0 16384 FTOS FTOS show cam usage switch Linecard Portpipe C...

Page 440: ...MapTest linecard 4 port set 0 Linecard Portpipe CAM Partition Available CAM Estimated CAM per Port Status 4 0 IPv4Flow 232 0 Allowed 4 0 IPv6Flow 0 0 Allowed FTOS FTOS test cam usage service policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port set 1 Linecard Portpipe CAM Partition Available CAM Estimated CAM per Port Status 2 1 IPv4Flow 232 0 Allowed 2 1 IPv6Flow 0 0 Allowed FTOS Table 13 1 Output Explanatio...

Page 441: ...ow CONFIGURATION show cam ipv4flow Table 13 2 Output Explanations test cam usage S Series Term Explanation Stack Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked Entering all shows the status for all stacks Portpipe Lists the portpipe port set or port pipes port sets that are checked Entering all shows the status for linecards and port pipes in the chassis CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of...

Page 442: ...CATED Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series default Enter the keyword default to reset the IPV4Flow CAM region to its default setting multicast fib value Enter the keyword multicast fib followed by the number of entries for the multicast FIB sub region in 1K increments Range 1 to 32 KB Default 9 KB pbr value Enter the keyword pbr followed by the number of entries for the PBR sub region in 1K incr...

Page 443: ...oaded after the next reboot Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series copy Save the running configuration show cam ipv4flow Display the CAM IPv4flow entries Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show cam ipv4flow Chassis Cam Ipv4Flow Current Settings Next Boot Acl 8K 5K Multicast Fib Acl 9K 12K Pbr 1K 1K Qos 8K 8K System Flow 5K 5K Trace Lists 1K 1K Line card 2 Current Settings Next Boot Acl 5K...

Page 444: ...equires that you specify the amount of CAM space for all sub partitions and that the sum of all sub partitions is 100 Like CAM profiles you can configure the Layer 2 ACL partition from EXEC Privilege mode or CONFIGURATION mode cam l2acl EXEC Privilege et Re allocate the amount of space in percentage for each Layer 2 ACL CAM sub partition This command is deprecated as of FTOS 8 3 1 0 Syntax cam l2a...

Page 445: ... CAM space for system flow entries Enter the keyword system flow and specify the percentage Range 5 to 100 l2acl percentage Allocate a percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM space for Layer 2 ACL entries Enter the keyword l2acl and specify the percentage Range 5 to 95 pvst percentage Allocate a percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM space for PVST entries Enter the keyword pvst and specify the percentage Ra...

Page 446: ...m l2acl Chassis Cam L2 ACL Current Settings in percent Sysflow 6 L2Acl 14 Pvst 50 Qos 12 L2pt 13 Frrp 5 Line card 1 Current Settings in percent Sysflow 6 L2Acl 14 Pvst 50 Qos 12 L2pt 13 Frrp 5 Line card 5 Current Settings in percent Sysflow 6 L2Acl 14 More cam l2acl CONFIGURATION Re allocate the amount of space in percentage for each Layer 2 ACL CAM sub partition ...

Page 447: ...t or revert roll back to your previous configuration This rollback feature enables you to view and test a configuration before completing the configuration change Commands The Configuration Rollback commands are archive archive backup archive config archive delete configure confirm configure replace configure terminal configuration mode exclusive debug rollback maximum number show archive show con...

Page 448: ...faults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands archive config c e Archive a running configuration Syntax archive config comment comment Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series FTOS conf FTOS conf archive FTOS conf archive FTOS flash CFGARCH_DIR filename Enter the path directory flash CFGARCH_DIR followed by the name of the file flash ...

Page 449: ...the replacement of the running configuration when time option is used with the configure replace command Syntax configure confirm Defaults No default values or behavior comment comment Describe the configuration that you are archiving using up to 30 characters Version 7 7 1 0 Comment option added Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series R4_C300 archive config comment 30 characters 3d2h5...

Page 450: ... you want exclusive control of CONFIGURATION mode when making configuration changes Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series show archive Display the archive flash filepath Enter the path flash followed by the file path of the local file system to copy your file to the local location startup config force Enter the keyword startup config to replace with the startup config...

Page 451: ...ATION mode while a lock is in place the following message is generated Error User on line console0 is in exclusive configuration mode If a user is already in CONFIGURATION mode when a lock is executed the following message is generated Error Can t lock configuration mode exclusively since the following users are currently configuring the system User admin on line vty1 10 1 1 1 configuration mode e...

Page 452: ...fault values or behavior Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf archive Command History Related Commands Note When your session times out and you return to EXEC mode the lock is no longer set FTOS conf configuration mode exclusive auto FTOS conf exit 3d23h35m RPM0 P CP SYS 5 CONFIG_I Configured from console by console FTOS config Locks configuration mode exclusively FTOS conf configure terminal When con...

Page 453: ...guration Syntax show config Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf archive Command History Example Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series FTOS show archive Archive directory flash CFGARCH_DIR Archive Date Time Size Comment 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Deleted 7 archive_7 12 13 2007 20 51 24 5640 Archived 8 archive_8 12 13 2007 20 51 44 5645 Archived 9 archive_9 12 16...

Page 454: ...he output can be used to send the messages to that session or release a lock on a VTY line Related Commands show run diff c e Display the difference between an archived file and a file Syntax show run diff flash startup config Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series FTOS show configuration lo...

Page 455: ...nutes command Parameters Defaults Disabled that is no automatically saving is configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf archive Command History FTOS show run diff archive_7 running config policy map input test running config archive maximum 3 flash CFGARCH_DIR archive_7 archive FTOS minutes Enter the time in minutes to automatically save an archive file Range 5 to 1440 minutes Version 7 6 1 0 In...

Page 456: ...456 Configuration Rollback w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 457: ...by network administrators Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server Commands to Configure Secure DHCP Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server clear ip dhcp client identifier debug ip dhcp server default router disable dns server domain name excluded address hardware address host ip dhcp bootp ip dhcp relay information disable lease netbios name server netbios node type netw...

Page 458: ...ead of a hardware addresses The client identifier is formed by concatenating the media type and the MAC address of the client Refer to the Address Resolution Protocol Parameters section of RFC 1700 Assigned Numbers for a list of media type codes debug ip dhcp server c s Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP Syntax debug ip dhcp server events packets binding Enter this keyword to delete all entr...

Page 459: ...disable command Syntax disable Command Mode CONFIGURATION Default Disabled Command History dns server c s Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool Syntax dns server address address2 address8 events Enter this keyword to display DHCP state changes packet Enter this keyword to display packet transmission reception Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series address Enter the a li...

Page 460: ...mand History hardware address c s For manual configurations specify the client hardware address Syntax hardware address address address Enter the a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet You may list up to 8 servers in order of preference Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Seri...

Page 461: ...p bootp automatic ignore Parameters Command Mode DHCP Default automatic Command History ip dhcp relay information c s Syntax ip dhcp relay information check option policy Parameters address Enter the hardware address of the client Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series address mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series automatic ...

Page 462: ...Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP clients Syntax netbios name server address address2 address8 Parameters Command Mode DHCP POOL Default None Command History option policy Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series days Enter the number of days of the lease Range 0 31 hours Enter the number of hours of the lease Range 0 23 minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease Range 0 59...

Page 463: ...e DHCP POOL Default None Command History pool c s Create an address pool Syntax pool name Parameters Command Mode DHCP Default None Command History type Enter the NETBIOS node type Broadcast Enter the keyword b node Hybrid Enter the keyword h node Mixed Enter the keyword m node Peer to peer Enter the keyword p node Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series network prefix length Specify a...

Page 464: ...efault None Command History show ip dhcp conflict c s Display the address conflict log Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters Command Mode EXEC Privilege Default None Command History show ip dhcp database c s Display the DHCP database Syntax show ip dhcp database Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool global Display the DHCP...

Page 465: ...protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks arp inspection arp inspection trust clear ip dhcp snooping ip dhcp snooping ip dhcp snooping database ip dhcp snooping binding ip dhcp snooping database renew ip dhcp snooping trust ip dhcp source address validation ip dhcp snooping vlan ip dhcp relay ip dhcp snooping verify mac address show ip dhcp snooping arp inspec...

Page 466: ...g binding Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default None Command History Related Commands ip dhcp snooping c e s Enable DHCP Snooping globally Syntax no ip dhcp snooping Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series arp inspection trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Se...

Page 467: ...meters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Default None Command History ip dhcp snooping binding c e s Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table Syntax no ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan id vlan id ip ip address interface type slot port lease number Parameters Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series for Layer 2 interfaces Version 7 8 1 0 I...

Page 468: ...y the type of interface to which the host is connected For an 10 100 Ethernet interface enter the keyword fastethernet For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet slot port Enter the slot and port number of the interface lease time Enter the keyword lease f...

Page 469: ...ing vlan name Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Default Disabled Command History Usage Information When enabled the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN s Note that learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN Related Commands Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series ipmac Enable IP MAC Sou...

Page 470: ...elated Commands ip dhcp snooping verify mac address c e s Validate a DHCP packet s source hardware address against the client hardware address field CHADDR in the payload Syntax no ip dhcp snooping verify mac address Command Modes CONFIGURATION Default Disabled trust downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous hop router Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E ...

Page 471: ...Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP 471 Command History Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series ...

Page 472: ...472 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 473: ...lows across a Port Channel The ECMP LAG and line card options are supported only on the E Series TeraScale and ExaScale chassis Syntax hash algorithm algorithm number ecmp checksum crc xor number lag checksum crc xor number nh ecmp checksum crc xor number linecard number ip sa mask value ip da mask value To return to the default hash algorithm use the no hash algorithm command To return to the def...

Page 474: ...umber Range 0 to 47 Note For EtherScale range 0 to 15 is valid 16 to 47 will be considered as 15 ecmp hash algorithm value TeraScale and ExaScale Only Enter the keyword ecmp followed by the ECMP hash algorithm value Range 0 to 47 lag hash algorithm value TeraScale and ExaScale Only Enter the keyword lag followed by the LAG hash algorithm value Range 0 to 47 nh ecmp hash algorithm value OPTIONAL En...

Page 475: ...e different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values The default hash algorithm number 0 yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic then use the hash algorithm command to designate another algorithm When a Port Channel member leaves or is added to the Port C...

Page 476: ...m yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic then use this command to designate another algorithm When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members Related Commands hash algorithm seed e Select the seed value for the ECMP LAG a...

Page 477: ...ng is lexicographic and deterministic With more than 8 ECMPs ordering is deterministic but it is not in lexicographic order Syntax ip ecmp deterministic Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while FTOS sorts the CAM entries ipv6 ecmp deterministic e Deterministic ECMP Next Ho...

Page 478: ...h more than 8 ECMPs ordering is deterministic but it is not in lexicographic order Syntax ipv6 ecmp deterministic Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while FTOS sorts the CAM entries Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series ...

Page 479: ... Management interface During an RPM failover FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8 10 seconds By default FEFD is disabled Commands The FEFD commands are debug fefd fefd fefd mode fefd global fefd disable fefd interval fefd global interval fefd reset show fefd debug fefd e Enable debugging of FEFD Syntax debug fefd events packets interface To disable debugging of FEFD use the no debug ...

Page 480: ...kets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter t...

Page 481: ...fd disable To re enable FEFD on an interface enter no fefd disable Default Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE fefd interval e Set an interval between control packets Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value enter no fefd interval mode normal OPTIONAL Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to unknown when a far end failure is detected by the software on that ...

Page 482: ... Command Modes EXEC Privilege show fefd e View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface Syntax show fefd interface seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets Range 3 to 300 seconds Default 15 seconds seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets Range 3 to 300 seconds Default 15 seconds interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or n...

Page 483: ... be one of the following bi directional interface is up and connected and seeing neighbor s echo err disabled only found when the FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not seen its neighbor s echo for 3 times the message interval To reset an interface in this state use the fefd reset command unknown only found when FEFD mode is normal locally disabled interface contains the fefd disab...

Page 484: ...484 Far End Failure Detection FEFD w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 485: ...ds The FRRP commands are clear frrp debug frrp description disable interface member vlan mode protocol frrp show frrp timer Important Points to Remember FRRP is media and speed independent FRRP is a Dell Force10 proprietary protocol that does not interoperate with any other vendor Spanning Tree must be disabled on both primary and secondary interfaces before Resilient Ring protocol is enabled A VL...

Page 486: ... Topology change Rx and Tx counters The number of state change counters Related Commands debug frrp c e Enable FRRP debugging Syntax debug frrp event packet detail ring id count number To disable debugging use the no debug frrp event packet detail ring id count number command ring id Optional Enter the ring identification number Range 1 to 255 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced for the C Series Version 7 ...

Page 487: ...Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol use the no disable command Defaults Disabled event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packet...

Page 488: ...owed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information secondary interface Enter the keyword secondary to configure the se...

Page 489: ...ode c e Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring Syntax mode master transit To reset the mode use the no mode master transit command Parameters Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf frrp Command History Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced show frrp Display the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration information vlan range Enter the member VLANs usin...

Page 490: ...y the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration Syntax show frrp ring id summary summary Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Command History Example 1 Figure 18 2 show frrp summary Command Example ring id Enter the ring identification number Range 1 to 255 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced ring id Enter the ring identification numbe...

Page 491: ... a3 19 Topology Change Statistics Tx 110 Rx 45 Hello Statistics Tx 13028 Rx 12348 Number of state Changes 34 Member Vlans 1000 1009 FTOS FTOS show frrp 2 summary Ring ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans 2 Up Master 2 11 20 25 27 30 FTOS protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification hello interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello interval followed by the t...

Page 492: ...w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m Usage Information The hello interval is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node The dead interval is the time that elapses before a timeout occurs ...

Page 493: ... commands in this chapter are supported on C Series and the E Series using TeraScale cards All commands except for three encrypt keyadd and show keys are supported on E Series using EtherScale cards Platform support is indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading c for C Series e for E Series Commands The FTSA commands are action list admin email call home case number schedul...

Page 494: ...ges log only match message format policy policy action list policy test list pr number recipient run cpu sample rate server show configuration show debugging show keys smtp server address test condition comparing samples test condition comparison to a value test condition message text deprecated test limit test list ...

Page 495: ...and Modes CONFIGURATION conf callhome Command History Usage Information The domain name part of the email address can be specified here or by using the command domain name In either case if you specify a domain name by using the domain name command that name will be used for the email address instead of a domain name that you might enter here word Enter the keyword action list followed by the name...

Page 496: ...n CONFIGURATION conf callhome mode If FTSA is running and the no call home command is executed FTSA sends an alert email message to all designated recipients then stops The user is returned to CONFIGURATION mode and FTOS removes the current FTSA configuration from the running configuration Related Commands call home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode domain name Specify the domain name to be used ...

Page 497: ...LL HOME ACTION LIST Command History Related Commands word Enter the keyword case number followed by a case number in the format C xxxxx or c xxxxx where x 0 to 9 Range 1 to 20 characters Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series action list Specify a policy action list for the associated policy policy Create a policy with a name and enter config callhome policy name mode pr number Enter ...

Page 498: ...q number Use the keyword seq followed by a number that FTOS uses to execute the list of actions in numerical order command Enter a mode command Version 8 2 1 0 Keyword cli command changed to cli action All options removed Added keywork seq Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series action list Specify an action list for the associated policy and enter the conf call home actionlist name mo...

Page 499: ...e conf call home actionlist name mode seq number Use the keyword seq followed by a number that FTOS uses to execute the list of actions in numerical order cli show show command Enter the keyword cli show followed by a show command Range 1 100 max 100 chars including quotes repeat number Enter the keyword repeat followed by the number of times that the output of the designated show command should b...

Page 500: ...efaults none Command Modes CALL HOME Command History Related Commands contact name c e Enter a customer contact name up to 25 characters to be included in type 5 FTSA messages Syntax contact name name Defaults none Command Modes CALL HOME Command History Related Commands Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series call home Start FTSA and enter CONFIGURATION conf callhome mode Version 7 7 ...

Page 501: ...y before sampling for a test condition again after it has been matched Syntax dampen number Parameters Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes CALL HOME POLICY Command History Related Commands Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series call home Start FTSA and enter CONFIGURATION conf callhome mode Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series call home Start FTSA and enter CONFIGURATION c...

Page 502: ...you can use the default action command to select any test group The FTSA message or log entry contains the information collected by the selected action Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced for E Series show debugging Display the status of FTSA call home debugging hardware Enter the keyword hardware to collect hardware information See the FTOS Configura...

Page 503: ...ults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CALLHOME Command History Related Commands hardware Enter the keyword hardware to monitor hardware conditions See the FTOS Configuration Guide for the list of conditions monitored by this keyword software Enter the keyword software to monitor software conditions See the FTOS Configuration Guide for the list of conditions monitored by this keyword exception Ente...

Page 504: ...Modes conf callhome Command History Usage Information If you leave the selected recipient in the default condition of disabled no FTSA email messages to the selected recipient you can either come back to this command later or you can use the enable all command If you use the enable all command you can then disable email messages to the recipient with the no enable command at the server specific pr...

Page 505: ... remove email encryption for this server use the no encrypt command Defaults no encrypt Command Modes CONFIGURATION Server conf callhome server_name Command History admin email Specify the Administrator s email address call home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode smtp server address Configure the SMTP server detail Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced for E Series Note...

Page 506: ...d is executed In this example email messages will be sent to all designated recipients exactly two hours after executing the command Related Commands keyadd c e Add the public encryption key PGP5 compatible for a specific recipient if you want to encrypt messages sent to that recipient Syntax keyadd public_key To remove the public key use the no keyadd public_key command Parameters Note Execute th...

Page 507: ...story Usage Information Each of the three command parameters are optional and can be entered in any order individually or in combination Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced for E Series Note Execute the encrypt command after the keyadd command to ensure email encryption call home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode encrypt Enable email encryption server Configure recip...

Page 508: ...me stamp makes each file unique files will not be overwritten if the action list executes more than once If this log only command is not executed or if no log only option is executed then the collected data will be sent in an FTSA email When sent as an mail attachment the file name format is actionlistName timestamp txt For example hardwareAction 02_16_34 423 txt If the collected data is split due...

Page 509: ...generally how a type 5 message would look formatted in XML all Entering this keyword will require that all conditions in the test list be matched in order to execute the associated action list any Entering this keyword will cause a match for any item in the test list to execute the associated action list This is the default option simultaneous Entering this keyword indicates that the test conditio...

Page 510: ...act address contact notes notes contact notes contact_info F10_info policy_name xxxxxxx policy_name case_number xxxxx case_number pr_number xxxxx pr_number F10_info action_list_name name action_list_name test_list_match match keyword value match match cpu 5 min 98 match match etc match test_list_match content item item_name show pcdfo item_name item_time Oct 18 15 05 34 699 UTC item_time item_outp...

Page 511: ... action selection commands such as default action policy test list c e Name a policy test list and enter the config callhome testlist name mode Syntax policy test list word Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Mode conf callhome Command History call home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode case number Specify a case number for the associated policy default test Invoke one of th...

Page 512: ...ssociated with the Dell Force10 server only Command Mode CONFIGURATION Server conf callhome server_name Command History Usage Information After using the server command to create a server name you are placed at that server specific prompt where you can use this command to enter the email address of the recipient that you want to associate with that server name Related Commands number Enter a 5 dig...

Page 513: ...in the syslog to note that a match was made what the match was and that the action list was not executed because CPU was too high If greater than is configured it is probably because the user does not care about results that may occur when CPU usage is low For example a user might configure run cpu greater than 60 If a match is found for the test list and the 1 minute CPU average is 40 then the ac...

Page 514: ... the Dell Force10 server recipient you can identify up to four more server names and associated recipients Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series policy Create a policy with a name and enter config callhome policy name mode policy test list Name a policy test list and enter the config callhome actionlist name mode test condition comparing samples Collect multiple samples of a statisti...

Page 515: ...g Syntax show debugging Defaults No default behavior or values Command Mode CONFIGURATION conf callhome Command History call home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode enable Enable FTSA call home email for the selected recipient recipient Enter the recipient s email address enable Enable FTSA call home email for the selected recipient Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced...

Page 516: ...LLHOME Callhome service debugging is on FTOS conf callhome debug call home Monitor FTSA email messages through the CLI Version 8 4 1 0 Added support to resolve domain names to IPv6 addresses Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS conf callhome show keys Type Bits KeyID Created Expires Algorithm Use sec 768 0x64CE09D9 2005 06 27 RSA Sign Encrypt uid E000...

Page 517: ... receive the email messages and forward them to local and remote designated recipients The default port number on an SMTP server is 25 If a host name is given instead of an IP address DNS should be enabled to resolve the host name Related Commands server address server address Enter the keyword server address followed by the SMTP server address such as smtp yourco com The domain name you specify c...

Page 518: ...pu 1 min Average CPU utilization for 1 minute cpu 5 min Average CPU utilization for 5 minutes interface bit rate input output slot Instantaneous bit rate on a given line card interface crc interface Number of CRC errors on a given interface interface rate input output interface Packet rate on a given interface interface throttles interface Number of throttles on an interface memory free Free syste...

Page 519: ...TOS conf callhome testlist test test condition interface bit rate input Input interface output Output interface FTOS conf callhome testlist test test condition interface bit rate input 0 3 Slot number FTOS conf callhome testlist test test condition interface bit rate input 1 decrease 0 10000 Enter the boolean comparision value in mbits sec FTOS conf callhome testlist test test condition interface ...

Page 520: ...y used percent System memory used in percentage wred drops interface Number of WRED drops on an interface E Series only operator Enter one of the following Boolean comparison operators decrease equal to greater than increase less than not equal to no change number value Enter the keyword number followed by an integer to be the comparison value to the designated statistic in the range pertinent to ...

Page 521: ...he search string is compared against an entire text message so a short string such as the number zero is likely to produce many unintended matches Therefore the search string should be as long as possible to guarantee as close a match as possible to the data that you want to match However the maximum length of a string is 64 characters test condition comparing samples Collect multiple samples of a...

Page 522: ... display xml equal to string Enter the search string pattern FTOS conf callhome testlist test test condition message text command show interfaces gi 1 0 display xml equal to string LINE Regular expression FTOS conf callhome testlist test test condition message text command show interfaces gi 1 0 display xml equal to string ifAdminStatus down ifAdminStatus dampen Set a delay before sampling for a t...

Page 523: ...e test list matches that should be attempted Range 0 256 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series dampen Set a delay before sampling for a test condition again after it has been matched test condition comparing samples Configure an action to collect and compare multiple samples of a statistic policy Create a policy with a name and enter config callhome policy name mode policy test list ...

Page 524: ...ware test set Software test set Exception test set SFM status transition from active to other state SWP Timeout CPU usage more than 85 Line card transition from active to other state IPC Timeout System crash Port pipe error or transition to down IRC Timeout Task crash RPM status transition from active to other state CPU usage more than 85 Dump reload due to error RPM failover due to error PEM tran...

Page 525: ...clarations of attributes At the same time based on received declarations or withdrawals GARP handles attributes of other participants GVRP enables a device to propagate local VLAN registration information to other participant devices and dynamically update the VLAN registration information from other devices The registration information updates local databases regarding active VLAN members and thr...

Page 526: ...with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP enabled device is sending updates If the devices no longer send updates or GVRP is disabled or the system is rebooted all dynamic VLANs are removed GVRP manages the active topology not non topological data such as VLAN protocols If a local bridge needs to classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols you must manually configure protocol based VLANs and simpl...

Page 527: ...rScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C E and S Series show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP statistics config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JO...

Page 528: ...on C E and S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C E and S Series gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol join Enter the keyword join followed by the number of milliseconds to configure the join time Range 100 2147483647 milliseconds Default 200 milliseconds Note Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100 leave Enter the keyword leave followe...

Page 529: ...plication entity removes the attribute information as requested Leave All Timer The Leave All Timer starts when a GARP application entity starts When this timer expires the entity sends a leave all message so that other entities can re register their attribute information Then the leave all time begins again Related Commands gvrp enable c e s Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs Syntax gvrp...

Page 530: ...s device then the port will stop being a member of the VLAN The forbidden is used when you do not want the interface to advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP Related Commands protocol gvrp c e s Access GVRP protocol config gvrp Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands show config c e s Display the global GVRP configuration Syntax sho...

Page 531: ...ure 20 1 show garp timers Command Example Related Commands show gvrp c e s Display the GVRP configuration Syntax show gvrp brief interface Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C E and S Series gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C E and S Series FTOS show garp timers GARP Timers Value milliseconds Join Timer 200 Leave Ti...

Page 532: ...mber information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale a...

Page 533: ... interface followed by one of the interface keywords and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Ra...

Page 534: ... GARP VLAN Registration GVRP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database Related Commands show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration ...

Page 535: ...failure failover and not failures of a line card SFM or power module A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol Some protocols must be specifically enabled for HA and some protocols are only hitless if related protocols are also enabled as hitless see the redundancy protocol command High Availability is supported on E Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8 1 1 0 and ...

Page 536: ...atch code as though it was always there Related Commands process restartable e Enable a process to be restarted Restartablility is subject to a maximum restart limit the limit is defined as a configured amount of restarts within a configured amount of time On the software exception that exceeds the limit the system reloads for systems with a single RPM or fails over for systems with dual RPMs Synt...

Page 537: ...S checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five 5 minutes If the interval is less FTOS returns a configuration error message redundancy disable auto reboot c e Prevent the system from auto rebooting the failed module Syntax redundancy disable auto reboot rpm card number all To return to the default enter no redundancy disable auto reboot rpm Parameters Defaults Disabled that is...

Page 538: ...possible for major releases and lower while a hitless upgrade can only support patch releases You load the software upgrade on one RPM and then issue this command with the rpm keyword to move the software to the other RPM The system senses the condition and provides a series of prompts appropriate to that context as shown in the following example Example Figure 21 1 redundancy force failover rpm C...

Page 539: ...odes CONFIGURATION Command History FTOS redundancy force failover sfm 0 TSM 6 SFM_FAILOVER Standby switch to SFM 8 Standby switch to SFM 0 FTOS rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introdu...

Page 540: ...TION Command History Command History Usage Information When a secondary RPM with logical SFM is inserted or removed the system must add or remove the backplane links to the switch fabric trunk To avoid traffic disruption use this command when the secondary RPM is inserted When this command is executed the logical SFM on the standby RPM is immediately taken offline and the SFM state is set as stand...

Page 541: ...bric State up Switch Fabric Modules Slot Status 0 active 1 standby FTOS conf no redundancy sfm Taking secondary SFM online FTOS conf do show sfm all Switch Fabric State up Switch Fabric Modules Slot Status 0 active 1 active show sfm Display the SFM status show switch links Display the switch fabric backplane or internal status full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data persistent data Ent...

Page 542: ...ege Command History Example FTOS sho processes restartable Process name State How many times restarted Timestamp last restarted radius enabled 0 tacplus enabled 0 FTOS show processes restartable history Process name Timestamp last crashed radius 5 23 2001 10 11 47 Related Commands show redundancy c e Display the current redundancy configuration Syntax show redundancy Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on ...

Page 543: ...ate of the second RPM if present FTOS show redundancy RPM Status RPM Slot ID 1 RPM Redundancy Role Primary RPM State Active RPM SW Version 7 5 1 0 Link to Peer Up PEER RPM Status RPM State Standby RPM SW Version 7 5 1 0 RPM Redundancy Configuration Primary RPM rpm0 Auto Data Sync Full Failover Type Hot Failover Auto reboot RPM Enabled Auto failover limit 3 times in 60 minutes RPM Failover Record F...

Page 544: ... RPM redundancy disable auto reboot command the parameter for auto failover limit control redundancy auto failover limit command RPM Failover Record Displays the following information RPM failover counter to reset the counter use the redundancy reset counter command the time and date of the last RPM failover the reason for the last RPM failover Last Data Sync Record Displays the data sync informat...

Page 545: ...MP on interfaces IGMPv3 can be configured on interfaces and is backward compatible with IGMPv2 The maximum number of interfaces supported is 512 on the E Series On the C Series and S Series 31 interfaces are supported Maximum number of groups supported no hard limit IGMPv3 router interoperability with IGMPv2 and IGMPv1 routers on the same subnet is not supported An administrative command ip igmp v...

Page 546: ...able IGMP debugging enter no debug ip igmp group address interface To disable all debugging enter undebug all group address OPTIONAL Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For an 100 1000 Base T Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 1...

Page 547: ...ommand Modes INTERFACE conf if interface slot port Command History Usage Information The access list accepted is an extended ACL This feature is used to block IGMP reports from hosts on a per interface basis based on the group address and source address specified in the access list group address OPTIONAL Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format interface OPTIONAL Enter the fol...

Page 548: ...nformation Querier normally sends a certain number of group specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database There may be situations in which immediate deletion of a group from the membership database is required This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion In addition this command provides a way to enable immedia...

Page 549: ...should be the querier Syntax ip igmp querier timeout seconds To return to the default value enter no ip igmp querier timeout Parameters Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval Default 1000 milliseconds Range 100 to 65535 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series legacy co...

Page 550: ... the number of seconds between queries sent out Default 60 seconds Range 1 to 18000 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable that system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable that system to act as an IGMP Proxy Quer...

Page 551: ...ss use the no ip igmp static group group address exclude source address include source address command Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes INTERFACE Command History std access list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups source address Specify the multicast source address to which the groups are mapped Version 7 8 1 0 Int...

Page 552: ...p arrives on an interface the dynamic entry will completely overwrite all the static configuration for the group Related Commands ip igmp version c e s Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3 Syntax ip igmp version 2 3 Parameters Defaults 2 that is IGMPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History show ip igmp groups c e s View the IGMP groups Syntax show ip igmp groups group addre...

Page 553: ...ale For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 detail OPTIONAL Enter the keywor...

Page 554: ...loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E...

Page 555: ...ed on Layer 2 multicast mac address and the IGMP snooping entries are in Layer 3 flow table not in Layer 2 FIB FTOS IGMP snooping implementation is based on draft ietf magma snoop 10 FTOS supports IGMP snooping on JUMBO enabled cards IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported IGMP snooping is not supported on default VLAN interface IGM...

Page 556: ...VLAN interface If it receives a general query on any of its VLAN member it will check the IP source address of the incoming frame If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface then the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address the switch will c...

Page 557: ...havior of unregistered multicast data packets On the E Series when flooding is enabled the default unregistered multicast data traffic is flooded to all ports in a VLAN When flooding is disabled unregistered multicast data traffic is forwarded to only multicast router ports both static and dynamic in a VLAN If there is no multicast router port in a VLAN then unregistered multicast data traffic is ...

Page 558: ...e the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN conf if vl n Command History milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds Default 1000 milliseconds Range 100 to 65535 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series legacy command interface interface Enter the following keywords and ...

Page 559: ...nd Modes INTERFACE VLAN conf if vl n Command History Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically This is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic does not need to be routed An IP address must be assigned to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN show ip igmp snooping mrout...

Page 560: ...l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m Example Figure 22 3 show ip igmp snooping mrouter Command Example Related Commands FTOS show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Gi 13 3 Po 1 FTOS show ip igmp groups Use this IGMP command to view groups ...

Page 561: ...ries ExaScale some interface functionality is supported on E Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8 2 1 0 and later When this is the case that is noted in the command history Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for physical Loopback and Null interfaces clear counters clear dampening cx4 cable length dampening description disable on sfm failure duplex Management duplex 10 100 Interfaces flo...

Page 562: ...rfaces dampening show interfaces description show interfaces linecard show interfaces phy show interfaces stack unit show interfaces status show interfaces switchport show interfaces transceiver show range shutdown speed for 10 100 1000 interfaces speed Management interface switchport wanport clear counters c e s Clear the counters used in the show interfaces commands for all VRRP groups VLANs and...

Page 563: ...94 vrrp ipv6 vrid OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces enter ipv6 To clear the counters of a specified group enter a vrid number from 1 to 255 vrrp vrf instance OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword vrrp to clear counters for all VRRP groups To clear the counters of VRRP groups in a specified VRF ins...

Page 564: ...ce enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on...

Page 565: ...ld max suppress time command syntax Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Note When using a long CX4 cable between the C Series and the S Series configure the cable using the cx4 cable length short command only to avoid any errors Note 15M CX4 active cable is not supported on C Series and S series It is only supported for S2410 with active end on the device FTOS show interfaces tengigabitethernet...

Page 566: ...ecreased The penalty is decreased by half after the half life period expires Range 1 to 30 seconds Default 5 seconds reuse threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to up Range 1 to 20000 Default 750 suppress threshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to error dis...

Page 567: ...ms when a single SFM is available Syntax disable on sfm failure To delete a description enter no disable on sfm failure Defaults Port is not disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information When an E300 system boots up and a single SFM is active this configuration any ports configured with this feature will be shut down If an SFM fails or is removed in an E300 system with two SFM...

Page 568: ... the keyword full to set the Management interface to transmit in both directions Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 4 1 0 Documentation modified added Management to distinguish from duplex 10 100 Interfaces interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system either the Primary or Standby RPM duplex Management Set th...

Page 569: ...e S Series its speed can be manually set with the speed command When the speed is set to 10 or 100 Mbps the duplex command can also be executed speed for 10 100 1000 interfaces Set the speed on the Base T Ethernet interface negotiation auto Enable or disable auto negotiation on an interface rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port This is the default ...

Page 570: ...ymmetric flow control rx on tx off or rx off tx on setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb s speed is not permitted The following error is returned Can t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed 1G config ignored The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off The following error is returned Can t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure config ignored...

Page 571: ... off off off off on on off on off on off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off on on off on off on off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off on off off off on on off on off on off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on on on off off on on off on off on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running config Dis...

Page 572: ...er one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For SONET interfaces enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface e...

Page 573: ... address command to assign an IP address to the Management port number Enter a number as the interface number Range 0 to 16383 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS conf interface loopback 1655 FTOS conf if lo 1655 interface Configure a physical interface interface null Configure...

Page 574: ...unreachables Related Commands management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router duplex Management Clear FIB entries on a specified line card speed Management interface Clear FIB entries on a specified line card number Enter zero 0 as the Null interface number Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Serie...

Page 575: ... smallest start port and the biggest end port interface interface Enter the keyword interface range and one of the interfaces slot port port channel or VLAN number Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration You can enter up to six comma separated ranges spaces are not required between the commas Comma separated ranges can include VLANs port channels and physical interfaces Slot Port inf...

Page 576: ...g figure shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 5 1 to 5 23 and both Ten Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1 1 and 1 2 Example Figure 23 13 Multiple Range Bulk Configuration Gigabit Ethernet and Ten Gigabit Ethernet FTOS conf interface range so 2 0 1 te 10 0 gi 3 0 fa 0 0 Warning Non existing ports not configured are ig...

Page 577: ...name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name interface interface Enter the interface keyword see below and one of the interfaces slot port port channel or VLAN numbers Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration You can enter up to six comma separated ranges spaces are not required between the commas Comma separated ranges can include VLANs port channels and physical interfaces Slot...

Page 578: ...upport for 4093 VLANs on E Series ExaScale Prior releases supported 2094 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced FTOS config define interface range test tengigabitethernet 0 0 3 gigabitethernet 5 0 47 gigabitethernet 13 0 89 FTOS show running config grep define define interface range te...

Page 579: ... a range of command bulk configuration interface range macro define Define a macro for an interface range bulk configuration vlan id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier Range 1 to 4094 Version 8 2 1 0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E Series ExaScale Prior releases supported 2094 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Seri...

Page 580: ...ieee 802 3ae Parameters Defaults averaging the IPG Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information For 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only IPG equals 96 bits times from end of the previous packet to start of the pre amble of the next packet 8 Enter the keyword 8 to set the IPG to 8 bytes Version 8 2 1 0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E Series ExaScale Prior releases supported 2094 Version 8 1...

Page 581: ...ble EtherScale e Enable Link Fault Signaling LFS on EtherScale 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only Syntax lfs enable To disable LFS enter no lfs enable Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only Command History Usage Information If there is a failure on the link FTOS brings down the interface The interface will stay down until the link failure signal stops seconds...

Page 582: ...r the time to delay link status change notification on this interface Range 100 5000 ms Default for copper is 3100 ms Default for fiber is 100 ms Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on E Series interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by th...

Page 583: ... Page up a Page down T Increase refresh interval t Decrease refresh interval q Quit systest 3 Monitor time 00 01 31 Refresh Intvl 2s Time 03 54 14 Interface Link In Packets delta Out Packets delta Gi 0 0 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 0 1 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 0 2 Up 61512 52 66160 42 Gi 0 3 Up 63086 20 9405888 24 Gi 0 4 Up 14697471418 2661481 13392989657 2661385 Gi 0 5 Up 3759 3 161959604 832816 Gi 0 6 Up 4070 3 8680...

Page 584: ... the system monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor command was entered time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up since last reboot m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa versa c Refresh the view b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes r Change the delta column from change in the number of pack...

Page 585: ...ss than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members Example The VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500 The VLAN s Link MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes negotiation auto c e s Enable auto negotiation on an interface Syntax neg...

Page 586: ...o come up Note The mode option is not available on non 10 100 1000 Base T Ethernet line cards Caution Ensure that one end of your node is configured as forced master and one is configured as forced slave If both are configured the same that is forced master or forced slave the show interfaces command will flap between an auto neg error and forced master slave states FTOS conf int gi 0 0 FTOS conf ...

Page 587: ...nabled speed 1000 or auto auto negotiation enabled speed 1000 or auto Up at 1000 Mb s auto negotiation enabled speed 100 auto negotiation enabled speed 100 Up at 100 Mb s auto negotiation disabled speed 100 auto negotiation disabled speed 100 Up at 100 Mb s auto negotiation disabled speed 100 auto negotiation enabled speed 100 Down auto negotiation enabled speed 1000 or auto auto negotiation disab...

Page 588: ...rs Note You must remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port FTOS conf if vl 20 do show interfaces switchport Name GigabitEthernet 7 0 802 1QTagged Hybrid Vlan membership Vlan 10 Vlan 20 Native VlanId 10 FTOS conf if vl 20 FTOS conf if vl 20 interface vlan 10 FTOS conf if vl 10 no untagged gi 7 0 FTOS conf if vl 10 interface vlan 20 FTOS...

Page 589: ...erfaces interface range Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE conf if range Command History Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced show interfaces Display information on physical and virtual interfaces Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 I...

Page 590: ...tion For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For the management interface on an RPM enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot port information The slot range is 0 1 and the port range is 0 For a Null interface enter the keywords null 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Ser...

Page 591: ... mode this number can range from 576 to 9252 LineSpeed Displays the interface s line speed ARP type Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface Last clearing Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared Queuing strategy States the packet queuing strategy FIFO means first in first out FTOS show interfaces tengigabitethernet 2 0 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 is up...

Page 592: ...itions discarded the sum of input symbol errors runts giants CRC IP Checksum and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including Number of packets bytes and underruns out of the interface packets total number of packets bytes total number of bytes underruns number of packets with FIFO underrun conditions Number of Mu...

Page 593: ...rface s line speed duplex mode and Slave ARP type Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface Last clearing Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared FTOS show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0 0 TenGigabitEthernet 3 0 is up line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth address is 00 01 e8 41 77 c5 Current address is 00 01 e8 41 77 c5 Pluggable media presen...

Page 594: ...ackets discarded without any processing Output Statistics Displays output statistics sent out the interface including Number of packets bytes and underruns out of the interface Packet size and the number of those packets outbound to the interface Number of Multicast Broadcast and Unicast packets Multicasts number of MAC multicast packets Broadcasts number of MAC broadcast packets Unicasts number o...

Page 595: ...3 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions 0 wreddrops Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Output 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Time since last interface status change 1w0d5h FTOS FTOS show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0 44 TenGigabitEthernet 0 44 is down line protocol is down Har...

Page 596: ...rd show interfaces phy show interfaces rate Display information of either rate limiting or rate policing on the interface show interfaces switchport Display Layer 2 information about the interfaces show inventory C Series and E Series Display the chassis type components including media FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols show inventory S Series Display t...

Page 597: ... Mbit Mode full duplex Master ARP type ARPA ARP Timeout 04 00 00 Last clearing of show interfaces counters 00 12 42 Queueing strategy fifo Input Statistics 10 packets 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64 byte pkts 0 over 64 byte pkts 0 over 127 byte pkts 0 over 255 byte pkts 10 over 511 byte pkts 0 over 1023 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 0 Broadcasts 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 0 CRC 0 overrun 0 discarded Output St...

Page 598: ...e enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed if any detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail...

Page 599: ...irtual interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For the...

Page 600: ...ption if any manually configured for the interface FTOS Interface OK Status Protocol Description GigabitEthernet 4 17 NO admin down down connected to host GigabitEthernet 4 18 NO admin down down connected to Tom GigabitEthernet 4 19 NO admin down down connected to marketing GigabitEthernet 4 20 NO admin down down connected to Bill GigabitEthernet 4 21 NO up down connected to Radius Server GigabitE...

Page 601: ... Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show interfaces linecard 0 TenGigabitEthernet 0 0 is down line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth address is 00 01 e8 51 b2 d4 Current address is 00 01 e8 51 b2 d4 Pluggable media present XFP type is 10GBASE SR Medium is MultiRate Wavelength is 850 00nm XFP receive power reading is 2 3538 I...

Page 602: ...us Displays auto negotiation fault information When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read True AutoNegotiation Advertise Displays the control words advertised by the local interface during negotiation Duplex is either half or full Asym and Sym Pause is the types of flow control supported by the local interface FTOS show int gi...

Page 603: ...be configured to exactly match the mode of operation as the link partner or else no link can be established 1000Base T Control 1000Base T requires auto negotiation The IEEE Ethernet standard does not support setting a speed to 1000 Mbps with the speed command without auto negotiation E Series line cards support both full duplex and half duplex 1000BaseT Phy Specific Control Values are 0 Manual MDI...

Page 604: ...throttles 0 CRC 0 overrun 0 discarded Output Statistics 0 packets 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64 byte pkts 0 over 64 byte pkts 0 over 127 byte pkts 0 over 255 byte pkts 0 over 511 byte pkts 0 over 1023 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Output 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets se...

Page 605: ...ntroduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show interfaces status Port Description Status Speed Duplex Vlan Gi 0 0 Up 1000 Mbit Auto Gi 0 1 Down Auto Auto 1 Gi 0 2 Down Auto Auto 1 Gi 0 3 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 4 Force10Port Up 1000 Mbit Auto 30 130 Gi 0 5 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 6 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 7 Up 1000 Mbit Auto 1502 1504 1506 1508 16...

Page 606: ...ord backup to view the backup interface for this interface linecard slot number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword linecard followed by the slot number This option is available only on E Series and C Series C Series Range 0 7 for C300 0 3 for C150 E Series Range 0 to 13 on the E1200 0 to 6 on the E600 0 to 5 on the E300 stack unit unit id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword stack unit followed by the stack member ...

Page 607: ...ed VLANs by port 13 0 Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member Starting with FTOS 7 6 1 this field can display native VLAN membership by port 13 0 interface Configure a physical interface on the switch show ip interface Displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface show interface...

Page 608: ...5 000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold 2 700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold 1 000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold 0 067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold 0 010mW SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold 90 000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold 3 700V SFP 1 Bias High Warning threshold 14 000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Warning threshold 0 631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Warning threshold 0 794mW SFP 1 ...

Page 609: ...en SFP and SFP Voltage High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP Bias High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP TX Power High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP RX Power High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP Temp Low Warning t...

Page 610: ... be either true False and it depends on the Current Temperature value displayed above Voltage High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Current voltage value displayed above Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Current...

Page 611: ... power value displayed above Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above Table 23 10 Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver continued Line Description interface Configure a physical interface on the switch show ip interface Displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces show interfaces Display information on a specif...

Page 612: ...nnel and the individual interfaces within the port channel To enable a port channel you must enter no shutdown on the port channel interface and at least one interface within that port channel The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port channel Related Commands interface Configure a physical interface on the switch s...

Page 613: ...red for these interfaces an error message appears 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface s speed to 10 100 Mb s Note When this setting is enabled only 100Base FX optics are supported on the LC EH GE 50P or the LC EJ GE 50P card 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface s speed to 1000 Mb s Auto negotiation is enabled See negotiation auto for more information Note When this setting i...

Page 614: ... s speed to 10 Mb s 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface s speed to 100 Mb s auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto negotiate its speed Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced for E Series interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system either the Primary or Standby RP...

Page 615: ...ernet interface Syntax wanport To disable the WAN Port enter no wanport Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information The port must be in a shutdown state to change from LAN mode to WAN mode and vice versa as shown in the figure below For E Series ExaScale systems you must configure all the ports in a port pipe to either WANPHY or non WANPHY They cannot be m...

Page 616: ...n are specific to Port Channel interfaces channel member group interface port channel minimum links port channel failover group show config interface TenGigabitEthernet 13 0 no ip address no shutdown FTOS conf if te 13 0 FTOS conf if te 13 0 wanport Error Port should be in shutdown mode config ignored Te 13 0 FTOS conf if te 13 0 FTOS conf if te 13 0 shutdown FTOS conf if te 13 0 FTOS conf if te 1...

Page 617: ...configured on the channel members Example If the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000 the Port Channel s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU Note The FTOS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually For information on FTOS Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP for dynamic LAGs refer to Chap...

Page 618: ...e and re enable the Port Channel or change the order of the channel members configuration to change the designated speed Refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information on Port Channels Related Commands group c e s Group two LAGs in a supergroup fate sharing group or failover group Syntax group group_number port channel number port channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup use...

Page 619: ...Port Channel can contain both 100 1000 interfaces and GE interfaces Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled FTOS determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb s or 1000 Mb s as the common speed Refer to channel member for more information If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis then the mtu and ip mtu commands can also be configured The Link MTU and IP MTU values c...

Page 620: ...HANNEL FAILOVER GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group Syntax port channel failover group To remove all LAG failover groups use the no port channel failover group command Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History channel member Add a physical interface to the LAG interface Configure a physical interface interface loopback Configure a Loopback interfac...

Page 621: ...es port channel channel number brief Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History group Group two LAGs in a supergroup fate sharing group show interfaces port channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups FTOS conf if po 1 show config interface Port channel 1 no ip address shutdown FTOS conf if po 1 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced o...

Page 622: ...irst in first out packets input Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface Input 0 IP packets Displays the number of packets with IP headers VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet FTOS show interfaces port channel 20 Port channel 20 is up line protocol is up Fail...

Page 623: ... 13 show interfaces port channel brief Command Example Fields Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number Mode Lists the mode L3 for Layer 3 L2 for Layer 2 Status Displays the status of the port channel down if the port channel is disabled shutdown up if the port channel is enabled no shutdown Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours minutes seconds Ports Lists the interfaces a...

Page 624: ...gabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information source ip address Enter the keyword source ip followed by the IP source address in IP address format destina...

Page 625: ...G interface that is a member of VLAN with an IP address Figure 23 47 show port channel flow Command for MAC Addresses Example On the E Series only show port channel flow outgoing port channel number incoming interface interface source ip address destination ip address protocol number icmp tcp udp source port number destination port number Load balance is configured for IP 5 tuple 3 tuple An IP pay...

Page 626: ...s do not run the test on both ends of the cable tdr cable test c e s Test the condition of copper cables on 100 1000 Base T modules Syntax tdr cable test interface Parameters Defaults No default behavior or setting Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated FTOS tdr cable test gigabitethernet 5 2 Error Interfa...

Page 627: ...ion 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced Status Definition OK Status Terminated TDR test is complete no fault is detected on the cable and the test is terminated Length 92 1 meters Status Shorted A short is detected on the cable The location in this example 92 meters of the short is ...

Page 628: ... for UDP Broadcast are debug ip udp helper ip udp broadcast address ip udp helper udp port show ip udp helper debug ip udp helper e Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console Syntax debug ip udp helper To disable debug information use the no debug ip udp helper command Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 23 49 Debug Output Example Related C...

Page 629: ...ddress command and ip udp helper udp port command are configured the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67 68 will be unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper address configuration This will occur regardless if the ip udp helper udp port command contains port numbers 67 68 or not If only the ip udp helper udp port command is configured all the UDP broadcast tr...

Page 630: ...EXEC Example Figure 23 50 show ip udp helper Command Example Related Commands FTOS show ip udp helper Port UDP port list Gi 10 0 656 658 Gi 10 1 All debug ip udp helper Enable debug and display the debug information on a console ip udp broadcast address Configure a UDP IP address for broadcast ip udp helper udp port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a spe...

Page 631: ...mands are described in this chapter They are arp arp learn enable arp retries arp timeout clear arp cache clear host clear ip fib linecard clear ip route clear tcp statistics debug arp debug ip dhcp debug ip icmp debug ip packet ip address ip directed broadcast ip domain list ip domain lookup ip domain name ip fib download igp only ip helper address ip helper address hop count disable ip host ip m...

Page 632: ...nterface show ip management route show ipv6 management route show ip protocols show ip route show ip route list show ip route summary show ip traffic show protocol termination table show tcp statistics arp ces Use Address Resolution Protocol ARP to associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch Syntax arp vrf vrf name ip address mac address interface To remove an ARP address use the no a...

Page 633: ...llowing keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For the Management interface enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot port information The slot range is 0 1 and the port range is 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series ...

Page 634: ...etries are 20 seconds apart Related Commands arp timeout ces Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache Syntax arp timeout minutes To return to the default value enter no arp timeout Parameters Defaults 240 minutes 4 hours Command Modes INTERFACE Command History number Enter the number of retries Range 5 to 20 Default 5 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced show arp retries Display the...

Page 635: ... Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 ip ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ip follo...

Page 636: ... delete Enter to delete all host table entries Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series slot number Enter the number of the line card slot C Series and S Series Range 0 7 E Series Range 0 to 13 on E12001200i 0 to 6 on E600 E600i 0 to 5 on E300 vrf instance Optional E Series Only Clear only the FIB entries on the s...

Page 637: ...the routes tied to the VRF instance Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 9 1 0 Introduced VRF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series ip route Assign an IP route to the switch show ip route View the routing table show ip route summary View a summary of the routing table all Enter the keyword all t...

Page 638: ...igabitethernet followed by the slot port information For the Management interface enter the keyword managementethernet followed by the slot port information The slot range is 0 1 and the port range is 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaS...

Page 639: ... 00 12 40 RELAY I PACKET BOOTP REQUEST Unicast received at interface 113 3 3 17 BOOTP Request hops 0 XID 0xda4f9503 secs 0 hwaddr 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C giaddr 0 0 0 0 00 12 40 RELAY I BOOTREQUEST Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C to 14 4 4 2 00 12 42 RELAY I PACKET BOOTP REPLY Unicast received at interface 14 4 4 1 BOOTP Reply hops 0 XID 0xda4f9503 secs 0 hwaddr 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C giaddr 113 ...

Page 640: ...l followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 t...

Page 641: ... the slot port information The slot range is 0 1 and the port range is 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter...

Page 642: ... destination ports the sequence number the acknowledgement number and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets UDP src Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets ICMP type Displays the ICMP type and code IP Fragment States that it is a fragment and displays the unique number identifying the fragment Ident and the offset in 8 byte units of this fragment fragment offset ...

Page 643: ...u must be in the INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering the ROUTER OSPF mode FTOS debug ip packet access group test Error port operator GT not supported in access list debug Error port operator LT not supported in access list debug Error port operator RANGE not supported in access list debug Error port operator NEQ not sup...

Page 644: ...e and ip domain list commands are configured the software will try to resolve the name using the ip domain name command If the name is not resolved the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain list command to find a match Use the following steps to enable dynamic resolution of hosts specify a domain name server with the ip name server command enable DNS with the ip dom...

Page 645: ...in name enter no ip domain name Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain name command To configure more than one domain name configure the ip domain list command up to 6 times Use the following steps to enable dynamic resolution of hosts specify a domain name server with the ip name se...

Page 646: ...t messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client Syntax ip helper address ip address default vrf To remove a DHCP server address enter no ip helper address Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History ip domain list Configure additional names small fib OPTIONAL Enter the keyword small fib to download a smaller FIB table This opt...

Page 647: ...field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through FTOS If the incoming boot request already has a non zero hops field the message will be relayed with the same value for hops However the message will be discarded if ...

Page 648: ... If the packet must be fragmented FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value enter no ip mtu Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to be mapped to the name Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6...

Page 649: ...TU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000 the Port Channel s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU VLANs All members of a VLAN must have same IP MTU value Members can have different Link MTU values Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU a...

Page 650: ...RP on an interface Syntax ip proxy arp To disable Proxy ARP enter no ip proxy arp Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands ipv4 address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the name server to be used ipv4 address2 ipv4 address6 OPTIONAL Enter up five more IPv4 addresses in dotted decimal format of name servers to be used Separate the addresses with a ...

Page 651: ...he no ip route destination mask address interface ip address command To delete all routes matching a certain route use the no ip route destination mask command Parameters Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series Note This command is not supported on default VLAN default vlan id command vrf name OPTIONAL E Series Only Enter the keyword vrf followed...

Page 652: ...ero 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by t...

Page 653: ...ter no ip unreachables Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History ip vlan flooding e Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports Syntax ip vlan flooding To disable use the no ip vlan flooding command Defaults disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION show ip route View the switch routing table Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for...

Page 654: ...source ip Enter the keywords to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria dest ip Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash The hashing mechanism returns a 3 bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded to source ip Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash The hashing mechanism returns a 3 bit index indicating which port the packet s...

Page 655: ...Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information By default FTOS distributes incoming traffic based on a hash algorithm using the following criteria hash algorithm ecmp ip selection 3 tuple Enter the keywords ip selection 3 tuple to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria IP source address IP destination address IP Protocol type Note For IPV6 only the first 32 bits LSB o...

Page 656: ...ration Switched IP Traffic Routed IP Traffic IPV4 Only Switched Non IP Traffic Default IP 5 tuple IP 5 tuple IP 5 tuple MAC based ip selection 3 tuple IP 3 tuple IP 3 tuple MAC based mac MAC based IP 5 tuple MAC based ip selection 3 tuple and mac MAC based IP 3 tuple MAC based ip selection packet based Packet based IPV4 No distribution IPV6 Packet based IPV4 MAC based ip selection packet based and...

Page 657: ...U cp view ARP entries on the control processer rp1 view ARP entries on Routing Processor 1 rp2 view ARP entries on Routing Processor 2 interface interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For the Management interface enter the keyword managementetherne...

Page 658: ...in Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU Internet 192 2 1 254 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 253 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 252 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 251 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 250 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 251 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 CP Internet 192 2 1 250 1 00 00 c0 02 01 02 Gi 9 13 ...

Page 659: ...s are stored on Table 24 5 show arp summary Command Example Fields Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on FTOS sho arp cpu cp Protocol Address Age min Ha...

Page 660: ...rsion 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series Table 24 6 show hosts Command Example Fields Field Description Default domain Displays the domain name if configured Name address lookup States if DNS is enabled on the system If DNS is enabled the Name Address lookup is domain service If DNS is not enabled the Name Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are Li...

Page 661: ...w hosts Command Example Fields continued Field Description traceroute View DNS resolution ip host Configure a host number Enter the number of the line card Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 1200i 0 to 6 on a E600600i and 0 to 5 on a E300 pipe number Enter the number of the line card s port pipe Range 0 to 1 ip address mask longer prefix OPTIONAL Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for t...

Page 662: ... entry is not part of a VLAN Mac Addr Displays the next hop router s MAC address Port Displays the egress interface Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface For example in the entry 17cl CP the CP is the pertinent portion CP control processor RP2 route processor 2 Gi Gigabit Ethernet interface So SONET interface Te 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface FTOS show ip cam linecard 13 port ...

Page 663: ... the CAM size allocated by FTOS for the corresponding mask The CAM size is adjusted by FTOS if the number of routes for the mask exceeds the initial allocation FTOS show ip cam linecard 4 port set 0 summary Total Number of Routes in the CAM is 13 Total Number of Routes which can be entered in CAM is 131072 Prefix Len Current Use Initial Sz 32 7 37994 31 0 1312 30 0 3932 29 0 1312 28 0 1312 27 0 13...

Page 664: ...mand Example Fields Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths ECMP available for the default route for non Jumbo line cards Displays 0 1 when ECMP is more than 8 for Jumbo line cards CG Displays 0 V Displays a 1 if the entry is valid and a 0 otherwise C Displays the CPU bit 1 indicates that a packet hitting this entry ...

Page 665: ...oduced for E Series FTOS show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First Hop Mac Addr Port VId Index EC 3 0 0 0 8 via 100 10 10 10 So 2 8 100 10 10 10 00 01 e8 00 03 ff So 2 8 0 60260 0 3 0 0 0 8 via 101 10 10 10 So 2 9 100 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 0 0 0 0 00 01 e8 00 03 ff So 2 8 0 11144 0 100 10 10 1 32 via 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 CP 0 3276 0 100 10 10 10 32 via 100 10 10 10 So 2...

Page 666: ...nter the keyword longer prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB Version 7 7 1 0 Modified Added support for up to seven stack members Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series FTOS show ip fib stack unit 0 Destination Gateway First Hop Mac Addr Port VId EC 10 10 10 10 32 Direct Nu 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 ...

Page 667: ...a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information OPT...

Page 668: ...ter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword Loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For the Management interface enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by zero 0 For the Null interface enter the keyword null followed b...

Page 669: ...on TenGigabitEthernet 0 0 Displays the interface s type slot port and physical and line protocol status Internet address States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface If one is that address is displayed IP MTU is Displays IP MTU value Inbound access Displays the name of the any configured incoming access list If none is configured the phrase not set is displayed Proxy ARP States whethe...

Page 670: ... interface FTOS show ip int brief Interface IP Address OK Method Status Protocol GigabitEthernet 1 0 unassigned NO Manual administratively down down GigabitEthernet 1 1 unassigned NO Manual administratively down down GigabitEthernet 1 2 unassigned YES Manual up up GigabitEthernet 1 3 unassigned YES Manual up up GigabitEthernet 1 4 unassigned YES Manual up up GigabitEthernet 1 5 10 10 10 1 YES Manu...

Page 671: ... History FTOS show ip management route Destination Gateway State 10 1 2 0 24 ManagementEthernet 0 0 Connected 172 16 1 0 24 10 1 2 4 Active FTOS all Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch connected Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface summary Enter the keyword summary to view a tab...

Page 672: ...iled information about the route mask OPTIONAL Specify the network mask of the route Use this parameter with the IP address parameter longer prefixes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword longer prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix list prefix list OPTIONAL Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list See show ip route list protocol OPTIONAL Enter the name of a routing protocol...

Page 673: ... 2 E1 OSPF external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 IA IS IS inter area candidate default non active route summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist Metric Last Change R 3 0 0 0 8 via 100 10 10 10 So 2 8 120 1 00 07 12 via 101 10 10 10 So 2 9 C 100 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 0 0 00 08 54 R 100 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 120 0 00 0...

Page 674: ...nal type 2 E1 OSPF external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 IA IS IS inter area candidate default non active route summary routes Destination Identifies the route s destination IP address Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured Dist Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or m...

Page 675: ...F external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 IA IS IS inter area candidate default non active route summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist Metric Last Change R 2 1 0 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 2 3d0h R 2 1 1 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 2 3d1h R 2 1 2 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 1 3d0h R 2 1 3 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 ...

Page 676: ...gured and routes are advertised then information on those routes is displayed Total 1388 active Displays the number of active and non active routes and the memory usage of those routes If there are no routes configured in the FTOS this line does not appear show ip route Display information about the routes found in switch all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors If...

Page 677: ...eply is not received FTOS repeats the request three times These packets are counted in encapsulation failed Rcvd short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small bad length The length of the packet was not correct FTOS show ip traffic Control Processor IP Traffic IP statistics Rcvd 23857 total 23829 local destination 0 format errors 0 checksum errors 0 bad hop count 0 unknown protocol...

Page 678: ...n Table 24 17 F10 Monitoring MIB Command Display Object OIDs IP statistics Bcast Received Sent f10BcastPktRecv f10BcastPktSent 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3 5 1 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3 5 1 2 Mcast Received Sent f10McastPktRecv f10McastPktSent 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3 5 1 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3 5 1 4 ARP statistics Rcvd Request Replies f10ArpReqRecv f10ArpReplyRecv 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3 5 2 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 6027 3 3...

Page 679: ...UDP any 68 Q7 6 No CP 3 UDP any 67 Q7 6 No CP 4 TCP any 22 Q7 6 No CP 5 TCP 22 any Q7 6 No CP 6 TCP 639 any Q7 6 No RP2 7 TCP any 639 Q7 6 No RP2 8 TCP 646 any Q7 6 No RP1 9 TCP any 646 Q7 6 No RP1 10 UDP 646 any Q7 6 No RP1 11 UDP any 646 Q7 6 No RP1 12 TCP 23 any Q7 6 No CP 13 TCP any 23 Q7 6 No CP 14 UDP any 123 Q7 6 No CP 15 TCP any 21 Q7 6 No CP 16 TCP any 20 Q7 6 No CP 17 UDP any 21 Q7 6 No ...

Page 680: ...umber of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch s window size 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed 0 window probe packets Displays the number of window probe and update packets received 41 dup ack Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received FTOS show tcp stat cp Contro...

Page 681: ...and the number of packet delayed 0 window probe Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent 7 Connections initiated Displays the number of TCP connections initiated accepted and established 14 Connections closed Displays the number of TCP connections closed dropped 20 Total rxmt Displays the number of times the switch tried to resend data and the number of connections dropped durin...

Page 682: ...682 IPv4 Routing w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 683: ...permit any traffic ACLs are not applied to self originated traffic e g Control Protocol traffic not affected by IPv6 ACL since the routed bit is not set for Control Protocol traffic and for egress ACLs the routed bit must be set The same access list name can be used for both IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs Both IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs can be applied on an interface at the same time IPv6 ACLs can be applied on physi...

Page 684: ...how running config acl test cam usage cam acl c e s Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs Syntax cam acl default l2acl 1 10 ipv4acl 1 10 ipv6acl 0 10 ipv4qos 1 10 l2qos 1 10 Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows L3 ACL ipv4acl 6 L2 ACL l2acl 5 IPv6 L3 ACL ipv6acl 0 L3 QoS ipv4qos 1 L2 QoS l2qos 1 l2acl 1 10 ipv4acl 1 10 ipv6acl 0 10 ipv4qos 1 10 l2qos 1 10 Alloc...

Page 685: ...0 10 The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 2 4 6 8 10 clear counters ipv6 access group c e s Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists Syntax clear counters ipv6 access group access list name Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on ...

Page 686: ...eters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ACCESS LIST Command History ip protocol number Enter an IPv6 protocol number Range 0 to 255 icmp Enter the keyword icmp to deny Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to deny any Internet Protocol version 6 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to deny the Transmission Control protocol udp Enter the keyword udp to deny the User Datag...

Page 687: ...IPv6 address of the host in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero message type On the E Series only enter an ICMP ...

Page 688: ...ghbor discovery advertisement inverse nd ns Inverse neighbor discovery solicitation log Log matches against this entry mobile advertisement Mobile prefix advertisement mobile solicitation Mobile prefix solicitation mrouter advertisement Multicast router advertisement mrouter solicitation Multicast router solicitation mrouter termination Multicast router termination nd na Neighbor advertisement nd ...

Page 689: ...t all routes are subject to the filter host ipv6 address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port comm...

Page 690: ...L Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log Supported on Jumbo enabled line cards only monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow based monitoring session along with the filter operation Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C S...

Page 691: ...to the filter host ipv6 address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports port port OPTIONAL Enter the application layer port number Enter two ...

Page 692: ...up access list name in implicit permit vlan range command Parameters Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Added monitor option Rule Data Mask From To Covered 1 0000111110100000 1111111111100000 4000 4031 32 2 0000111111000000 1111111111000000 403...

Page 693: ...e traffic is permitted instead of dropped vlan range OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated format Range 1 to 4094 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale ...

Page 694: ... ipv6 address destination address any host ipv6 address message type count byte log monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number or Use the no permit icmp source address mask any host ipv6 address destination address any host ipv6 address command Parameters show config View the current configuration ip pro...

Page 695: ...x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero message type OPTIONAL Enter an ICMP message type either with the type and code if necess...

Page 696: ...ort parameter port port Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 The following list includes some common TCP port numbers 23 Telnet 20 and 21 FTP 25 SMTP 169 SNMP destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x form...

Page 697: ...emove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number or Use the no permit udp source address mask any host ipv6 address destination address any host ipv6 address command Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Int...

Page 698: ...tation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port parameter port port OPTIONAL Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 destination...

Page 699: ...00 4032 4095 64 3 0001000000000000 1111100000000000 4096 6143 2048 4 0001100000000000 1111110000000000 6144 7167 1024 5 0001110000000000 1111111000000000 7168 7679 512 6 0001111000000000 1111111100000000 7680 7935 256 7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 7936 7999 64 8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports 4001 Rule Data Mask From To Covered 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0...

Page 700: ...t follow the remark You can configure up to 4294967290 remarks in a given ACL Related Commands remark number Enter the remark number Note that the same sequence number can be used for the remark and an ACL rule Range 0 to 4294967290 description Enter a description of up to 80 characters Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 I...

Page 701: ...ds ipv4 ipv6 mac Enter the keyword ipv4 ipv6 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence access list name Enter the name of a configured IP access list up to 140 characters Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence Range 0 4294967290 Step to Increment Enter the s...

Page 702: ...signing new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list Related Commands prefix list name Enter the name of configured prefix list up to 140 characters Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence Range 0 65535 Step to Increment Enter the step to increment the seque...

Page 703: ...ter the keyword tcp to configure a Transmission Control protocol filter udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a User Datagram Protocol filter source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero mask Enter a netw...

Page 704: ...o 255 for ICMP type 0 to 255 for ICMP code count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log Supported on Jumbo enabled line cards only monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface s...

Page 705: ...Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series cam acl Configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs FTOS show cam acl Chassis Cam ACL Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 5 Ipv4Acl 6 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 1 L2Qos 1 Line card 4 Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 5 Ipv4Acl 6 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 1 L2Qos 1 FTOS show cam acl FTOS show cam acl Chassis Cam ACL Current Settin...

Page 706: ...11 log count bytes seq 10 permit icmp host 3333 any mobile advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count FTOS conf ipv6 acl access list name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed up to 140 characters cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot port or number...

Page 707: ... configured in the filter the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line FTOS show ipv6 accounting access list Ingress IPv6 access list AclList1 on GigabitEthernet 9 0 Total cam count 15 seq 10 permit icmp host 3333 any mobile advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 101 count 0 packets FTOS Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on...

Page 708: ... for IPv6 ACLs QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single or the first of several interfaces It is most useful when a policy is applied across multiple interfaces it can reduce the impact to CAM usage across subsequent interfaces policy map name Enter the name of the policy map to verify number Enter all to get information for all the line cards ...

Page 709: ...owed FTOS FTOS test cam usage service policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port set 1 Linecard Portpipe CAM Partition Available CAM Estimated CAM per Port Status 2 1 IPv4Flow 232 0 Allowed 2 1 IPv6Flow 0 0 Allowed FTOS Table 25 3 Output Explanations test cam usage Term Explanation Linecard Lists the line card or line cards that are checked Entering all shows the status for line cards in the chassi...

Page 710: ...d on the next hop IPv6 addresses specified in the IPv6 prefix list Syntax match ipv6 next hop prefix list prefix list name To delete a match use the no match ipv6 next hop prefix list prefix list name command Parameters prefix list name Enter the name of IPv6 prefix list up to 140 characters Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series ExaScale Vers...

Page 711: ... to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series TeraScale match ipv6 address Redistribute routes that match an IP address match ipv6 route source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers prefix list prefix list name Enter the keywords prefix list followed by the name of configured prefix list up to 1...

Page 712: ...xt hop ipv6 address command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP map name Enter a text string to name the route map up to 140 characters Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on the C Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 1...

Page 713: ...Introduced support on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series TeraScale Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced support on the E Series TeraScale FTOS config route map show config route map Rmap1 permit 10 match ip address v4plist matc...

Page 714: ...ommand Example show route map Related Commands FTOS show route map route map Rmap1 permit sequence 10 Match clauses ip address v4plist ipv6 address plist1 ipv6 next hop prefix lists plist2 ipv6 route source prefix lists plist3 Set clauses next hop 1 1 1 1 ipv6 next hop 3333 2222 route map Configure a route map ...

Page 715: ... advertisement ipv6 route ipv6 unicast routing show ipv6 cam linecard show ipv6 cam stack unit show ipv6 fib linecard show ipv6 fib stack unit show ipv6 interface show ipv6 route trust ipv6 diffserv Note Basic IPv6 basic commands are supported on all platforms See Table 23 2 on page 506 in Chapter 23 IPv6 Addressing for information on the FTOS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each softwa...

Page 716: ...vior Command Modes INTERFACE slot Enter the slot number to clear the FIB for a linecard Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale Enter the to clear refresh all routes from the IPv6 routing table ipv6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix ...

Page 717: ... on the management Ethernet port Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale FTOS conf interface gigabitethernet 10 0 FTOS conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address X X X X X IPv6 address FTOS conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 0 128 Prefix length in bits FTOS conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 96...

Page 718: ...ing table Syntax ipv6 host name ip address Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address ipv6 address Enter an IPv6 address X X X X X to be mapped to the name Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ...

Page 719: ...ters for all prefixes no advertise Enter this keyword to prevent the specified prefix from being advertised no autoconfig Enter this keyword to disable Stateless Address Autoconfiguration no rtr address Enter this keyword to exclude the full router address from router advertisements the R bit is not set off link Enter this keyword to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the pref...

Page 720: ...keyword null followed by zero 0 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Note If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address the ping operation may not work Configure the IPv6 route using a next hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to dete...

Page 721: ...r this route FTOS conf ipv6 route 55 0 64 X X X X X Forwarding router s address gigabitethernet Gigabit Ethernet interface loopback Loopback interface null Null interface port channel Port channel interface sonet Sonet interface tenGigabitethernet TenGigabit Ethernet interface vlan VLAN interface FTOS conf ipv6 route 55 0 64 gigabitethernet 9 0 1 255 Distance metric for this route X X X X X Forwar...

Page 722: ...OS generates a syslog message indicating the action Disabling unicast routing on an E Series chassis causes the following behavior static and protocol learnt routes are removed from RTM and from the CAM packet forwarding to these routes is terminated connected routes and resolved neighbors remain in the CAM and new IPv6 neighbors are still discoverable additional protocol adjacencies OSPFv3 and BG...

Page 723: ...summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM index OPTIONAL Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes Range 0 to 128 Note The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros ...

Page 724: ...0 2002 44 1 23 11 Gi 0 0 0 1 0 2002 44 1 21 11 Gi 0 0 0 1 0 2002 44 1 20 11 Gi 0 0 0 1 0 2002 44 1 19 11 Gi 0 0 0 1 FTOS FTOS show ipv6 cam linecard 1 port set 0 Neighbor Mac Addr Port VId 0 fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5cae 00 01 e8 17 5c ae BLK 100 1 fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5bbe 00 01 e8 17 5b be BLK 0 2 fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5bbd 00 01 e8 17 5b bd BLK 0 3 fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5cb0 00 01 e8 17 5c b0 BLK 0 4 fe80 20...

Page 725: ...e 0 to 7 port set Enter the Port Set to summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM index OPTIONAL Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes Range 0 to 128 Note The notation specifies...

Page 726: ...summary of entries in IPv6 cam ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes Range 0 to 128 Note The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale slot number Enter the n...

Page 727: ...0 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information brief OPTIONAL View a summary of IPv6 interfaces configured OPTIONAL View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces gigabitethernet OPTIONAL View information for an IPv6 gigabitethernet interface linecard slot number OPTIONAL View information for a specific IPv6 linecard or S Series stack un...

Page 728: ... is 30 seconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 30 seconds FTOS show ipv6 interface managementethernet 0 0 ManagementEthernet 0 0 is up line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address fe80 201 e8ff fe0b a94c Global Unicast address es Actual address is 2222 5 subnet is 2222 64 Virtual IP IPv6 address is not set Global Anycast address es Joined Group address es ff02 1 ff02 2 ff02 1 ff00 5...

Page 729: ...l IPv6 IS IS routes list OPTIONAL View the IPv6 prefix list ospf OPTIONAL View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes rip OPTIONAL View information for all IPv6 RIP routes static OPTIONAL View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command summary OPTIONAL View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Se...

Page 730: ...1 OSPF external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 IA IS IS inter area candidate default non active route summary routes Destination Identifies the route s destination IPv6 address Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured Dist Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric Last...

Page 731: ...matched bytes packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command Trust differv IPv4 can co exist with trust ipv6 diffserv in an Input Policy Map Dynamic classification happens based on the mapping detailed in the following table Table 26 2 IPv6 Diffserv Mapping Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 I...

Page 732: ...732 IPv6 Basics w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 733: ... of routes and AS paths Basically two routers called neighbors or peers exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables The following commands allow you to configure and enable BGP aggregate address bgp always compare med bgp bestpath as path ignore bgp bestpath med confed bgp bestpath med missing as best bgp client to client reflect...

Page 734: ...bgp keepalives debug ip bgp notifications debug ip bgp updates default metric description distance bgp maximum paths neighbor activate neighbor advertisement interval neighbor allowas in neighbor default originate neighbor description neighbor distribute list neighbor ebgp multihop neighbor fall over neighbor filter list neighbor maximum prefix neighbor X X X X password neighbor next hop self neig...

Page 735: ...tcommunity list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap statistics show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent as show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer group show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary show ip bgp next hop show ip bgp paths show ip bgp paths as path show ip bgp paths community show ip bgp paths extcommunity show ip bgp regexp timers bgp address...

Page 736: ... length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros advertise map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywords advertise map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route as set OPTIONAL Enter the keyword as set to generate path at...

Page 737: ...on of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC MED attributes in the paths from different external ASs Syntax bgp always compare med To disable comparison of MED enter no bgp always compare med Defaults Disabled that is the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route If you enabl...

Page 738: ...selection indicate preference to paths with missing MED MULTI_EXIT_DISC over those paths with an advertised MED attribute Syntax bgp bestpath med missing as best To return to the default selection use the no bgp bestpath med missing as best command Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information The MED is a 4 byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to ...

Page 739: ... the cluster ID is the route reflector s router ID For redundancy a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors and you assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster id command Without a cluster ID the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster The default format for displaying the cluster id is dotted decimal but if you enter the cluster ...

Page 740: ...S accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ bgp confederation peers c e Specify the Autonomous Systems ASs that belong to the BGP confederation Syntax bgp confederation peers as number as number To enter no bgp confederation peer Parameters Defaults Not configured bgp client to client reflection Enable...

Page 741: ...figure a confederation ID half life OPTIONAL Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route the Penalty is decreased by half after the half life period expires Range 1 to 45 Default 15 minutes reuse OPTIONAL Enter a number as the reuse value which is compared to the flapping route s Penalty value If the Penalty value is less t...

Page 742: ...GP Command History Usage Information The bgp default local preference command setting is applied by all routers within the AS bgp enforce first as c e Disable or enable enforce first as check for updates received from EBGP peers Syntax bgp enforce first as To turn off the default use the no bgp enforce first as command Defaults Enabled Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1...

Page 743: ...llover To disable fast external fallover enter no bgp fast external fallover Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information The bgp fast external fallover command appears in the show config command output bgp four octet as support c e Enable 4 byte support for the BGP process Syntax bgp four octet as support To disable fast external fallover enter no bgp four octet as ...

Page 744: ...above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement In receiver only mode BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ...

Page 745: ...ompared in the order in which they arrive This method can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors since MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths In deterministic mode no bgp non deterministic med FTOS compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group since all paths in the AS group are fr...

Page 746: ...se the no bgp regex eval optz disable command Defaults Enabled by default Command Modes ROUTER BGP conf router_bgp Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions regex to filter route information In particular the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS PATHs and communities is quite common In a large scale configuration filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can...

Page 747: ...mand Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY conf router_bgpv6_af Usage Information When soft reconfiguration is enabled for a neighbor and the clear ip bgp soft in is executed the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated With this command the replay and update process is triggered only if route refresh request is not negotiated with the peer If the request is indeed ...

Page 748: ...v6 unicast soft in Activate inbound policies for IPv6 routes without resetting the BGP TCP session Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address of the target BGP neighbor direction both ...

Page 749: ... Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv6 Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet show capture bgp pdu neighbor Configure a route reflector and clients Enter an asterisk to reset all BGP sessions ipv4 multicast soft in out OPTIONAL This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address famil...

Page 750: ...nicast option within the selected address family multicast OPTIONAL Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family Multicast is supported on IPv4 only soft OPTIONAL Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session that is BGP Soft Reconfiguration Note If you enter clear ip bgp ipv6 address soft both inbou...

Page 751: ...resetting the BGP TCP session that is BGP Soft Reconfiguration Note If you enter clear ip bgp ip6 address soft both inbound and outbound policies are reset in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 ...

Page 752: ... Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros filter list as path name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword filter list followed by the name of a configured AS PATH list regexp regular expression OPTIONAL Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions Use one or a combination of the following period matches on any single character including white space asterisk matc...

Page 753: ...d format ipv4 neighbor addr ipv6 neighbor addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor peer group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes in Reapply only inbound policies Note If you enter soft without an in or out option both inbound and outbound policies are reset out Reapply only outbou...

Page 754: ...mmand History in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale debug ip bgp events View information about BGP events debug ip bgp keepalives...

Page 755: ...uration To disable debugging use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 address ipv6 address peer group name ipv6 unicast soft reconfiguration command Parameters Defaults Disabled Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only inbound dampened routes out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view only outbound dampened r...

Page 756: ...e Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 address peer group peer group name notifications in out Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support on S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced support on C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale ipv6 address OPTIONAL...

Page 757: ...notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword peer group followed by the name of the peer group in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced ...

Page 758: ...nds description c e Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER BGP Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale number Ente...

Page 759: ...f parallel routes multipath support BGP supports Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale router bgp Enter ROUTER mode on the switch external distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS Range 1 to 255 Default 20 internal distance Enter a number to assi...

Page 760: ...ation is created in the Router BGP context it is enabled for the IPv6 Unicast AFI SAFI By using activate in the new context the neighbor peer group is enabled for AFI SAFI ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths Range ...

Page 761: ...OUTER BGP Related Commands ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group seconds Enter a number as the time interval in seconds between BGP advertisements Range 0 to 600 seconds Default 5 seconds for interna...

Page 762: ... address peer group name description text To delete a description use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name description text command Parameters Defaults Not configured Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specif...

Page 763: ...op ttl To disallow and disconnect connections use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name ebgp multihop ttl command Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group ...

Page 764: ...dress becomes unreachable i e no active route exists in the routing table for peer IP or IPv6 destination local address BGP brings down the session with the peer Related Commands ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the name of the peer group ttl OPTIONAL Enter the number of hops as the Time ...

Page 765: ...address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group as path name Enter the name of an established AS PATH access list If the AS PATH access list is not configured the default is permit to allow routes 16 characters maximum in Enter t...

Page 766: ...use the no neighbor x x x x password command Parameters Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised threshold OPTIONAL Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value the E Seri...

Page 767: ...p peer group name To delete a peer from a peer group use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group peer group name command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer group Version 8 4 2 1 Introdu...

Page 768: ...r group is disabled shutdown the peers within the group are also disabled shutdown Related Commands neighbor peer group creating group c e Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name Syntax neighbor peer group name peer group To delete a peer group use the no neighbor peer group name peer group command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Inf...

Page 769: ...To delete a remote AS entry use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name remote as number command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP neighbor remote as Assign a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group neighbor shutdown Disable a peer or peer group peer group name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group Version 8 4 2 1 Intr...

Page 770: ...S PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor the private AS numbers are not removed If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS PATH the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path Private AS numbers are 64512 to 65535 neighbor route map c e Apply an established route map to either...

Page 771: ...or client To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name route reflector client command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer...

Page 772: ...butes are not sent to neighbors Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History neighbor shutdown c e Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group Syntax neighbor ipv6 address peer group name shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name shutdown command Parameters Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaSc...

Page 773: ...re all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes received by the neighbor but will not reset the peer session Related Commands Command History Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Display the current BGP configuration show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Display...

Page 774: ...onds Command Modes ROUTER BGP subnet number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format A B C D as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group To allow all addresses enter 0 0 0 mask Enter a prefix mask in prefix length format x Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 a...

Page 775: ...s peer group name update source loopback interface command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session The neighbor update source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on ...

Page 776: ...p map name To remove a network use the no network ip address mask route map map name command Parameters ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group weight Enter a number as the weight Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Version 8 4 2 1 I...

Page 777: ...at for example 24 The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format A B C D route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword route map followed by the name of an established route map Only the following ROUTE MAP mode commands are supported match ipv6 address match ipv6 next hop match ipv6 route source set ipv6 next hop If the route map is not configured the default is deny to drop all rou...

Page 778: ...ault originate command Related Commands redistribute isis c e Redistribute IS IS routes into BGP Syntax redistribute isis level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric metric value metric type external internal route map map name To stop redistribution of IS IS routes use the no redistribute isis command connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces static En...

Page 779: ...route map Only the following ROUTE MAP mode commands are supported match ipv6 address match ipv6 next hop match ipv6 route source set ipv6 next hop If the route map is not configured the default is deny to drop all routes Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale process id Enter the number of t...

Page 780: ...nd History show capture bgp pdu neighbor c e Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E Series Syntax show capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv6 address Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale as number Enter the AS ...

Page 781: ...V peer group passive neighbor RR CLIENT PASSIV remote as 18508 neighbor RR CLIENT PASSIV subnet 9000 9 0 120 neighbor RR CLIENT PASSIV no shutdown neighbor 1109 33 remote as 18508 neighbor 1109 33 update source Loopback 101 neighbor 1109 33 no shutdown neighbor 2222 220 remote as 18508 neighbor 2222 220 route reflector client neighbor 2222 220 update source Loopback 100 neighbor 2222 220 no shutdo...

Page 782: ...cimal format Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale community number Enter the community number in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups lo...

Page 783: ...ast dampened paths c e View BGP routes that are dampened non active Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened paths Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale community list name Enter the name of a configured IP community list exact match OPTIONAL...

Page 784: ...e above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found The show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast command output Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter list c e View the routes that match the filter lists Syntax show ip bgp i...

Page 785: ...wed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros filter list as path name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword filter list followed by the name of a configured AS PATH ACL regexp regular expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white spa...

Page 786: ...w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ...

Page 787: ... statistics OPTIONAL Enter the keyword flap statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor s routes routes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords routes to view only the neighbor s feasible routes received routes network network mask OPTIONAL Enter the keywords received routes followed by either the network address in dotted decimal format or the network mask in slash prefix format to view all informatio...

Page 788: ...tised 0 rejected 0 withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 3 dropped 2 Last reset 00 00 39 due to Closed by neighbor Notification History OPEN error Bad AS Sent 0 Recv 1 Local host 5ffe 10 4 Local port 179 Foreign host 5ffe 10 3 Foreign port 35470 Notification History Connection Reset Sent 1 Recv 0 BGP neighbor is 5ffe 11 3 remote AS 1 external link BGP version 4 remote router ID 5 5 5 3 BGP...

Page 789: ...e number of messages waiting in a queue for processing Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent Soft reconfiguration This line indicates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured Minimum time Displays the minimum time in seconds between advertisements List of inbound and outbound policies Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Rout...

Page 790: ... status information of the peers in that peer group The output is the same as that found in show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale FTOS show ip bgp peer group Peer group RR CLIENT remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is...

Page 791: ...ifier 55 55 55 55 local AS number 18508 BGP table version is 0 main routing table version 0 6 BGP path attribute entrie s using 392 bytes of memory 6 BGP AS PATH entrie s using 294 bytes of memory 6 BGP community entrie s using 234 bytes of memory Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up Down State Pfx 1109 33 18508 0 0 0 0 0 never Active 2222 220 18508 0 0 0 0 0 never Active 4000 33 18508 0...

Page 792: ...000 9 2 Gi 8 38 6000 0 0 00 23 16 9000 a 2 9000 a 2 Gi 8 38 2 0 0 00 23 22 FTOS regexp regular expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern 0 or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern 1 or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern eit...

Page 793: ...ilege Command History show ip bgp regexp c e Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified Syntax show ip bgp regexp regular expression character Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 ...

Page 794: ...es You must enter an escape sequence CTRL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets a range of single character patterns caret the beginning of the input string If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range it matches on everything BUT the characters specified dollar sign the end of the output string Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduc...

Page 795: ...bor advertisement interval neighbor default originate neighbor distribute list neighbor filter list neighbor maximum prefix neighbor next hop self neighbor remove private as neighbor route map neighbor route reflector client network redistribute show ip bgp ipv6 unicast show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community list show ip bgp ipv6...

Page 796: ...Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros advertise map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywords advertise map followed by the name of a configured route map to set fi...

Page 797: ... to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors use the neighbor distribute list command bgp dampening c e Enable MBGP route dampening Syntax bgp dampening half life time route map map name To disable route dampening use the no bgp dampening half life time route map map name command Parameters Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY Command History clear ip bgp ipv6 unic...

Page 798: ...v6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros dampening OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information flap statistics OPTIONAL Enter the keyword flap statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that ne...

Page 799: ...d by regular expressions Use one or a combination of the following period matches on any single character including white space asterisk matches on sequences in a pattern zero or more sequences plus sign matches on sequences in a pattern one or more sequences question mark matches sequences in a pattern 0 or 1 sequences brackets matches a range of single character patterns caret matches the beginn...

Page 800: ...fault values enter no distance bgp in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in ...

Page 801: ...nce Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS Range 1 to 255 Default 20 internal distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS Range 1 to 255 Default 200 local distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command Range 1 to 255 Default 200 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S481...

Page 802: ... ipv6 address peer group name default originate route map map name To remove a default route use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name default originate command Parameters address family Changes the context to SAFI ipv6 address OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the name of the peer grou...

Page 803: ...cess list name in out To delete a BGP filter use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name filter list aspath access list name in out command Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name Enter the ...

Page 804: ...ured the default is permit to allow routes in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros peer group name OPT...

Page 805: ...ss peer group name remove private as To return to the default use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name remove private as command Parameters Defaults Disabled that is private AS number are not removed Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY Command History ipv6 address OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros pee...

Page 806: ...re a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster Syntax neighbor ipv6 address peer group name route reflector client To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration use the no neighbor ipv6 address peer group name route reflector client command Parameters Defaults Not configured ipv6 address OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x...

Page 807: ...mand History Usage Information The E Series software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non BGP routes and non default routes Related Commands Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the ...

Page 808: ... length Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes These routes are treated as incomplete routes route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword route map followed by the name of an established route map Only the following ROUTE MAP mode commands are supported ...

Page 809: ...p ipv6 unicast dead 3 100 BGP routing table entry for dead 3 100 version 3 Paths 2 available table Default MBGP Routing Table Not advertised to any peer Received from 5ffe 10 3 5 5 5 3 Best AS_PATH 1 Next Hop 5ffe 10 3 Cost 0 Origin IGP Metric 0 LocalPref 100 Weight 0 external 5ffe 11 3 5 5 5 3 AS_PATH 1 Next Hop 5ffe 11 3 Cost 0 Origin IGP Metric 0 LocalPref 100 Weight 0 external Inactive reason ...

Page 810: ...and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale community number Enter the community number in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups local AS Enter the keywords local AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBC...

Page 811: ...cast dampened paths Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail c e Display detailed BGP information Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History community list name Enter the name of a configured IP community list Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale Versi...

Page 812: ...17000 NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 NdTics 327741 NhLocAS 1 NdState 2 NdRPMPrim 1 NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 NdEqCost 1 NdSync 0 NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 NdConfedId 0 NdMedConfed 0 NdMedMissVal 1 NdIgnrIllId 0 NdRRC2C 1 NdClstId 33686273 NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 NdT...

Page 813: ...equences question mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences You must enter an escape sequence CTRL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets a range of single character patterns caret the beginning of the input string If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range it matches on everything BUT the characters specified dollar sign the end of the output string Versio...

Page 814: ...n C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale ipv6 address prefix length OPTIONAL Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format followed by the prefix length in the x format Range 0 to 128 The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros advertised routes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords advertised routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent dampened routes OP...

Page 815: ...advertised 0 rejected 0 withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 3 dropped 2 Last reset 00 00 39 due to Closed by neighbor Notification History OPEN error Bad AS Sent 0 Recv 1 Local host 5ffe 10 4 Local port 179 Foreign host 5ffe 10 3 Foreign port 35470 BGP neighbor is 5ffe 11 3 remote AS 1 external link BGP version 4 remote router ID 5 5 5 3 BGP state ESTABLISHED in this state for 00 00 28 L...

Page 816: ...ages sent the number of notifications error messages and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent Minimum time Displays the minimum time in seconds between advertisements list of inbound and outbound policies Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map AS PATH ACL or Prefix li...

Page 817: ...hat peer group The output is the same as that found in show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series TeraScale neighbor peer group assigning peers Assign peer to a peer group neighbor peer group creating group Create a peer group Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on C Series and S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series...

Page 818: ...s the BGP neighbor address AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting t...

Page 819: ... systems send receive and forward packets to other routers within their area Level 1 and Level 1 2 devices Only Level 1 2 and Level 2 devices communicate with other areas IS IS protocol standards are listed in the Standard Compliance chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide Commands The following are the FTOS commands to enable IS IS adjacency check advertise area password clear config clear isis c...

Page 820: ...raceful restart restart wait hello padding hostname dynamic ignore lsp errors ip router isis ipv6 router isis isis circuit type isis csnp interval isis hello interval isis hello multiplier isis hello padding isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point to point isis password isis priority is type log adjacency changes lsp gen interval lsp mtu lsp refresh interval max area addresses max lsp life...

Page 821: ...llo packets The adjacency check is enabled by default advertise e Leak routes between levels distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa Syntax advertise level1 into level2 level2 into level1 prefix list name To return to the default use the no advertise level1 into level2 level2 into level1 prefix list name command Parameters Defaults level1 into level2 Level 1 to Level 2 le...

Page 822: ...ation Use the area password command on routers within an area to prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers The password configured is injected into Level 1 LSPs CSNPs and PSNPs Related Commands clear config e Clear IS IS configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running config command output Syntax clear confi...

Page 823: ...sed instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address Related Commands debug isis e Enable debugging for all IS IS operations Syntax debug isis copy Use this command to save the current configuration to another location tag Optional Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS IS routing tag area Enter the keyword to clear all IS IS information and restarts the IS IS p...

Page 824: ...ommand Modes EXEC Privilege debug isis local updates e Enables debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS IS local update packets Syntax debug isis local updates interface To turn off debugging enter the no debug isis local updates interface command interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a Gigabit Ethernet inter...

Page 825: ...terface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the key...

Page 826: ...V6 for IPv6 Command History interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 ...

Page 827: ...c value in the default information originate command is advertised Related Commands description c e s Enter a description of the IS IS routing protocol Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands distance e Define the administrative di...

Page 828: ...value indicates the reliability of a routing information source Range 1 to 255 A higher relative value indicates lower reliability Routes with smaller values are given preference Default 115 ip address mask OPTIONAL Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or prefix format prefix list OPTIONAL Enter the name of a prefix list name prefix list name Speci...

Page 829: ...hen the same route is redistributed into IS IS from multiple routers in the network Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced distribute list out Suppress networks from being advertised in updates redistribute Redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain prefix list name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates connected ...

Page 830: ...arameters Defaults No default password Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs LSPs complete sequence number PDUs CSNPs and partial sequence number PDUs PSNPs Related Commands graceful restart ietf e Enable Graceful Restart on an IS IS router Syntax graceful restart ietf To return to the default use the no graceful restart ietf command...

Page 831: ... the adjacency per the usual methods graceful restart interval e Set the Graceful Restart grace period the time during which all Graceful Restart attempts are prevented Syntax graceful restart interval minutes To return to the default use the no graceful restart interval command Parameters Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History graceful restart t1 e Set the Graceful Restart w...

Page 832: ...estart t3 e Configure the overall wait time before Graceful Restart is completed Syntax graceful restart t3 adjacency manual seconds To return to the default use the no graceful restart t3command interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time Range 5 120 seconds Default 5 seconds retry times Enter the keyword retry times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a...

Page 833: ...ait time before a restarting peer comes up Be sure to set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command Syntax graceful restart restart wait seconds To return to the default use the no graceful restart restart wait command Parameters Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the r...

Page 834: ... interfaces Related Commands hostname dynamic e Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command enter no hostname dynamic Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Usage Information Use this command to build name to systemID mapping tables through the protocol All show command...

Page 835: ...rs Defaults No processes are configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information You must use the net command to assign a network entity title to enable IS IS Related Commands ipv6 router isis e Enable the IPv6 IS IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS IS process Syntax ipv6 router isis tag To disable IS IS routing enter no router isis tag Parameters Defaults Not configured Co...

Page 836: ...ly system Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas for example a Level 1 2 router to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth isis csnp interval e Configure the IS IS complete sequence number PDU CSNP interval on an interface Syntax isis csnp interval seconds level 1 level 2 To return to the default values enter the no is...

Page 837: ...f three times the value of the hello interval Use a high hello interval seconds to conserve bandwidth and CPU usage Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources Related Commands seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi access networks for the designated intermediate system Range 0 to 65535 Default 10 level 1 OPTIONAL Independ...

Page 838: ... or OFF padding of hello PDUs from the interface mode Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default use the no isis hello padding Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled ON Command Modes INTERFACE Usage Information Hello PDUs are padded only when both the global and interface padding options are ON Turning either one OFF will disable padding for the corresponding interface s Related Command...

Page 839: ...tric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing Range 0 to 16777215 Default 10 level 1 OPTIONAL Enter level 1 to configure the shortest path first SPF calculation for Level 1 intra area routing This is the default level 2 OPTIONAL Enter level 2 to configur...

Page 840: ... if not otherwise specified Command Modes INTERFACE Usage Information To protect your network from unauthorized access use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the level 1 and level 2 keywords The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing using the respective...

Page 841: ...even though its priority is 0 is type e Configure IS IS operating level for a router Syntax is type level 1 level 1 2 level 2 only To return to the default values enter no is type Parameters Defaults level 1 2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Usage Information The IS IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate Poorly planned use of this f...

Page 842: ... To restore default values use the no lsp gen interval level l level 2 interval seconds initial_wait_interval seconds second_wait_interval seconds command Parameters Defaults Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History level l OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level 1 LSPs level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 2 to apply the configura...

Page 843: ...command only limits the size of LSPs generated by this router Syntax lsp mtu size To return to the default values enter no lsp mtu Parameters Defaults 1497 bytes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information The link MTU mtu command and the LSP MTU size must be the same Since each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs consider carefully whether the lsp mtu command should be confi...

Page 844: ...lt values enter no max area addresses Parameters Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Usage Information Use this command to configure the number of area addresses on router This value should be consistent with routers in the same area or else the router will form only Level 2 adjacencies The value should be same among all the routers to form Level 1 adjacencies max lsp lifetime e Set the...

Page 845: ...S ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History metric style e Configure a router to generate and accept old style new style or both styles of type length and values TLV Syntax metric style narrow transition transition wide transition level 1 level 2 To return to the default values enter the no metric style narrow transition transition wide transition level 1 level 2 command Parameters lsp refresh ...

Page 846: ...meters Defaults Disabled Command Mode CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 Command History net e Use this mandatory command to configure an IS IS network entity title NET for a routing process If a NET is not configured the IS IS process will not start Syntax net network entity title To remove a net enter no net network entity title Parameters wide Allows you to configure the E Series to ...

Page 847: ... redistribute static connected rip metric metric value metric type external internal level 1 level 1 2 level 2 route map map name command Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a numbe...

Page 848: ...igher than 63 the metric value advertised in LSPs will be 63 If the metric style command is set for wide mode an the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised Related Commands metric metric value OPTIONAL Assign a value to the redistributed route Range 0 to 16777215 Default 0 You should use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol metric type external internal OPTIONAL...

Page 849: ...ependently redistributed into IS IS as Level 2 routes only This is the default metric metric value OPTIONAL The value used for the redistributed route You should use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol Range 0 to 16777215 Default 0 metric type external internal OPTIONAL The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain The two opt...

Page 850: ...OSPF process ID to be redistributed Range 1 to 65355 metric metric value OPTIONAL The value used for the redistributed route You should use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol Range 0 to 16777215 Default 0 metric type external internal OPTIONAL The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain The two options are external internal...

Page 851: ...em ID You must enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing Only one IS IS routing process can be configured to perform Level 2 routing A level 1 2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time Related Commands set overload bit e Configure the router to set the overload bit in its non pseudonode LSPs This prevents other routers...

Page 852: ...28 2 Command Example show config router isis mode Figure 28 3 Command Example show config address family ipv6 mode show isis database e Display the IS IS link state database Syntax show isis database level 1 level 2 local detail summary lspid Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced MT ISIS support Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced FTOS conf router_isis show config router isis clns host ISIS 49 0000 0001 F100 E120 001...

Page 853: ...00 00 IS IS Level 1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT P OL ISIS 00 00 0x0000002B 0x853B 1075 0 0 0 Area Address 49 0000 0001 NLPID 0xCC 0x8E IP Address 10 1 1 1 IPv6 Address 1011 1 Topology IPv4 0x00 IPv6 0x8002 Metric 10 IS OSPF 00 Metric 10 IS MT IPv6 OSPF 00 Metric 10 IP 15 1 1 0 255 255 255 0 Metric 10 IPv6 MT IPv6 1511 64 Metric 10 IPv6 MT IPv6 2511 64 Metric...

Page 854: ...SP was originated by the system where this command was issued LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source LSP Checksum This is the checksum of the entire LSP packet LSP Holdtime This value is the amount of time in seconds that the LSP remains valid A zero holdtime indicates that this i...

Page 855: ...ce interface FTOS show isis graceful restart detail Configured Timer Value Graceful Restart Enabled T3 Timer Manual T3 Timeout Value 30 T2 Timeout Value 30 level 1 30 level 2 T1 Timeout Value 5 retry count 1 Adjacency wait time 30 Operational Timer Value Current Mode State Normal RUNNING T3 Time left 0 T2 Time left 0 level 1 0 level 2 Restart ACK rcv count 0 level 1 0 level 2 Restart Req rcv count...

Page 856: ... port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 FTOS show isis int GigabitEthernet 0 7 is up line protocol is up MTU 1497 Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol IS IS Circuit Type Level 1 2 Interface Index 37847070 Local circuit ID 1 Level 1 Metric 10 Priority 64 Circuit ID systest 3 01 Hello Interval 10 Hello Multiplier 3 CSNP Interval 10 Number of active level...

Page 857: ... information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 FTOS show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7 1 Up L1L2 M 127 09 28 01 TEST 02 FTOS show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7 1 Up L1L2 M 127 09 28 04 TEST 02 Area Address es 49 0000 0001 IP Address es 25 1 1 3 MAC Ad...

Page 858: ... IPv6 Loopback 0 IP IPv6 Redistributing Distance 115 Generate narrow metrics level 1 2 Accept narrow metrics level 1 2 Generate wide metrics none Accept wide metrics none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode FTOS Identifies that MT IS IS is enabled interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword G...

Page 859: ...CSNP LSPs sent and received Level 1 Level 2 LSPs PSNPs sent rcvd Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received Level 1 Level 2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran Level 1 Level 2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received LSP authentication fail...

Page 860: ...d by the initial wait interval and the second calculation is controlled by the second wait interval Each subsequent wait interval is twice as long as the previous one until the wait interval reaches the maximum wait time specified interval seconds Once the network calms down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval fast behavior is restored the initial wait time level l OPTIONA...

Page 861: ...all three Dell Force10 platforms C Series E Series and S Series as indicated by the following symbols under command headings c e s Commands Use the following commands for LACP clear lacp counters debug lacp lacp long timeout lacp port priority lacp system priority port channel mode port channel protocol lacp show lacp In addition an FTOS option provides hitless dynamic LACP states no noticeable im...

Page 862: ...onfig to debug the LACP configuration events OPTIONAL Enter the keyword events to debug LACP event information pdu in out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword pdu to debug LACP Protocol Data Unit information Optionally enter an in or out parameter to Receive enter in Transmit enter out interface in out OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 100 1000 Ethernet interfac...

Page 863: ...uence which ports will be put in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating Syntax lacp port priority priority value To return to the default setting use the no lacp port priority priority value command Parameters Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added ...

Page 864: ...ing table priority value Enter the system priority value The higher the value the lower the priority Range 1 to 65535 Default 32768 Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series number Enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for...

Page 865: ...not in an active negotiating state in this mode LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states Ports in a passive state respond to LACP packets off An interface can not be part of a dynamic port channel in the off mode LACP will not run on a port configured in the off mode Version 6 2 1 1 Int...

Page 866: ... Link F Individual Link G IN_SYNC H OUT_OF_SYNC I Collection enabled J Collection disabled K Distribution enabled L Distribution disabled M Partner Defaulted N Partner Non defaulted O Receiver is in expired state P Receiver is not in expired state Port Gi 10 6 is enabled LACP is enabled and mode is lacp Actor Admin State ACEHJLMP Key 1 Priority 128 Oper State ACEGIKNP Key 1 Priority 128 Partner Ad...

Page 867: ...Commands The following commands are related to configuring managing and viewing MAC addresses clear mac address table dynamic mac accounting destination mac address table aging time mac address table static mac address table station move threshold mac address table station move time interval mac address table station move refresh arp mac cam fib partition mac learning limit mac learning limit lear...

Page 868: ... Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ether...

Page 869: ...put interface vlan vlan id To remove a MAC address use the no mac address table static mac address output interface vlan vlan id command Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series seconds Enter either zero 0 or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned To disable aging of the MAC address table enter 0 E Series Range from CONFIGURATION mode 10 1000000 E Series Range from INTE...

Page 870: ...ed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed ...

Page 871: ...educe the scanning interval mac address table station move refresh arp c e s Ensure that ARP refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change Syntax no mac address table station move refresh arp Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information See the NIC Teaming section of the Layer 2 chapter in the FTOS Configu...

Page 872: ...ess learning 50 Enter the keyword 50 to set aside 50 of the CAM for MAC address learning 75 Enter the keyword 75 to set aside 75 of the CAM for MAC address learning 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set aside 100 of the MAC CAM for MAC address learning With this configuration no MAC ACLs are processed slot number Enter the line card slot number Range 0 to 13 for the E1200 0 to 6 for the E600 0 to 5 for...

Page 873: ...address learning use the clear counters command with the learning limit parameter When a channel member is added to a port channel and there is not enough ACL CAM space then the MAC limit functionality on that port channel is undefined When this occurs un configure the existing configuration first and then reapply the limit with a lower value station move OPTIONAL Enter the keyword station move to...

Page 874: ...olation Syntax mac learning limit learn limit violation log shutdown To return to the default use the no mac learning limit learn limit violation log shutdown command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes INTERFACE conf if interface slot port Command History Usage Information This is supported on physical interfaces static LAGs and LACP LAGs Related Commands clear counter...

Page 875: ...arning limit reset Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation shutdown both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message shutdown offending Enter the keyword shutdown offending to shut down the offending ...

Page 876: ...ce interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type slot and port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interf...

Page 877: ...e Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series FTOS show cam maccheck linecard 2 port set 0 Dumping entries From 0 to 16383 Progress marks 100 memory table entries Index 5576 0x15c8 has valid entries H 2b9 E 0 MAC_ADDR 0xffffffffffff VLAN_ID 0xfff PRI 0 CPU 0 DST_DISCARD 0 SRC_DISCARD 0 SCP 0 TGID_LO 0 PORT_TGID 0 TGID_PORT 0 T 0 TGID_HI 0 L2MC_PTR 0 MODULE_ID 0 REMOTE_T RUNK 0 L3 0 MAC_BLOCK_INDEX 0 ST...

Page 878: ... address dynamic OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses learned dynamically by the switch interface interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type slot and port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port chann...

Page 879: ...DROP 108 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 66 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 109 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 65 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 110 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 64 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 111 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 63 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 112 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 62 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 113 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 61 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 114 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 60 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 115 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 5f SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 116 0 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 5e SYSTEM_ST...

Page 880: ...hernet followed by the slot port information vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN Range 1 to 4094 Version 7 6 1 0 This version of the command introduced for S Series Note Sticky MAC is not supported on the S25 or S50 in FTOS release 8 4 2 6 dynamic OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses ...

Page 881: ...rface type followed by just a slot number vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN Range 1 to 4094 count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count followed optionally by an interface or VLAN ID to display total or interface specific static addresses dynamic addresses and MAC addresses in use Version 8 4 2 3 Added support for sticky...

Page 882: ...t State Lists if the MAC address is in use Active or not in use Inactive Table 30 2 show mac address table count Information Line Beginning with Description MAC Entries Displays the number of MAC entries learnt per VLAN Dynamic Address Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses Static Address Lists the number of user defined MAC addresses Total MAC Lists the total number of MAC addresse...

Page 883: ...d Commands Version 8 3 1 0 Added the vlan option on the E Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show mac address table aging time Mac address table aging time 1800 FTOS show mac address table Display the current MAC address configuration ...

Page 884: ...t Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to that VLAN Range 1 to 4094 pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series Note Currently the ...

Page 885: ...d present in the slot MAC CAM Size Displays the total CAM size available Note A portion of the MAC CAM is used for system operations therefore adding the MAC FIB and MAC ACL will be less than the MAC CAM MAC FIB Entries Displays the amount and percentage of CAM available for MAC addresses MAC ACL Entries Displays the amount and percentage of CAM available for MAC ACLs FTOS show mac cam Slot Type M...

Page 886: ...0 FTOS show mac learning limit interface gig 1 0 Interface Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Gi 1 0 10 0 0 0 interface interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For SONET interfaces...

Page 887: ...default vlan id default vlan disable enable vlan counters name show config show vlan tagged track ip untagged See also VLAN Stacking and see VLAN related commands such as portmode hybrid in Chapter 23 Interfaces description c e s Add a description about the selected VLAN Syntax description description To remove the description from the VLAN use the no description command Parameters Defaults No def...

Page 888: ...onfigured as a member of another VLAN Defaults The default VLAN is enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information no default vlan disable is not listed in the running configuration but when the default VLAN is disabled default vlan disable is listed in the running configuration enable vlan counters ex Display VLAN counters for ingress and or egress hardware You must be in re...

Page 889: ...enable vlan output counters FTOS conf exit FTOS show interface vlan 101 Vlan 101 is down line protocol is down Address is 00 01 e8 26 e0 5b Current address is 00 01 e8 26 e0 5b Interface index is 1107787877 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type ARPA ARP Timeout 04 00 00 Last clearing of show interface counters 01 12 44 Queueing strategy fifo Inpu...

Page 890: ...yntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Example Figure 30 10 show config Command Sample Output for a Selected VLAN Command History vlan name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface interface vlan Conf...

Page 891: ...Version 7 8 1 0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for C Series and S Series revised output to include Description field to display user entered VLAN description Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series revised output to display Native VLAN Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show vlan Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs P Primary C Community I Isolated Q ...

Page 892: ...x untagged or X capitalized X for Dot1x tagged Ports Displays the type slot and port information For the type Po port channel Gi gigabit ethernet and Te ten gigabit ethernet FTOS show vlan id 40 Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs Q U Untagged T Tagged x Dot1x untagged X Dot1x tagged G GVRP tagged M Vlan stack NUM Status Description Q Ports 40 Active M Gi 13 47 FTOS show vlan id 41 Codes Default VLAN ...

Page 893: ... x Dot1x untagged X Dot1x tagged G GVRP tagged M Vlan stack NUM Status Description Q Ports 222 Inactive U Gi 1 22 FTOS conf if vl 222 vlan stack compatible Enable the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN interface vlan Configure a VLAN interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by t...

Page 894: ...re operationally UP and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP If the track ip command is not configured the VLAN s Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN The Layer 2 state of the VLAN and hence the Layer 2 traffic is not affected by the track ip command configuration interface vlan Configure a VLAN untagged Specify which in...

Page 895: ...d Commands interface vlan Configure a VLAN tagged Specify which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Serie...

Page 896: ...896 Layer 2 w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 897: ... are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading C Series c E Series e S Series s Commands This chapter contains the following commands in addition to the commands in the related section LLDP MED Commands advertise dot1 tlv advertise dot3 tlv advertise management clear lldp counters clear lldp neighbors debug lldp interface di...

Page 898: ...and History Related Commands advertise dot3 tlv c e s Advertise dot3 TLVs Type Length Value Syntax advertise dot3 tlv max frame size To remove advertised dot3 tlv use the no advertise dot3 tlv max frame size command Parameters port protocol vlan id Enter the keyword port protocol vlan id to advertise the port protocol VLAN identification TLV port vlan id Enter the keyword port vlan id to advertise...

Page 899: ... system capabilities system description and system name can be invoked individually or together in any sequence clear lldp counters c e s Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface Syntax clear lldp counters interface Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series ...

Page 900: ...ollowing keywords and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on...

Page 901: ...rted on S Series all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to display information on all interfaces events OPTIONAL Enter the keyword events to display major events such as timer events packet OPTIONAL Enter the keyword packet to display information regarding packets coming in or going out brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display brief packet information detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail ...

Page 902: ...IGURATION conf lldp and INTERFACE conf if interface lldp Command History Related Commands show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration seconds Enter the rate in seconds at which the control packets are sent to its peer Rate 5 180 seconds Default 30 seconds Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series...

Page 903: ...Modes CONFIGURATION conf lldp Command History protocol lldp Interface c e s Enter the LLDP protocol in the INTERFACE mode Syntax no protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode use the no protocol lldp command from the Interface mode Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface Command Modes INTERFACE conf if interface lldp Command History integer Enter the number of consecutive ...

Page 904: ...mmand Output Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID Port ID and Dead Interval Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Et...

Page 905: ...ion 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors 300 Last table change time Mon Oct 02 16 00 52 2006 Number of Table Inserts 1621 Number of Table Deletes 200 Number of Table Drops 0 Number of Table Age Outs 400 FTOS Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on...

Page 906: ...eful on the C Series and the S50V model of the S Series because they support Power over Ethernet PoE devices As defined by ANSI TIA 1057 LLDP MED provides organizationally specific TLVs Type Length Value so that endpoint devices and network connectivity devices can advertise their characteristics and configuration information The Organizational Unique Identifier OUI for the Telecommunications Indu...

Page 907: ...ackets use a separate network policy than the voice data Syntax advertise med guest voice signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med guest voice signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters vlan id Enter the VLAN ID Range 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority Range 0 ...

Page 908: ...merica Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value Range 0 to 63 priority tagged number Enter the keyword priority tagged followed the Layer 2 priority Range 0 to 7 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running...

Page 909: ... vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med softphone voice vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters Defaults unconfigured debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S S...

Page 910: ...mmand Modes CONFIGURATION conf lldp Command History Related Commands Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP running configuration vlan id Enter the VLAN ID Range 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority C Series and E Se...

Page 911: ...yntax advertise med video signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med video signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters vlan id Enter the VLAN ID Range 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority C Series and E Series only Range 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value C Seri...

Page 912: ...E Series only Range 0 to 63 priority tagged number Enter the keyword priority tagged followed the Layer 2 priority Range 0 to 7 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP running configuration vlan id Enter the VLAN ID Range 1 to 4094 l...

Page 913: ... Defaults unconfigured Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf lldp Command History Related Commands vlan id Enter the VLAN ID Range 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority C Series and E Series only Range 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value C Series and E Series only Range 0 to 63 priority tagged number Enter the keyword priority tagged followed the Layer 2 priority Range 0 to 7 Version ...

Page 914: ...914 Link Layer Detection Protocol LLDP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 915: ...hapter contains the following sections MLD Commands MLD Snooping Commands MLD Commands The MLD commands are clear ipv6 mld groups debug ipv6 mld ipv6 mld explicit tracking ipv6 mld last member query interval ipv6 mld querier timeout ipv6 mld query interval ipv6 mld query max resp time ipv6 mld static group ipv6 mld version show ipv6 mld interface clear ipv6 mld groups e Clear entries from the grou...

Page 916: ...r the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 group address OPTIONAL Enter the group address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced show ipv6 mld interface Display the IPv6 MLD interface group address OPTIONAL Enter the multicast gr...

Page 917: ...messages This interval is also the interval between Group Specific Query messages Syntax ipv6 mld last member query interval milliseconds To return to the default use the no ipv6 mld last member query interval milliseconds command Parameters Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE conf if Command History ipv6 mld querier timeout e Change the interval that must pass before a multicast ro...

Page 918: ...INTERFACE conf if Command History ipv6 mld query max resp time e Set the maximum query response time advertised in the general queries Syntax ipv6 mld query max resp time seconds To return to the default use the no ipv6 mld query max resp time command Parameters Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE conf if Command History seconds Enter the querier timeout in seconds Range 60 300 Default 255...

Page 919: ... supports MLD version 2 and is backward compatible with MLD version 1 Command History show ipv6 mld groups e View the configured MDL groups Syntax show ipv6 mld groups detail explicit link local group address interface interface detail summary group address OPTIONAL Enter the multicast group address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero exclude source...

Page 920: ...up information summary View a summary of group information Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 mld groups vlan 100 link local detail Detailed information Pipe through a command cr show ipv6 mld groups explicit Interface GigabitEthernet 2 14 Group ff02 1 ff00 0 Reporter fe80 200 ff fe00 0 Uptime 00 00 19 Expires in 00 04 00 Mode EXCLUDE Interface GigabitEthernet 2 14 Group ff02 1 ff00 5 Repor...

Page 921: ... Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 mld interface GigabitEthernet 2 14 is up line protocol is up Interface address is fe80 201 e8ff fe08 9a09 64 Current MLD version is 2 MLD query interval is 125 seconds MLD querier expiry time is 255 seconds MLD max query response time is 10 seconds Last member response interval is 1000 ms MLD explicit tracking is disabled MLD querying router is fe80 201 e...

Page 922: ...ble MLD Snooping globally Syntax ipv6 mld snooping enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf Command History ipv6 mld snooping flood e Enable MLD Snooping Flood globally Syntax ipv6 mld snooping flood To disable use the no ipv6 mld snooping flood command Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf Usage Information When flooding is enabled unregistered multicast data is flood...

Page 923: ...ble which contains group source interface VLAN and reporter details Related Commands ipv6 mld snooping mrouter e Configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port Syntax ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface interface Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced show ipv6 mld snooping groups interface Enter the keyword interface to indicat...

Page 924: ...Pv6 MLD Snooping group information Syntax show ipv6 mld snooping groups group address explicit link local summary vlan Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced group address OPTIONAL Enter the multicast group address in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal ...

Page 925: ... values or behavior Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 32 4 show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Command Example FTOS show ipv6 mld snooping groups summary MLD snooping connected groups summary G routes 12 FTOS vlan OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number to display information on that specific VLAN Range 1 4094 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 ...

Page 926: ...926 Multicast Listener Discovery MLD w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 927: ...ies only as indicated by the e character that appears below each command heading Commands The commands are clear ip msdp peer clear ip msdp sa cache debug ip msdp ip msdp cache rejected sa ip msdp default peer ip msdp log adjacency changes ip msdp mesh group ip msdp originator id ip msdp peer ip msdp redistribute ip msdp sa filter ip msdp sa limit ip msdp shutdown ip multicast msdp show ip msdp sh...

Page 928: ...rameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC Privilege Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced group address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D rejected sa Enter this keyword to clear the cache source active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed an SA filter or limit is configured the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable or because of a format error local Enter this k...

Page 929: ...he no ip msdp default peer peer address list name command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information If a list is not specified all SA messages received from the default peer are accepted You can enter multiple default peer commands Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache Range 0 to 32766 Version 7 4 1...

Page 930: ...group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding typically in an intra domain setting When some subset of a domain s MSDP speakers are fully meshed they can be configured into a mesh group If member X of a mesh group receives a SA message from an MSDP peer that is also a member of the mesh group member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh group Ho...

Page 931: ...y the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format A B C D connect source interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword connect source followed by one of the int...

Page 932: ...ey will continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache Syntax ip msdp redistribute list acl name Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Modifications to the ACL will not have an immediate affect on the sa cache To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache use clear ip msdp sa cache local description name OPTIONAL Ent...

Page 933: ...SA messages originated by itself and those received from the MSDP peers When the total SA messages reach this limit the subsequent SA messages are dropped even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking If the total number of SA messages is already larger than the limit when this command is applied those SA messages that are already in FTOS will continue to be accepted To enforce the limit in s...

Page 934: ...ommand History show ip msdp e Display the MSDP peer status SA cache or peer summary Syntax show ip msdp peer peer address sa cache summary Parameters Defaults Not configured ip msdp peer Configure the MSDP peer clear ip msdp peer Clear the MSDP peer show ip msdp Display the MSDP information peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format A B C D Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Version 6 ...

Page 935: ...eer Addr 100 1 1 1 Local Addr 100 1 1 2 639 Connect Source none State Established Up Down Time 00 00 08 Timers KeepAlive 60 sec Hold time 75 sec SourceActive packet count in out 0 0 SAs learned from this peer 0 SA Filtering Input S G filter none Output S G filter none FTOS FTOS show ip msdp sa cache MSDP Source Active Cache 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr LearnedFrom Expire UpTime 224 1 1 1 ...

Page 936: ... 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 7 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 8 10 1 1 4 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 9 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 10 10 1 1 4 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 11 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 11 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 12 10 1 1 4 110...

Page 937: ...ies and S Series as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading C Series c E Series e S Series s Commands The following commands configure and monitor MSTP debug spanning tree mstp disable forward delay hello time max age max hops msti name protocol spanning tree mstp revision show config show spanning tree mst configuration show spanning tree msti spanning tree spanning tre...

Page 938: ...erface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET int...

Page 939: ...ng Tree Protocol on the switch Syntax disable To enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol enter no disable Defaults Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol is disabled Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the Multiple Spanning Tree 80 characters maximum pre 7 7 1 0 Introduced protocol spanning tree mstp Enter Multiple SPANNING TREE...

Page 940: ...eturn to the default value enter no hello time Parameters Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State Range 4 to 30 Default 15 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series Version ...

Page 941: ...erface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State max age Change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information max age Enter a number of seconds the FTOS waits before refreshing configuration information Range 6 to 40 Default 20 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series...

Page 942: ...i c e s Configure Multiple Spanning Tree instance bridge priority and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance Syntax msti instance vlan range bridge priority priority To disable mapping or bridge priority no msti instance vlan range bridge priority priority Parameters Defaults default bridge priority is 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE range Enter a number for the maximum hop count Range 1 t...

Page 943: ...E SPANNING TREE Command History Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region the switches must share the same region name including matching case Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series region name Enter the MST region name Range 32 character limit Version 7 6 1 0 ...

Page 944: ...Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter the MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode To enable MSTP globally on the switch enter no disable while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode Refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information on Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Related Commands Defaults Disable Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Usage Information Refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide for more...

Page 945: ...shown Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Example Figure 34 3 show config Command for MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Mode range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced msti Map the VLAN s to an MST instance name Assign t...

Page 946: ...EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 34 4 show spanning tree mst configuration Command Example Usage Information You must enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol prior to using this command Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show spanning tree mst configuration MST region name CustomerSv...

Page 947: ...ty 32768 Address 0001 e802 3506 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 5 Current root has priority 16384 Address 0001 e800 0a5c Number of topology changes 0 last change occured 3058087 Port 82 GigabitEthernet 2 0 is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0 Port priority 128 Port Identifier 128 82 Designated root has priority 16384 address 0001 e800 0a 5c Designated bridge has p...

Page 948: ...lay 15 max hops 20 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 CIST Current root has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 CIST external path cost 0 Number of topology changes 1 last change occured 00 00 15 ago on Gi 0 0 Port 257 Giga...

Page 949: ...ion 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on E Series msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST Instance number Range zero 0 to 63 cost cost OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value Range 1 to 200000 Defaults 100 Mb s Ethernet interface 200000 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface 20000 10 Gigabit Ethernet ...

Page 950: ... guard blocks a boundary port in the CIST the port is also blocked in all other MST instances Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced on E Series edge port Enter the keyword edge port to configure the interface as a Multiple Spanning Tree edge port bpduguard OPTIONAL Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the i...

Page 951: ...rded on the port tc flush standard c e s Enable the MAC address flushing upon receiving every topology change notification Syntax tc flush standard To disable use the no tc flush standard command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information By default FTOS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP This helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessar...

Page 952: ...952 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol MSTP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 953: ...owing sections IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The IPv4 Multicast commands are clear ip mroute clear ip mroute snooping ip mroute ip multicast lag hashing ip multicast mode l2 ip multicast routing ip multicast limit mac address table static mac flood list mtrace queue backplane multicast restrict flooding show ip mroute show ip rpf show mac address table sta...

Page 954: ...e Command History Related Commands group address source address Enter multicast group address and source address if desired in dotted decimal format to clear information on a specific group Enter to clear all multicast routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series legacy command show ip pim tib Show the PIM Tree Information Base vlan vlan id Enter a VLAN ID to clear information learned th...

Page 955: ...ocol process id tag ip address OPTIONAL Enter one of the routing protocols Enter the BGP as number followed by the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding RPF neighbor Range 1 65535 Enter the OSPF process identification number followed by the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding RPF neighbor Range 1 65535 Enter the IS IS alphanumeric tag str...

Page 956: ...s CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information By default one Port Channel member is chosen to forward multicast traffic With this feature turned on multicast traffic will be distributed among the Port Channel members in a round robin fashion This feature applies to the routed multicast traffic If IGMP Snooping is turned on this feature also applies to switched multicast traffic Related Command...

Page 957: ...the configured CAM profile The IN L3 McastFib CAM partition is used to store multicast routes and is a separate hardware limit that is exists per port pipe Any software configured limit might be superseded by this hardware space limitation The opposite is also true the CAM partition might not be exhausted at the time the system wide route limit set by the ip multicast limit is reached Related Comm...

Page 958: ...ate it with a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic you must enable the router for Layer 2 multicast switching with the ip multicast mode l2 command Related Commands ip multicast routing c e s Enable IP multicast forwarding Syntax ip multicast routing To disable multicast forwarding enter no ip multicast routing Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Informatio...

Page 959: ...owever before you can configure a static MAC address and associate it with a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic you must first enable the router for Layer 2 multicast switching with the ip multicast mode l2 command Related Commands mac address table static multicast mac address Enter a 48 bit hexadecimal address in nn nn nn nn nn nn format for the static MAC address to be used to switch...

Page 960: ...range specified using the mac flood list command are flooded according to the mac flood list command Only the multicast frames not matching the mac address range specified using the mac flood list command are flooded according to the restrict flood command Related Commands mac address Enter a multicast MAC address in hexadecimal format mac mask Enter the MAC Address mask vlan vlan list Enter the V...

Page 961: ... in the response packet received As an Mtrace transit or intermediate router FTOS returns the response to Mtrace queries Upon receiving the Mtrace request FTOS computes the RPF neighbor for the source fills in the request and the forwards the request to the RPF neighbor While computing the RPF neighbor the static mroute and mBGP route is preferred over the unicast route source address hostname Ent...

Page 962: ...mple Figure 35 1 queue backplane multicast Command Example Related Commands percentage Enter the percentage of backplane bandwidth to be dedicated to multicast traffic Range 5 95 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf queue backplane multicast bandwidth percent 30 FTOS conf exit FTOS 00 14 04 RPM0 P CP SYS 5 CONFIG_I Configured from console by console show run grep bandwidth queue backpl...

Page 963: ...in speed option in combination with restrict flooding With mac flood list you specify the traffic you want to be flooded using a MAC address range You may not use unicast MAC addresses when specifying MAC address ranges and do not overlap MAC addresses ranges when creating multiple mac flood list entries for the same VLAN Restricted Layer 2 Flooding is not compatible with MAC accounting or VLANs R...

Page 964: ...ticast routes and packets on the E Series snooping vlan vlan id group address source address OPTIONAL E Series ExaScale only Enter the keyword snooping to display information on the multicast routes discovered by PIM SM snooping Enter a VLAN ID to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes discovered by PIM SM snooping on a specified VLAN Valid VLAN IDs 1 to 4094 Enter a multicast gro...

Page 965: ...ulticast route table uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding RPF information towards the source for S G entries and the RP for G entries Outgoing interface list Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following a directly connected member of the Group statically configured member of the Group ...

Page 966: ...ered multicast source is reachable via static mroute as well as unicast route the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reachability Note The default distance of mroutes is zero 0 and is CLI configurable on a per route basis Example Figure 35 5 show ip rpf Command Example E Series legacy command force10 show ip rpf RPF information for...

Page 967: ...d to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic on the router VLAN ID range 1 to 4094 count vlan vlan id Enter the keyword count and optionally the VLAN ID of a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic to display the number of static multicast MAC addresses in use for all or a specified VLAN Version 8 4 2 5 Introduced on C Series Table 35 2 show mac address table static multicast Information Column Hea...

Page 968: ...tput ports assigned to the VLAN used for Layer 2 multicast forwarding where the following abbreviations are used for output port types gi Gigabit Ethernet slot port po Port Channel number te 10 Gigabit Ethernet slot port Table 35 2 show mac address table static multicast Information Column Heading Description FTOS show mac address table static multicast count Static Multicast MAC Entries for all v...

Page 969: ...andwidth percentage Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 35 8 show queue backplane multicast Command Example Related Commands Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show queue backplane multicast bandwidth percent Configured multicast bandwidth percentage is 80 queue backplane multicast Reallocate the amount of bandwidth dedicated to multicast traffic...

Page 970: ...clear ip pim tib command Syntax clear ipv6 mroute group address source address Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands group address source address Enter multicast group address and source address if desired to clear information on a specific group Enter the addresses in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive h...

Page 971: ...er of entries Any limit configured via the CLI is superseded by this hardware limit The opposite is also true the CAM might not be exhausted at the time the CLI configured route limit is reached ipv6 multicast routing e Enable IPv6 multicast forwarding Syntax ipv6 multicast routing To disable multicast forwarding enter no ipv6 multicast routing Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command...

Page 972: ...e Range 0 to 10000000 packets second count group address source source address OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to view the number of IPv6 multicast routes and packets on the E Series Optionally enter the IPv6 source address count information Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 mroute IP Multicast Routing Table 165 87 32 30 ff05 100 1 uptime 00 01 11 Incoming interface Vlan 200 Outgoing inte...

Page 973: ...300 4000 1 Source 165 87 31 20 Rate 100 pps FTOS FTOS show ipv6 mroute count group ff05 3300 1 IP Multicast Statistics 1 routes using 648 bytes of memory 1 groups 1 00 average sources per group Forwarding Counts Pkt Count Pkts per second Group ff05 3300 1 Source count 1 Source 165 87 31 30 Forwarding 3997 0 FTOS FTOS show ipv6 mroute count source 165 87 31 30 IP Multicast Statistics 2 routes using...

Page 974: ...e x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to view all the MLD information vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to view MLD VLAN information Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 mroute mld all MLD SNOOPING MRTM Table ff05 100 1 uptime 00 04 21 Incoming vlan Vlan 200 Outgoing interface list ...

Page 975: ...y Example Figure 35 14 show ipv6 mroute summary Command Example Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 mroute summary IP Multicast Routing Table 12 groups 12 routes 165 87 32 30 ff05 100 1 00 00 24 165 87 37 30 ff05 200 1 00 00 24 165 87 31 30 ff05 300 1 00 00 24 165 87 32 30 ff05 1100 1 00 00 21 165 87 37 30 ff05 2200 1 00 00 21 165 87 31 30 ff05 3300 1 00 00 21 165 87 32 20 ff3e 100 4000 1 00...

Page 976: ...976 Multicast w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 977: ...ion mapping from IP address to link layer address Next hop determination Neighbor Unreachability Detection NUD Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link Duplicate Address Detection DAD Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use Redirect The router can inform a node about a better first hop NDP makes use of the following five ICMPv6 packet types in its imp...

Page 978: ...x ipv6 nd managed config flag To clear the flag from the IPv6 router advertisements use the no ipv6 nd managed config flag command Defaults The default flag is 0 Command Modes INTERFACE ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x x x x x format to remove a specific IPv6 neighbor The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero interface interface To remove all neighbor...

Page 979: ...ters It does not set the actual MTU rate For example if ip nd mtu is set to 1280 the interface will still pass 1500 byte packets The mtu command sets the actual frame size passed and can be larger than the advertised MTU If the mtu setting is larger than the ip nd mtu an error message is sent but the configuration is accepted Error nd ra mtu is greater than link mtu link mtu will be used Related C...

Page 980: ...dvertisements The description of an IPv6 prefix from RFC 2461 http tools ietf org html rfc2461 is a bit string that consists of some number of initial bits of an address Syntax ipv6 nd prefix ipv6 address prefix length default no advertise no autoconfig no rtr address off link Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE ipv6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x ...

Page 981: ... Command Modes INTERFACE ipv6 nd reachable time e Configure the amount of time that a remote IPv6 node is considered available after a reachability confirmation event has occurred The description of reachable time from RFC 2461 http tools ietf org html rfc2461 is Reachable Time 32 bit unsigned integer The time in milliseconds that a node assumes a neighbor is reachable after having received a reac...

Page 982: ...6 address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x x x x x format The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword fastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword...

Page 983: ... 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID The range is from 1 to 4094 FTOS show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires min Hardware Address State Interface VLAN CPU fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5bc6 1439 00 01 e8 17 5b c6 STALE Gi 1 9 CP fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5bc7 1439 00 01 e8 17 5b c7 STALE ...

Page 984: ...984 Neighbor Discovery Protocol NDP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 985: ...hability of IPv4 and IPv6 routes Metric thresholds of IPv4 and IPv6 routes You can configure client applications such VRRP to receive a notification when the state of a tracked object changes This chapter has the following sections IPv4 Object Tracking Commands on page 985 IPv6 Object Tracking Commands on page 999 IPv4 Object Tracking Commands The IPv4 VRRP commands are debug track delay descripti...

Page 986: ...mmand History Example Command Example debug track all Enables debugging on the state and notifications of all tracked objects notifications Enables debugging on the notifications of all tracked objects object id Enables debugging on the state and notifications of the specified tracked object Range 1 to 65535 Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS debug track all 04 35 04 RPM0 P RP2 OTM 5 STATE track 6 In...

Page 987: ...es down and comes back up the DOWN timer is cancelled and the client is not notified of the event If the timer expires and an object s state has changed a notification is sent to the client If no delay is configured a notification is sent immediately as soon as a change in the state of a tracked object is detected The time delay in communicating a state change is specified in seconds seconds Enter...

Page 988: ...istory Related Commands text Enter a description to identify a tracked object 80 characters maximum Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced track interface ip routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface track interface line protocol Configure object tracking on the line protocol state of a Layer 2 interface track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on th...

Page 989: ...tatus of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface track interface line protocol Configure object tracking on the line protocol state of a Layer 2 interface track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric track ip route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route FTOS show running config track track 1 ip route 23 0 0 0 8 reachabili...

Page 990: ...ed to scale protocol specific route metrics to the range 0 to 255 brief OPTIONAL Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object object type or all tracked objects vrf vrf name OPTIONAL E Series only Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance Maximum 32 characters If you do not enter a VRF name information on the ...

Page 991: ...first hop interface of the tracked route Tracked by Client that is tracking an object s state for example VRRP Table 37 2 Command Example Description show track brief show track Output Description FTOS show track Track 1 IP route 23 0 0 0 8 reachability Reachability is Down route not in route table 2 changes last change 00 16 08 Tracked by Track 2 IPv6 route 2040 64 metric threshold Metric thresho...

Page 992: ... scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows ResID Number of the tracked object Resource Type of tracked object Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object State Up or Down state of the tracked object Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object Table 37 2 Command Example Description sho...

Page 993: ...commands track c e s Enter Object Tracking command mode to modify the configuration of a tracked object Syntax track object id Parameters Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Usage Information Use this command to enter the Object Tracking mode to edit an existing configuration of a tracked object For example after you enter the track object id command you can ...

Page 994: ...ermine the state of a tracked route as follows If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold the state of a route is UP If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table the state of a route is DOWN You configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route by using the threshold ...

Page 995: ...also determined by the entry of the next hop address in the ARP cache A tracked route is considered to be reachable if there is an ARP cache entry for the route s next hop address If the next hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry to see if the next hop address appears before considering the route DOWN obj...

Page 996: ...is removed from the routing table object id Enter the ID number of the tracked object Range 1 to 65535 interface Enter one of the following values For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter gigabitethernet slot number port number For a Loopback interface enter loopback number where number is from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter port channel number where the valid values are C Series an...

Page 997: ...e tracked object Range 1 to 65535 interface Enter one of the following values For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter gigabitethernet slot number port number For a Loopback interface enter loopback number where number is from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter port channel number where the valid values are C Series and S Series 1 to 128 E Series 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for Tera...

Page 998: ...s the scaled metric by dividing a route s cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol For ISIS you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1000 where the default is 10 For OSPF you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592 where the default is 1 The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable By default FTOS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes The resolution ...

Page 999: ...are tracking an object Syntax show track ipv6 route brief Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands brief OPTIONAL Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced show running config track Display configuration information about tracked objects show track Display information about tracked objects including configur...

Page 1000: ...interface of the tracked route Tracked by Client that is tracking an object s state for example VRRP Table 37 4 Command Example Description show track ipv6 route brief show track ipv6 route brief Output Description ResID Number of the tracked object Resource Type of tracked object Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object State Up or Down state of the tracked object Last Change Time sin...

Page 1001: ...table object id Enter the ID number of the tracked object Range 1 to 65535 interface Enter one of the following values For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter gigabitethernet slot number port number For a Loopback interface enter loopback number where number is from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter port channel number where the valid values are C Series and S Series 1 to 128 E Series...

Page 1002: ...ute metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255 where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal ...

Page 1003: ... has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length the tracked route is considered to be DOWN When you configure IPv6 route reachability as a tracked object the UP DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the entry of the next hop address in the ARP cache A tracked route is considered to be reachable if there is an ARP cache entry for the route s next hop address If the next hop address in...

Page 1004: ...tes the scaled metric by dividing a route s cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol For ISIS you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1000 where the default is 10 For OSPF you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592 where the default is 1 The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable By default FTOS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes The resolutio...

Page 1005: ...ame for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 OSPFv3 runs on a per link basis instead of on a per IP subnet basis This chapter is divided into 2 sections There is no overlap between the two sets of commands You cannot use an OSPFv2 command in the IPv6 OSPFv3 mode OSPFv2 Commands OSPFv3 Commands OSPFv2 Commands The Dell Force10 implementation of OSPFv2 is based on IETF RFC 2328 The following commands enable you to con...

Page 1006: ... graceful restart role ip ospf auth change wait time ip ospf authentication key ip ospf cost ip ospf dead interval ip ospf hello interval ip ospf message digest key ip ospf mtu ignore ip ospf network ip ospf priority ip ospf retransmit interval ip ospf transmit delay log adjacency changes max metric router lsa maximum paths mib binding network area passive interface redistribute redistribute bgp r...

Page 1007: ... command on the border routers at the edge of a stub area Syntax area area id default cost cost To return default values use the no area area id default cost command Parameters Defaults cost 1 no areas are configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information In FTOS cost is defined as reference bandwidth bandwidth Related Commands area id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal f...

Page 1008: ... should not distribute routes into the NSSA You should only use this command in a NSSA Area Border Router ABR default information or iginate OPTIONAL Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default no summary OPTIONAL Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduce...

Page 1009: ...on type key message digest key keyid md5 encryption type key dead interval seconds hello interval seconds retransmit interval seconds transmit delay seconds To delete a virtual link use the no area area id virtual link router id command Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series area stub Create a stub area router ospf Enter the ROUTER OSPF mode to configure ...

Page 1010: ...n followed by an alphanumeric string up to 8 characters long Optionally for the encryption type variable enter the number 7 before entering the key string to indicate that an encrypted password will follow Enter the keyword message digest key followed by a number from 1 to 255 as the keyid After the keyid enter the keyword md5 followed by the key The key is an alphanumeric string up to 16 characte...

Page 1011: ...s Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History clear ip ospf statistics c e s Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors ref bw OPTIONAL Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second Range 1 to 4294967 Default 100 megabits per second Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series...

Page 1012: ...umber C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 neighbor...

Page 1013: ... Displays the Autonomous System ID chk Displays the OSPF checksum aut States if OSPF authentication is configured One of the following is listed 0 no authentication configured 1 simple authentication configured using the ip ospf authentication key command 2 MD5 authentication configured using the ip ospf message digest key command auk If the ip ospf authentication key command is configured this fi...

Page 1014: ...annot support TOS hi Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval di Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval dr Displays the IP address of the designated router bdr Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router Table 38 1 Output Descriptions for debug ip ospf process id packet Field Description always OPTIONAL Enter the keyword always to specify that defau...

Page 1015: ...behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Related Commands redistribute Redistribute routes from other routing protocols into OSPF number Enter a number as the metric Range 1 to 16777214 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series redistribute Re...

Page 1016: ...ted decimal format If you enter a router ID you must include the mask for that router address mask OPTIONAL Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or n format access list name OPTIONAL Enter the name of an IP standard access list up to 140 characters Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support for Multi Process OSPF Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 cha...

Page 1017: ...efix list name Enter the name of a configured prefix list interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for Et...

Page 1018: ...e FTOS by default permits the user to input OSPF network command with a net mask This command provides a choice between inverse mask or net mask the default Syntax enable inverse mask To return to the default net mask enter no enable inverse mask Defaults net mask Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History prefix list name Enter the name of a configured prefix list bgp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ...

Page 1019: ... To disable use the no flood 2328 command Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information In OSPF flooding is the most resource consuming task The flooding algorithm described in RFC 2328 requires that OSPF flood LSAs Link State Advertisements on all interfaces as governed by LSA s flooding scope see Section 13 of the RFC When multiple direct links connect two routers...

Page 1020: ...ntax graceful restart helper reject ip address To return to default value enter no graceful restart helper reject Parameters Defaults Not Configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History seconds Time duration in seconds that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process Range 40 to 3000 seconds Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced for S Series Introduced support for Mu...

Page 1021: ... History planned only OPTIONAL Enter the keywords planned only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only unplanned only OPTIONAL Enter the keywords unplanned only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series...

Page 1022: ...tion key encryption type key To delete an authentication key enter no ip ospf authentication key Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information ip ospf cost c e s Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface Syntax ip ospf cost cost T...

Page 1023: ...outer dead Syntax ip ospf dead interval seconds To return to the default values enter no ip ospf dead interval Parameters Defaults 40 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information By default the dead interval is four times the default hello interval Related Commands cost Enter a number as the cost Range 1 to 65535 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduce...

Page 1024: ...n is configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information To change to a different key on the interface enable the new key while the old key is still enabled The FTOS will send two packets the first packet authenticated with the old key and the second packet authenticated with the new key This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted b...

Page 1025: ...o point To return to the default enter no ip ospf network Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Note The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to ...

Page 1026: ...ging to the interface Syntax ip ospf retransmit interval seconds To return to the default values enter no ip ospf retransmit interval Parameters Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions For example the interval should be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links number E...

Page 1027: ...n the network and OSPF traffic destined to other networks is not forwarded on a path through the router Syntax max metric router lsa on startup announce time wait for bgp wait time To remove the maximum metric assignment from an OSPF router and send LSAs with the currently configured cost enter no max metric router lsa on startup announce time wait for bgp wait time seconds Enter the number of sec...

Page 1028: ... path through the router as a transit path to forward traffic to other networks Use the max metric router lsa command to gracefully shut down or reload a router without dropping packets destined for other networks on startup announce time Enter the time in seconds following boot up during which the maximum cost 65535 for transmitting OSPF traffic on router interfaces is announced in LSAs and the r...

Page 1029: ...maximum metric Time remaining 00 07 07 Condition On Startup while BGP is converging for 600 secs State Active SPF schedule delay 5 secs Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs Convergence Level 0 Min LSA origination 5 secs Min LSA arrival 1 secs Number of area in this router is 2 normal 2 stub 0 nssa 0 Area BACKBONE 0 Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 3 times Area ranges are ...

Page 1030: ...ommand Parameters Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface the network area command must include in its range of addresses the primary IP address of an interface Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced to all platforms ip address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format The primary address is required before adding the secondary address m...

Page 1031: ...sive interface interface command is issued while passive interface default is configured This command behavior has changed as follows passive interface interface The previous no passive interface interface is removed from the running configuration default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces current and future passive interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number ...

Page 1032: ...s are removed May update ABR status redistribute c e s Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process Syntax redistribute connected rip static metric metric value metric type type value route map map name tag tag value To disable redistribution use the no redistribute connected isis rip static command Parameters Defaults Not configured connected Enter the keywor...

Page 1033: ...C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series default information originate Generate a default route into the OSPF routing domain as number Enter the autonomous system number Range 1 to 65535 metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric followed by the metric value number Range 0 to16777214 metric type type value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric type followed by one of the followin...

Page 1034: ...ers tag OPTIONAL Enter the name of the IS IS routing process level 1 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 1 to redistribute only IS IS Level 1 routes level 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 1 2 to redistribute both IS IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level 2 to redistribute only IS IS Level 2 routes metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric followed by a ...

Page 1035: ...nd Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf router ospf 100 FTOS conf router_ospf router id 1 1 1 1 Changing router id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency y n FTOS conf router_ospf show config router ospf 100 rou...

Page 1036: ...ess configured on the switch Syntax show ip ospf process id vrf vrf name Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History FTOS conf router ospf 2 FTOS conf router_ospf Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf router_ospf show config router ospf 3 passive interface FastEthernet 0 1 FTOS conf router...

Page 1037: ...F process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID Supports only Displays the number of Type of Service TOS rouse supported SPF schedule Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID Number of Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID FTOS show ip ospf 1 Routing Process ospf 1 with ID 11 1 2 1 Supports only single TOS TOS0 routes It is an au...

Page 1038: ...ag is clear show ip ospf database c e s Display all LSA information If OSPF is not enabled on the switch no output is generated Syntax show ip ospf process id database database summary Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced process id option in support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Int...

Page 1039: ... s complete contents Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router FTOS show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID 11 1 2 1 Process ID 1 Router Area 0 0 0 0 Link ID ADV Router Age Seq Checksum Link count 11 1 2 1 11 1 2 1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 2 13 1 1 1 13 1 1 1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 2 192 68 135 2 192 68 135 2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd 1 Network Area 0 0 0 0 Link ID ADV Router Age S...

Page 1040: ...he LSA ID value depends on the LSA type and it can be one of the following the network s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keywords adv router ip address to display only the LSA information about that router Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support o...

Page 1041: ...ys the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router s ID Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the an LSA s complete contents Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area TOS Displays the Type of Service TOS options Option 0 is the only option Metric Displays the LSA metric show ip ospf database Displays OS...

Page 1042: ...e of Service DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA s originating router FTOS show ip ospf 1 database external OSPF Rou...

Page 1043: ... originating router External Route Tag Displays the 32 bit field attached to each external route This field is not used by the OSPF protocol but can be used for external route management Table 38 5 Command Example Descriptions show ip ospf process id database external Item Description show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information process id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific p...

Page 1044: ...xternal LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA s originating router Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA s complete contents Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Attached...

Page 1045: ...ne of the following the network s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keywords adv router ip address to display only the LSA information about that router Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Se...

Page 1046: ...ty or No TOS capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the adve...

Page 1047: ...ype specific ID the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID Table 38 7 Command Example Descriptions show ip ospf process id database opaque area Item Description show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information process id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process If no Process ID is entered command applies only to the first OSPF process link state id OPTIONAL Specify LSA ID in do...

Page 1048: ...s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keyword adv router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre...

Page 1049: ...r of Links 10 Link connected to a Transit Network Link ID Designated Router address 192 68 129 1 Link Data Router Interface address 192 68 129 1 Number of TOS metric 0 TOS 0 Metric 1 Link connected to a Transit Network Link ID Designated Router address 192 68 130 1 Link Data Router Interface address 192 68 130 1 Number of TOS metric 0 TOS 0 Metric 1 Link connected to a Transit Network Link ID Desi...

Page 1050: ...ate sequence number This number detects duplicate or old LSAs Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA s complete contents Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Number of Links Displays the number of active links to the type of router Area Border Router or AS Boundary Router listed in the previous line Link connected to Identifies the type of network to which the router is connec...

Page 1051: ... Introduced on E Series FTOS show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID 1 1 1 10 Process ID 100 Summary Network Area 0 0 0 0 LS age 1551 Options No TOS capability DC E LS type Summary Network Link State ID 192 68 16 0 Advertising Router 192 168 17 1 LS Seq Number 0x80000054 Checksum 0xb5a2 Length 28 Network Mask 24 TOS 0 Metric 1 LS age 9 Options No TOS capability No DC E LS type Summar...

Page 1052: ...r can support Type of Service DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA s originating router LS Seq Number Identifies the ...

Page 1053: ...information For the null interface enter the keyword null followed by zero 0 For loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the k...

Page 1054: ...ighbor Count This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor FTOS show ip ospf int GigabitEthernet 13 17 is up line protocol is up Internet Address 192 168 1 2 30 Area 0 0 0 1 Process ID 1 Router ID 192 168 253 2 Network Type BROADCAST Cost 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec State DR Priority 1 Designated Router ID 192 16...

Page 1055: ... Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series Table 38 11 Command Example Descriptions show ip ospf process id neighbor Row Heading Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor Dead Time Displays the expected time until FTO...

Page 1056: ...t is not displayed Example Figure 38 18 Command Example show ip ospf process id routes show ip ospf statistics c e s Display OSPF statistics Syntax show ip ospf process id statistics global interface name neighbor router id Parameters Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series and E Series FTOS show ip ospf...

Page 1057: ... ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 neighbor router id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword neighbor followed by the neighbor s router id in dotted decimal format A B C D ...

Page 1058: ... reception for the link state acknowledgement database description and update packets Table 38 13 Error Definitions show ip ospf statistics process id global Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled Non Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router Self Org Receive the self o...

Page 1059: ... in directly connected areas Syntax show ip ospf process id topology Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History FTOS show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface GigabitEthernet 0 8 Hello Timer 9 Wait Timer 0 Grace Timer 0 Error packets Only for RX Intf Down 0 Non Dr 0 Self Org 0 Wrong Len 0 Invld Nbr 0 Nbr State 0 Auth Error 0 MD5 Error 0 Cksum Er...

Page 1060: ... Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information If you are using Multi Process OSPF you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process If you do not enter the Process ID only the first configured process is listed Example Figure 38 22 Command Example show ip ospf process id virtual links Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced...

Page 1061: ...k was created the interface used and the cost assigned to that link Transmit Delay This line displays the transmit delay assigned to the link and the State of the OSPF neighbor Timer intervals This line displays the timer values assigned to the virtual link The timers are Hello is hello interval Dead is dead interval Wait is transmit delay and Retransmit is retransmit interval Hello due This line ...

Page 1062: ...tarts a shortest path first SPF calculation Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default enter no timers spf Parameters Defaults delay 5 seconds holdtime 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage area range Summari...

Page 1063: ...C 2740 The following commands allow you to configure and enable OSPFv3 area authentication area encryption clear ipv6 ospf process debug ipv6 ospf packet default information originate graceful restart grace period graceful restart mode ipv6 ospf area ipv6 ospf authentication ipv6 ospf cost ipv6 ospf dead interval ipv6 ospf encryption ipv6 ospf graceful restart helper reject ipv6 ospf hello interva...

Page 1064: ...a level configuration If you remove an interface configuration an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an OSPFv3 area enter the no area area id authentication spi number command Related Commands area area id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated For area id you can enter a number or an IPv6 pref...

Page 1065: ... area area id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted For area id you can enter a number or an IPv6 prefix ipsec spi number Security Policy index SPI value that identifies an IPsec security policy Range 256 to 4294967295 esp encryption algorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP Valid values are 3DES DES AES CBC and NULL For AES CBC only the AES 128 and AES 192 ciphers are supported key ...

Page 1066: ...pv6 ospf packet interface command Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies process id OPTIONAL Enter the process identification number Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the...

Page 1067: ...cket sent 1 Hello packet 2 database description 3 link state request 4 link state update 5 link state acknowledgement Length Displays the packet length Router ID Displays the OSPF3 router ID Area ID Displays the Area ID Chksum Displays the OSPF3 checksum FTOS debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05 21 01 OSPFv3 Sending Ver 3 Type 1 Hello Len 40 Router ID ...

Page 1068: ... command The grace period is the length of time that OSPFv3 neighbors continue to advertise the restarting router as though it is fully adjacent When graceful restart is enabled restarting role an OSPFv3 restarting expects its OSPFv3 neighbors to help when it restarts by not advertising the broken link When you enable the helper reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful restart helpe...

Page 1069: ...es the active RPM to switch to the backup RPM such as when an active process crashes the active RPM is removed or a power failure happens During an unplanned restart OSPF sends out a Grace LSA when the backup RPM comes online By default both planned and unplanned restarts trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart Selecting one or the other mode restricts OSPFv3 to the single selected mode ipv6 ospf area ...

Page 1070: ...ion on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area enter the no ipv6 ospf authentication null command Related Commands Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface ipsec spi number Security Policy index SPI value that identifies an IPsec security policy Range ...

Page 1071: ...pv6 ospf encryption null command null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface ipsec spi number Security Policy index SPI value that identifies an IPsec security policy Range 256 to 4294967295 esp encryption algorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP Valid values are 3DES DES AES CBC and NULL For AES CBC only the AES 128 and AES 192 ciphers are sup...

Page 1072: ... interval c e Set the time interval since the last hello packet was received from a router After the time interval elapses the neighboring routers declare the router down Syntax ipv6 ospf dead interval seconds To return to the default time interval use the no ipv6 ospf dead interval command Parameters Defaults As above Command Modes INTERFACE area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy fo...

Page 1073: ... it receives a Grace LSA When configured in a helper reject role an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor The graceful restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3 When you enable the helper reject role on an interface you reconfigure an OSPFv3 router to function in a restarting only role ipv6 ospf hello interval c e Specify the time interval be...

Page 1074: ...igible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router Use this command for interfaces connected to multi access networks not point to point networks ipv6 router ospf c e Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration Syntax ipv6 router ospf process id To exit OSPF for IPv6 enter no ipv6 router ospf process id Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION...

Page 1075: ...e specified router interface The specified interface address appears as a stub network in the OSPFv3 for IPv6 domain redistribute c e Redistribute into OSPFv3 Syntax redistribute bgp as number connected static metric metric value metric type type value route map map name tag tag value To disable redistribution use the no redistribute connected static command Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Ser...

Page 1076: ...e routes from physically connected interfaces static Enter the keyword static redistribute manually configured routes metric metric value Enter the keyword metric followed by the metric value Range 0 to 16777214 Default 20 metric type type value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric type followed by the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes The values are 1 Type 1 external route 2 Type 2...

Page 1077: ...d encryption policies Syntax show crypto ipsec policy name name Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies including the SPI number keys and algorithms used Related Commands Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for ...

Page 1078: ...icy refcount 1 Inbound ESP SPI 502 0x1F6 Outbound ESP SPI 502 0x1F6 Inbound ESP Auth Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set esp 3des esp md5 hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data P...

Page 1079: ...nd encryption policies on the router Related Commands interface interface OPTIONAL Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface where interface is one of the following values For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter GigabitEthernet slot port For a Port Channel interface enter port channel number Valid port channel numbers on an E Series TeraScale 1 to 255 For a 10 Gigabi...

Page 1080: ...ttings Transport replay detection support N STATUS ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi 600 0x258 transform esp des esp sha1 hmac in use settings Transport replay detection support N STATUS ACTIVE Table 38 17 show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the in...

Page 1081: ... summary of database LSA information grace lsa OPTIONAL E Series TeraScale only Enter the keywords grace lsa to display the Type 11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router Version 8 4 2 2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type 11 Grace LSAs on E Series TeraScale routers Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 ospf...

Page 1082: ... LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type 7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count Status B...

Page 1083: ...cale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show i...

Page 1084: ...by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID The range is ...

Page 1085: ...t to the rules defined in the redirect list PBR is supported by FTOS on the C Series E Series and S Series platforms Commands Policy based routing includes the following commands description ip redirect group ip redirect list permit redirect seq show cam pbr show ip redirect list PBR can be applied to physical interfaces and logical interfaces such as LAG or VLAN Trace lists and redirect lists do ...

Page 1086: ...ult behavior or values Command Modes INTERFACE conf if vl Command History Usage Information Any number of redirect groups can be applied to an interface A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules These rules includes the next hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected description Enter a description to identify the IP redirect list 80 characters maximum Version 8...

Page 1087: ...redirect list c e s Configure a redirect list and enter the REDIRECT LIST mode Syntax ip redirect list redirect list name To remove a redirect list enter no ip redirect list Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Note Apply redirect list to physical VLAN or LAG interfaces only show cam pbr Display the content of the PBR CAM show ip redirect li...

Page 1088: ...l Protocol udp for User Datagram Protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address destination Enter the IP address of the network or host...

Page 1089: ...nter one of the following keywords as the protocol type icmp for Internet Control Message Protocol ip for Any Internet Protocol tcp for Transmission Control Protocol udp for User Datagram Protocol bit OPTIONAL For TCP protocol type only enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags ack acknowledgement fin finish no more data from the user psh push function rst reset the connection syn sync...

Page 1090: ... sequence to the permit list redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list ip address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router sonet slot port Enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header protocol type Enter one of the following keywords as t...

Page 1091: ...yn synchronize sequence number urg urgent field operator OPTIONAL For TCP and UDP parameters only Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port command parameter Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Ver...

Page 1092: ...by the name of the interface linecard slot number Enter the keyword linecard followed the slot number Range 0 to 13 for the E1200 0 to 6 for the E600 E600i 0 to 5 for the E300 port set number Enter the keyword port set followed the port pipe number Range 0 to 1 summary Enter the keyword summary to view only the total number of CAM entries Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show cam pbr linecard 2 p 0...

Page 1093: ...s Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 39 2 show ip redirect list Command Example redirect list name Enter the name of a configured Redirect list FTOS show ip redirect list test_sonet IP redirect list rcl0 Defined as seq 5 permit ip any host 182 16 2 10 seq 10 redirect 182 16 1 2 ip any any Next hop un reachable ARP un resolved Applied interfaces Gi 9 0 So 8 2 Vl 10 Po 3 FTOS ...

Page 1094: ...1094 Policy based Routing PBR w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1095: ... supported on E Series TeraScale et C Series c and S Series s platforms in FTOS 8 4 2 0 and later For information on the commands required to configure and use PIM Dense Mode PIM DM refer to IPv4 PIM Commands on page 1131 IPv4 PIM Dense Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Dense Mode Commands The IPv4 PIM Dense Mode PIM DM commands are ip pim dense mode ...

Page 1096: ...e chassis Subsequent configurations on other interfaces to enable PIM is only accepted if the mode is the same as the original configuration mode The chassis PIM mode can be changed if PIM configuration from all interfaces are removed prior to applying a new PIM mode configuration Related Commands Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series Te...

Page 1097: ...de Commands IPv6 PIM Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Sparse Mode Commands The IPv4 PIM Sparse Mode PIM SM commands are clear ip pim rp mapping clear ip pim tib clear ip pim snooping tib debug ip pim ip pim bsr border ip pim bsr candidate ip pim dr priority ip pim graceful restart ip pim join filter ip pim ingress interface map ip pim neighbor filter ip pim query interval ip pim register filter ip pi...

Page 1098: ...ertisement Syntax clear ip pim rp mapping rp address Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History clear ip pim tib c e s Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database Syntax clear ip pim tib group Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History rp address OPTIONAL Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format A B C D Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8...

Page 1099: ...ough PIM SM snooping about a specified multicast group Version 8 4 1 1 Introduced on E Series ExaScale show ip pim snooping tib Display TIB information learned through PIM SM snooping bsr OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP BSR activities events OPTIONAL Enter the keyword events to view PIM events group OPTIONAL Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group ...

Page 1100: ...uced on S Series Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series on port channels and S Series interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 1...

Page 1101: ...is feature permits configuration of Non stop Forwarding NFS or graceful restart capability of a PIM router to its neighbors Syntax ipv6 ip pim graceful restart helper only nsf restart time stale entry time Parameters Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 6 1 1 0 Added support for VLAN interface priority value Enter a number Preference is given to larger higher number Range 0 to 4294967294...

Page 1102: ...n filter ext access list in out Remove the access list using the command no ip pim join filter ext access list in out Parameters Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History restart time OPTIONAL Enter the keyword restart time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart Range 30 to 300 seconds Default 180 seconds stale entry time OPTIONAL Enter the keyword s...

Page 1103: ...st PIM Syntax ip pim neighbor filter access list To remove the restriction use the no ip pim neighbor filter access list command Parameters Defaults Defaults Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History FTOS conf ip access list extended iptv channels FTOS config ext nacl permit ip 10 1 2 3 24 225 1 1 0 24 FTOS config ext nacl permit ip any 232 1 1 0 24 FTOS config ext nacl permit ip 100 1 1 0 16 an...

Page 1104: ...gister filter access list To return to the default use the no ip pim register filter access list command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses Do not enter this command before creating the access ...

Page 1105: ... which they are entered RP addresses learned via BSR take priority over static RP addresses Without the override option RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format A B C D group address group address mask Enter the keyword group address followed by a group address mask in dotted decimal format xx to assi...

Page 1106: ...rnet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface ...

Page 1107: ... the global level PIM SM snooping is automatically enabled on all VLANs unless the no ip pim snooping command has been entered on a VLAN If enabled at the VLAN level PIM SM snooping requires that you also enter the no shutdown command to enable the interface PIM SM snooping is supported with IGMP snooping and forwards the IGMP report on the port that connects to the PIM DR It is recommended that y...

Page 1108: ...ined by an access list Syntax ip pim sparse mode sg expiry timer seconds access list name To disable configured timers and return to default mode enter no ip pim sparse mode sg expiry timer Parameters Defaults Disabled The default expiry timer with no times configured is 210 sec Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This command configures an expiration timer for all S G en...

Page 1109: ...c to the PIM designated router DR including unnecessary multicast packets To minimize the traffic sent over the network to the designated router you can disable designated router flooding When designated router flooding is disabled PIM SM snooping only forwards the multicast traffic which belongs to a multicast group for which the switch receives a join request on the port connected towards the de...

Page 1110: ...ries ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series E600 7 rpm0 show ip pim bsr router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router v2 BSR address 7 7 7 7 Uptime 16 59 06 BSR Priority 0 Hash mask length 30 Next bootstrap message in 00 00 08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address 7 7 7 7 priority 0 hash mask length 30 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale...

Page 1111: ...y messages on that interface configured with ip pim query interval command DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface ip pim dr priority command DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Table 41 2 show ip pim neighbor Command Example Fields Fie...

Page 1112: ...Command Example Fields Field Description mapping OPTIONAL Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups to RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt group address OPTIONAL Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series FTOS sh ip pim rp Group RP 2...

Page 1113: ...or PIM SM snooping Valid VLAN IDs 1 to 4094 Version 8 4 1 1 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Table 41 3 show ip pim snooping interface Command Example Fields Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM SM snooping enabled Ver Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM SM snooping enabled v2 PIM version 2 S PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the numbe...

Page 1114: ...n Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM SM snooping Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot port on which the PIM SM enabled neighbor was discovered Uptime expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up followed by the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table that is until the neighbor hold time expire...

Page 1115: ... B C D to display TIB information discovered by PIM SM snooping for a specified multicast source Version 8 4 1 1 Introduced on E Series ExaScale FTOS show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags J P G Join Prune j p S G Join Prune SGR P S G R Prune Timers Uptime Expires Inherited port 225 1 2 1 uptime 00 00 01 expires 00 02 59 RP 165 87 70 1 flags J Incoming interface Vlan 2 RPF nei...

Page 1116: ...e Mode C directly connected L local to the multicast group P route was pruned R the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP F FTOS is registering this entry for a multicast source T packets were received via Shortest Tree Path J first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT K acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwa...

Page 1117: ...M interfaces 3 active PIM neighbors TIB summary 1 1 G entries in PIM TIB MFC 1 1 S G entries in PIM TIB MFC 0 0 S G Rpt entries in PIM TIB MFC 0 PIM nexthops 0 RPs 0 sources 0 Register states Message summary 2582 2583 Joins sent received 5 0 Prunes sent received 0 0 Candidate RP advertisements sent received 0 0 BSR messages sent received 0 0 State Refresh messages sent received 0 0 MSDP updates se...

Page 1118: ...plays the IP address of the RP source for this entry FTOS show ip pim tib PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags D Dense S Sparse C Connected L Local P Pruned R RP bit set F Register flag T SPT bit set J Join SPT M MSDP created entry A Candidate for MSDP Advertisement K Ack Pending State Timers Uptime Expires Interface state Interface next Hop State Mode 226 1 1 1 uptime 01 29 19 expires 00 00 52 RP 10...

Page 1119: ...ved via Shortest Tree Path J first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT K acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding RPF interface towards the RP source RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP source Outgoing interface list Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria...

Page 1120: ...clear ipv6 pim tib e Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast routing database tree information base tib Syntax clear ipv6 pim tib group address Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands debug ipv6 pim e Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging Syntax debug ipv6 pim bsr events group group packet register group state timer assert hello joinprune register T...

Page 1121: ...IPv6 PIM Candidate RP BSR activities events OPTIONAL Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events group group OPTIONAL Enter the keyword group followed by the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group packet OPTIONAL Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets register group OPTIONAL Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address ...

Page 1122: ... number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10 Gigabit...

Page 1123: ...ipv6 pim join filter JOIN FIL_ACL out ipv6 pim query interval e Change the frequency of IPv6 PIM Router Query messages Syntax ipv6 pim query interval seconds To return to the default value enter no ipv6 pim query interval seconds command Parameters Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History ipv6 pim neighbor filter e Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighbori...

Page 1124: ...sed by first hop routers to send Register packets on behalf of the source multicast host Syntax ipv6 pim rp address address group address group address mask override To remove an RP address use the no ipv6 pim re address address group address mask override Parameters Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced access list Enter the name of the extended ACL that contains the sources and groups to be filtered Versio...

Page 1125: ...duced interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to...

Page 1126: ...nterface ipv6 pim spt threshold e Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree Syntax ipv6 pim spt threshold kbps infinity To return to the default value enter no ipv6 pim spt threshold Parameters Defaults 10 kbps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information PIM leaf routers join the shortest path tree immediately after the first packet arrives from a new so...

Page 1127: ... pim neighbor e DisplaysIPv6 PIM neighbor information Syntax show ipv6 pim neighbor detail Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 pim bsr router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router v2 BSR address 14 2 Uptime 00 02 54 BSR Priority 0 Hash mask length 126 Next bootstrap message in 00 00 06 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address 14 2 priority 0 hash mask le...

Page 1128: ...to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 pim neighbor detail Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires Ver DR Address Prio Mode fe80 201 e8ff fe00 6265 Gi 10 3 00 07 39 00 01 42 v2 1 S 165 87 50 6 FTOS mapping OPTIONAL Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups to RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt group address OPTIONAL Enter the ...

Page 1129: ...elds of zero Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show ipv6 pim tib PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags D Dense S Sparse C Connected L Local P Pruned R RP bit set F Register flag T SPT bit set J Join SPT M MSDP created entry A Candidate for MSDP Advertisement K Ack Pending State Timers Uptime Expires Interface state Interface next Hop State Mode 25 1 ff0e 225 1 2 1 uptime 00 09 53 expires 00 00 00 flags ...

Page 1130: ...1130 PIM Sparse Mode PIM SM w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1131: ...ns the following sections IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM Source Specific Mode Commands IPv6 PIM Commands IPv6 PIM Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM SM PIM SSM and PIM DM clear ip pim tib debug ip pim ip pim dr priority ip pim graceful restart ip pim neighbor filter ip pim query interval show ip pim interface show ip pim neighbor show ip pim tib IP...

Page 1132: ...ractices are to configure the standard ACL and then apply the ACL to the SSM range Once the SSM range is applied the changes are applied internally without requiring clearing of the TIB When ACL rules change the ACL and PIM modules apply the new rules automatically When SSM range is configured FTOS supports SSM for configured group range as well as default SSM range When the SSM ACL is removed PIM...

Page 1133: ...n access list Syntax ipv6 pim ssm range access_list_name Parameters Defaults Default SSM range is 232 8 and ff3x 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Once the SSM range is applied the changes are applied internally without requiring clearing of the TIB SSM ACL overrides the default range To use the default range while SSM range is active add the default range to the SSM...

Page 1134: ...lay the non default groups added using the SSM range feature Syntax show ipv6 pim ssm range Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 42 1 show ipv6 pim ssm range Command Example Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS conf ipv6 pim ssm range SSM_ACL FTOS conf ipv6 access list SSM_ACL FTOS conf ipv6 acl permit ipv6 any ff0e 225 1 2 0 112 FTOS conf ipv6 acl FTOS conf ipv6 acl do show...

Page 1135: ...ng PoE ports An external DC power supply operates by default in backup mode However if the power supply is the 470W Redundant Power Supply catalog S50 01 PSU V from Dell Force10 and it is attached to the Current Sharing terminal you can use this command to convert its use to load sharing mode to support additional PoE devices Other external DC power supplies are not supported for PoE Syntax no pow...

Page 1136: ...inline priority command FTOS treats powered devices rated as Class 0 3 or 4 the same Related Commands power inline priority c s Set the PoE priority of the selected port Syntax no power inline priority critical high low Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series auto Enter the keyword auto to allow the port to determine how much power the connected Class 0 1 2 3 or 4 device requires and supply it up t...

Page 1137: ... priority than 1 10 which has a higher priority than 2 1 As the slot port number increases the value of PoE_off_priority for the port increases and hence a lower priority Basically priority is assigned in this order 1 static auto settings using the power inline command 2 user set priorities using this command 3 LLDP MED TLV only if user priority is not configured see Link Layer Detection Protocol ...

Page 1138: ...ber unit ID Catalog Name C Series only Displays the component s Dell Force10 catalog number Slot ID C Series only Displays the slot number in which the line card or RPM is installed Total Power Available The total power available in the stack member or chassis Note On the S Series a maximum of 790W can be allocated for PoE even if you add the 470W external power supply Logic Power Consumed The pow...

Page 1139: ... mode can be either auto or static See power budget Inline Power Allocated Displays the amount of power allocated to the port Inline Power Consumed Displays the amount of power that is consumed by the connected device Class Displays the power classification of the connected device Valid classes are 0 4 User Priority Displays the power configured by the user for the port default is low See power in...

Page 1140: ...he current being supplied to the PSU is greater than the recommended maximum input current Power Off The PSU is present but not on Table 43 4 Power Supply Conditions AC Fail The PSU is unplugged Active The PSU is supplying power to the chassis Fail The PSU has failed Not Present The PSU is not installed in the chassis Over Current Shutdown The PSU has turned off due to an high input current condit...

Page 1141: ...dicated L2 VLAN to multiple destination ports on different switches The commands in this chapter are generally supported on the C Series E Series and S Series with one exception as noted in the Command History fields and by these symbols under the command headings c e s Commands description flow based enable mode remote port mirroring monitor session show config show monitor session show running c...

Page 1142: ... supports multiple source ports to be monitored by a single destination port in one monitor session On the S Series one monitor session can have only one MG port There is no restriction on the number of source ports or destination ports on the chassis Remote Port Mirroring is supported only on the E Series ExaScale platform description c e s Enter a description of this monitoring session Syntax de...

Page 1143: ...itoring is not applied Command Modes MONITOR SESSION conf mon sess session ID Command History Usage Information To monitoring traffic with particular flows ingressing egressing the interface appropriate ACLs can be applied in both ingress and egress direction Related Commands Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series monitor session Create a monitoring ...

Page 1144: ...ader Untagged source packets are tagged with the reserved VLAN ID There is no restriction on the VLAN IDs used for the reserved remote monitoring VLAN Valid VLAN IDs are 1 to 4094 The default VLAN ID is not supported The reserved VLAN for remote port mirroring can be automatically configured in intermediate switches by using GVRP MAC address learning in the reserved VLAN is automatically disabled ...

Page 1145: ...In remote port mirroring sessions Up to 4 source sessions are supported on a switch Up to 128 ports are supported in a source session including all ports in source port channels and source VLANs Up to 64 destination sessions are supported on a switch Up to 64 ports are supported in a destination session Related Commands session ID Enter a session identification number Range 0 to 65535 Version 8 4 ...

Page 1146: ... behavior Command Modes MONITOR SESSION conf mon sess session ID Command History Example Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf mon sess 11 show config monitor session 11 source GigabitEthernet 10 0 destination GigabitEthernet 10 47 direction rx FTOS ...

Page 1147: ...y Example Figure 44 3 Commands Example show monitor session Related Commands session ID OPTIONAL Enter a session identification number Range 0 to 65535 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show monitor session 11 SessionID Source Destination Direction Mode Type 11 Gi...

Page 1148: ...n mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload Related Commands session ID OPTIONAL Enter a session identification number Range 0 to 65535 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series FTOS show running config monitor session monitor session 8 source GigabitEthernet 10 46...

Page 1149: ...nformation For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information destination Enter the keyword destination to indicate the interface destination direction rx tx both Enter the keyword direction followed by one of the packet directional indicators rx to monito...

Page 1150: ...rst_port last_port port channel first_number last_number A space is required before and after the dash For example source range gigabitethernet 1 2 4 Or source range port channel 1 12 range mixed interface list Specifies single interfaces and interface ranges in any order range single interface interface range single interface For example source range port channel 2 gigabitethernet 3 4 5 range vla...

Page 1151: ...d traffic as a source VLAN A destination port for remote port mirroring cannot be used as a source port including the session in which the port functions as the destination port A source port channel or source VLAN which has a member port that is configured as a destination port cannot be used as a source port channel or source VLAN You can use ACLs on a source port In a flow based source session ...

Page 1152: ...face Specifies one of the following interface types 1 Gigabit Ethernet Enter gigabitethernet slot port 10 Gigabit Ethernet Enter tengigabitethernet slot port range interface list Specifies multiple interfaces separated by a comma and space single interface single interface single interface For example source remote vlan 4 destination range gig 1 2 tengig 3 4 range interface range Specifies one of ...

Page 1153: ...e remote vlan remote port mirroring command To change the reserved VLAN used in the destination session you must first remove all destination ports Then delete the current VLAN by entering the no monitor session source remote vlan remote port mirroring command and re enter the monitor session source remote vlan remote port mirroring command to configure the new VLAN ID tagged destination e x Confi...

Page 1154: ... History Usage Information To configure destination ports in a remote port mirroring session as tagged ports enter the tagged destination command Related Commands Version 8 4 1 2 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale untagged destination Configure destination ports to remove the reserved VLAN tag from mirrored traffic single interface Specifies one of the following interface types 1 Gigabit Ethernet...

Page 1155: ...Layer 2 Private VLANs extend the FTOS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair The FTOS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069 Private VLAN Concepts Primary VLAN The primary VLAN is the base VLAN and can have multiple secondary VLANs...

Page 1156: ...scuous port A promiscuous port is by definition a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type Trunk port A trunk port by definition carries VLAN traffic across switches A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged Primary or secondary VLAN traffic is carried by the trunk port in tagged mode The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs A trunk port can also...

Page 1157: ...a VLAN as a primary VLAN use the private vlan mapping secondary vlan command to map secondary VLANs to this VLAN Related Commands Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series private vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to community isolated or primary private vlan mapping secondary vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN show arp Display the ARP table show interfaces p...

Page 1158: ...s private vlan interface interface Parameters Defaults none show vlan private vlan mapping Display primary secondary VLAN mapping switchport mode private vlan Set the PVLAN mode of the selected port vlan list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN as described above The list can be in comma delimited or hyphenated range format following the convention for ran...

Page 1159: ...e and associated slot and port number Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface PVLAN Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides Interface Type Displays the PVLAN port type of the designated interface Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down FTOS show interfaces private vlan Interface Vlan PVLAN Type Interface Type Status Gi 2 1 10 P...

Page 1160: ...nfigured as isolated VLANs along with their interfaces primary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword primary to display VLANs configured as primary VLANs along with their interfaces primary_vlan OPTIONAL Enter a private VLAN ID or secondary VLAN ID to display interface details about the designated PVLAN interface interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interface and an interface ID to display the PVLAN configur...

Page 1161: ... Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN FTOS show vlan private vlan community Primary Secondary Type Active Ports 10 primary Yes Gi 2 1 3 101 community Yes Gi 2 7 10 20 primary Yes Po 10 12 13 Gi 3 1 201 community No 202 community Yes Gi 3 11 12 FTOS show vla...

Page 1162: ...remove the PVLAN mode from the selected port use the no switchport mode private vlan command Parameters show vlan private vlan mapping Display primary secondary VLAN mapping switchport mode private vlan Set the PVLAN mode of the selected port Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series FTOS show vlan private vlan mapping Private Vlan Primary 100 Isolated 102 Community 101 Unknown 200 priva...

Page 1163: ...eries and S Series FTOS conf FTOS conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 1 FTOS conf if gi 2 1 switchport mode private vlan promiscuous FTOS conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 2 FTOS conf if gi 2 2 switchport mode private vlan host FTOS conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 3 FTOS conf if gi 2 3 switchport mode private vlan trunk FTOS conf interface port channel 10 FTOS conf if gi 2 3 switchport mode private v...

Page 1164: ...1164 Private VLAN PVLAN w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1165: ...on all Dell Force10 systems as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading C Series c E Series e S Series s Commands The FTOS PVST commands are disable description extend system id protocol spanning tree pvst show spanning tree pvst spanning tree pvst spanning tree pvst err disable tc flush standard vlan bridge priority vlan forward delay vlan hello time vlan max age disable...

Page 1166: ...the no description description command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes SPANNING TREE PVST The prompt is config pvst Command History Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series protocol spanning tree pvst Enter PVST mode description Enter a description to identify th...

Page 1167: ...e Protocol Root ID Priority 32773 Address 0001 e832 73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 priority 32768 sys id ext 5 Address 0001 e832 73f7 We are the root of Vlan 5 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID Gi 0 10 128 140 128 200000 FWD 0 32773 0001 e832 73f7 128 140 Gi 0 ...

Page 1168: ...mand Usage Information Once PVST is enabled the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced FTOS conf FTOS conf protocol spanning tree pvst FTOS conf pvst no disable FTOS conf pvst vlan 2 bridge priority 4096 FTOS conf pvst vlan 3 bridge priority 16384 FTOS co...

Page 1169: ...wed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information guard OPTIONAL Enter the keyword guard to display the ...

Page 1170: ... of topology changes 3 last change occurred 00 57 00 Port 130 GigabitEthernet 1 0 is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000 Port priority 128 Port Identifier 128 130 Designated root has priority 4096 address 0001 e805 e3 06 Designated bridge has priority 4096 address 0001 e805 e3 06 Designated port id is 128 130 designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1567 ...

Page 1171: ...t vlan 2 interface gigabitethernet 1 0 GigabitEthernet 1 0 of VLAN 2 is PVID_INC discarding Edge port no default port guard none default Link type point to point auto bpdu filter disable default Bpdu guard disable default Bpdus sent 1 received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID Gi 1 0 128 1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001 e800 a12b 128 1223 Port VLAN ID PVID Incon...

Page 1172: ...ble an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled err disable Enter the keyword err disable to enable the port to be put into error disable state EDS if an error condition occurs vlan vlan range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number s Range 1 to 4094 cost number Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value Range 1 to 200000 Defaults 100 Mb s Ethernet interfac...

Page 1173: ...oop guard are both configured If a BPDU is received from a remote device BPDU guard places the port in an err disabled blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port If no BPDU is received from a remote device loop guard places the port in a loop inconsistent blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port Example Figure 46 7 spanning tree pvst vlan Command Example Related Commands ...

Page 1174: ...network not converging To prevent FTOS from executing this action use the command no spanning tree pvst err disable cause invalid pvst bpdu Related Commands tc flush standard c e s Enable the MAC address flushing upon receiving every topology change notification Syntax tc flush standard To disable use the no tc flush standard command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Us...

Page 1175: ...lan followed by the VLAN number s Range 1 to 4094 bridge priority value Enter the keyword bridge priority followed by the bridge priority value in increments of 4096 Range 0 to 61440 Default 32768 Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced vlan forward delay Change the time interval before FTOS transitions to the forwarding stat...

Page 1176: ...ory Related Commands vlan vlan range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number s Range 1 to 4094 forward delay seconds Enter the keyword forward delay followed by the time interval in seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning PVST to the forwarding state Range 4 to 30 seconds Default 15 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Versio...

Page 1177: ...d vlan followed by the VLAN number s Range 1 to 4094 hello time seconds Enter the keyword hello time followed by the time interval in seconds between transmission of BPDUs Range 1 to 10 seconds Default 2 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced vlan bridge priority Set the bridge priority value vlan forward delay Chang...

Page 1178: ...an range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number s Range 1 to 4094 max age seconds Enter the keyword max age followed by the time interval in seconds that FTOS waits before refreshing configuration information Range 6 to 40 seconds Default 20 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced vlan bridge priority Set ...

Page 1179: ...licing and shaping FTOS does not include the Preamble SFD or the IFG fields These fields are overhead only the fields from MAC Destination Address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations You can optionally include overhead fields in rate metering calculations by enabling QoS Rate Adjustment Syntax qos rate adjustment overhead bytes Parameters Default...

Page 1180: ...gn a value to the IEEE 802 1p bits on the traffic received by this interface Syntax dot1p priority priority value To delete the IEEE 802 1p configuration on the interface enter no dot1p priority Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes INTERFACE Command History priority value Enter a value from 0 to 7 dot1p Queue Number 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 For the C Series and S ...

Page 1181: ...rface For each physical interface you can configure six rate limit commands specifying different VLANS kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second Kbps On the E Series Dell Force10 recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps Range 0 to 10000000 committed rate E...

Page 1182: ...per second Kbps On C Series and S Series make the following value a multiple of 64 On the E Series Dell Force10 recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps Range 0 to 10000000 committed rate Enter a number as the bandwidth in Mbps Range 0 to 10000 burst KB OPTIONAL Enter a number as the bu...

Page 1183: ...n to the other interfaces and re apply the rate limit configuration Related Commands rate shape c e s Shape the traffic output on the selected interface Syntax rate shape kbps rate burst KB Parameters Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless the kbps option is used Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information On 40 port 10G line cards if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000kb...

Page 1184: ...terface By default this facility is not enabled that is the 802 1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored This command can be applied on both physical interfaces and port channels When you set the service class dynamic for a port channel the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are automatically configured you cannot assign the service class dynamic command to individual interfac...

Page 1185: ...ON mode The command is applied in the same way as the bandwidth weight command in an output QoS policy The bandwidth weight command in QOS POLICY OUT mode supersedes the service class bandwidth weight command show interfaces rate e Display information of either rate limiting or rate policing on the interface Syntax show interfaces interface rate limit police Parameters number Enter the bandwidth w...

Page 1186: ...ffic monitor 3 Traffic coming to class 3 Traffic monitor 4 Traffic coming to class 4 Traffic monitor 5 Traffic coming to class 5 Traffic monitor 6 Traffic coming to class 6 Traffic monitor 7 Traffic coming to class 7 Total yellow Total number of packets that have exceeded the configured committed rate Total red Total number of packets that have exceeded the configured peak rate FTOS show interface...

Page 1187: ...ic coming to class 4 Traffic monitor 5 Traffic coming to class 5 Traffic monitor 6 Traffic coming to class 6 Traffic monitor 7 Traffic coming to class 7 Total yellow Total number of packets that have exceeded the configured committed rate Total red Total number of packets that have exceeded the configured peak rate FTOS show interfaces gigabitEthernet 1 2 rate police Rate police 300 50 peak 800 50...

Page 1188: ...t traffic into one of eight classes in E Series and one of four classes in C Series and S Series FTOS enables you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria Policy based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces such as port channels VLANS or loopbacks The commands are bandwidth percentage bandwidth weight class map clear qos statistics description match ip access group matc...

Page 1189: ... behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf qos policy out Command History Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1 A bandwidth percentage of 0 is allowed and will disable the scheduling of that class If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100 the bandwidth percentage will automatically scale down to 100 Related Commands bandwidth weight ...

Page 1190: ...mode where the configuration commands include match ip and match mac options weight Enter the weight assignment to queue Range 1 to 1024 in increments of powers of 2 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 or 1024 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series qos policy output Create a QoS output policy match all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria ...

Page 1191: ...te and packet counters only Related Commands ip access list extended Configure an extended IP ACL ip access list standard Configure a standard IP ACL match ip access group Configure the match criteria based on the access control list ACL match ip precedence Identify IP precedence values as match criteria match ip dscp Configure the match criteria based on the DSCP value match mac access group Conf...

Page 1192: ...a description to the selected policy map or QOS policy Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION policy map input and policy map output conf qos policy in and conf qos policy out wred Command History access group name Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as ...

Page 1193: ... map policy map output Create an output policy map qos policy input Create an input QOS policy on the router qos policy output Create an output QOS policy on the router wred profile Create a WRED profile dscp list Enter the IP DSCP value s that is to be the match criteria Separate values by commas no spaces 1 2 3 or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen 1 3 Range 0 to 63 multicast OPTION...

Page 1194: ...ither the command match ip precedence 0 3 or match ip precedence 0 1 2 3 Related Commands class map Identify the class map ip precedence list Enter the IP precedence value s as the match criteria Separate values by commas no spaces 1 2 3 or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen 1 3 Range 0 to 7 multicast OPTIONAL Enter the keyword multicast to match against multicast traffic Note This op...

Page 1195: ...ac dot1p dot1p list Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes CLASS MAP Command History Usage Information You must enter the class map command in order to access this command Once the class map is identified you can configure the match criteria Related Commands mac acl name Enter a MAC ACL name Its contents will be used as the match criteria in the class map Version 8 2 1 0 A...

Page 1196: ...ly Enter two or more VLAN IDs separated by a comma vlan id vlan id vlan id For example match mac vlan 2 4 6 There is no space between VLAN IDs and the comma vlan range S25 and S50 only Enter a range VLAN IDs separated by a dash vlan id vlan id For example match mac vlan 3 5 There is no space between VLAN IDs and the comma mixed vlan list S25 and S50 only Enter single VLAN IDs and VLAN ranges in an...

Page 1197: ...h per queue input output QoS policies 1 If only an aggregate input QoS policy exists input traffic conditioning configurations rate police will apply Any marking configurations in the aggregate input QoS policy will be ignored 2 If an aggregate input QoS policy and a per class input QoS policy co exist then the aggregate input QoS policy will preempt the per class input QoS policy on input traffic...

Page 1198: ...olicy map in Related Commands policy map output c e s Create an output policy map Syntax policy map output policy map name To remove a policy map use the no policy map output policy map name command policy map input Create an input policy map policy map output Create an output policy map E Series Only policy map name Enter the name for the policy map in character format 32 characters maximum layer...

Page 1199: ...is command enables the qos policy input configuration mode conf qos policy in policy map name Enter the name for the policy map in character format 16 characters maximum Version 8 2 1 0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series service queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues...

Page 1200: ...policy map all QoS rules are deleted and re added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained As a result the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset Related Commands queue backplane ignore backpressure e Reduce egress pressure by ignoring the ingress backpressure Syntax queue backplane ignore backpressure To return to the default use the no qu...

Page 1201: ...d only on a per port pipe basis The minimum percentage of the multicast bandwidth assigned to any of the ports in the port pipe will take effect for the entire port pipe If the percentage of multicast bandwidth is 0 control traffic going through multicast queues are dropped Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on E Series linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number E Ser...

Page 1202: ...ingress multicast linecard slot number port set number all wred profile name command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue but rather identifies only a set of queues The WRED Curve is applied to all eight ingress Multicast queues show queue statistics egress Display the egress ...

Page 1203: ...econd Kbps On the E Series Dell Force10 recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps Range 0 to 10000000 committed rate Enter the committed rate in Mbps Range 0 to 10000 Mbps burst KB OPTIONAL Enter the burst size in KB Range 16 to 200000 KB Default 50 KB peak peak rate OPTIONAL Enter the k...

Page 1204: ...sing a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps Range 0 to 10000000 committed rate Enter the committed rate in Mbps Range 0 to 10000 Mbps burst KB OPTIONAL Enter the burst size in KB Range 16 to 200000 KB Default 50 KB peak peak rate OPTIONAL Enter the keyword peak followed by the peak rate in Mbps Range ...

Page 1205: ...mand Parameters Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps Range 10 to 10000 burst KB OPTIONAL Enter a number as the burst size in KB Range 0 to 10000 Default 10 Version 8 2 1 0 Added kbps option on C Series E Series and Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introdu...

Page 1206: ...Commands service queue c e s Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues Syntax service queue queue id class map class map name qos policy qos policy name To remove the queue assignment use the no service queue queue id class map class map name qos policy qos policy name command Note The service policy commands are not allowed on a port channel The service policy input policy map name co...

Page 1207: ...he class map name assigned to the queue in character format 16 character maximum Note This option is available under policy map input only qos policy qos policy name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword qos policy followed by the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format 16 characters maximum This specifies the input QoS policy assigned to the queue under policy map input and output QoS policy un...

Page 1208: ...sion 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number E Series Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on a E300 port set number Enter the keyword port set followed by the line card s port pipe Range 0 or 1 interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by one of the keywords below and slot port or number i...

Page 1209: ... 0 0 00 00 00 00 cc cc 00 00 00 00 ff ff 00 00 00 00 dd dd 00 00 00 00 ff ff 7 01818 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 c0 00 00 00 00 00 f0 00 00 00 00 00 d0 00 00 00 00 00 f0 45 5 01819 0 4 0 00 00 00 a0 00 00 00 00 00 ff 00 00 00 00 00 b0 00 00 00 00 00 ff 00 00 4 4 01820 0 0x2000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 b0 ff ff ff ff ff ff 1 02047 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00...

Page 1210: ...troduced on E Series FTOS sh cam layer3 qos interface gigabitethernet 2 1 Cam Port Dscp Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp DSCP Queue Index Flag Port Port Marking 23488 1 0 0 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TRUST DSCP FTOS FTOS show cam layer3 qos linecard 13 port set 0 Cam Port Dscp Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp DSCP Queue Index Flag Port Port Marking 24511 1 0 TCP 0x5 2 5 1 0 0 1 24 2 0 0 2 24 TRUST DSCP...

Page 1211: ...EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 47 9 show qos class map Command Output Related Commands class name Optional Enter the name of a configured class map Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show qos class map Class map match any CM Match ip access group ACL class map Identify the class map ...

Page 1212: ...nterface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information detail interface To view a policy map interface in detail enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword Gi...

Page 1213: ...bitethernet 0 0 Interface GigabitEthernet 8 29 Policy map input pmap1 Trust ipv6 diffserv Queue Class map name Qos policy name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 FTOS FTOS show qos policy map summary Interface policy map input policy map output Gi 4 1 PM1 Gi 4 2 PM2 PMOut FTOS policy map name Enter the policy map name class class map name Enter the keyword class followed ...

Page 1214: ...FTOS show qos policy map input Policy map input PolicyMapInput Aggregate Qos policy name AggPolicyIn Queue Class map name Qos policy name 0 ClassMap1 qosPolicyInput FTOS FTOS show qos policy map input Policy map input pmap1 Trust ipv6 diffserv Queue Class map name Qos policy name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 FTOS policy map name Enter the policy map name qos policy ...

Page 1215: ...fault behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 47 17 show qos qos policy output Command Output qos policy name Enter the QoS policy name Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show qos qos policy input Qos policy input QosInput Rate police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 FTO...

Page 1216: ...a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information On the C Series and E Series For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the...

Page 1217: ...cremented in this field FTOS show qos statistics Interface Gi 0 0 Queue Queued Bytes Matched Pkts Matched Bytes 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 Interface Gi 0 1 Queue Queued Bytes Matched Pkts Matched Bytes 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 Table 47 5 show qos statistics Command Example Fields EF Series Field Description Queue Queue Num...

Page 1218: ...tatistics wred profile Command Example Fields ED EE and EF Series Field Description Queue Queue Number Drop statistic Drop statistics for green yellow and out of profile packets WRED name WRED profile name Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green yellow and out of profile FTOS show qos statistics wred profile Interface Gi 5 11 Queue Drop statistic WRED name Dropped Pkts 0 Green WRED1 5...

Page 1219: ...XEC Command History wred profile name Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show qos wred profile Wred profile name min threshold max threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2048 wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 WRED1 2000 7000 policy map Enter the policy map name linecard number OPTIONAL Enter the key...

Page 1220: ...6 rules are not allowed and hence the output contains only L2ACL CAM partition entries Table 47 7 test cam usage Command Example Fields Field Description Linecard Indicates the line card slot number Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space in the partition for the classification rules Note The CAM entrie...

Page 1221: ...vert to their original default values Table 47 8 Pre defined WRED Profile Threshold Values Related Commands trust c e s Specify dynamic classification DSCP or dot1p to trust Syntax trust diffserv fallback dot1p fallback ipv6 diffserv Parameters min number Enter the keyword min followed by the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile Range 1024 to 77824 KB max number Enter the keyword max foll...

Page 1222: ...on in case no match occurs against the configured class maps ipv6 diffserv On E Series only enter the keyword ipv6 diffserv to specify trust configuration of IPv6 DSCP Version 8 3 1 0 fallback available on the E Series Version 8 2 1 0 dot1p available on the C Series and S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Expanded to add support fo...

Page 1223: ...hreshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values Command Modes CONFIGURATION yellow green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic DSCP value of xxx110 and xxx100 maps to yellow Enter the keyword green for green traffic DSCP value of xxx010 maps to green profile name Enter your WRED profile name in character format 16 character maximum Or use one of the 5 pre defined WRED profile names Pre defi...

Page 1224: ...ear queue statistics egress unicast multicast Interface Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on E Series threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values of the WRED profile unicast multicast OPTIONAL Enter the keyword multicast to clear only Multicast queue statistics Enter the keyword unicast ...

Page 1225: ...gress Clear ingress queue statistics show queue statistics egress Display egress queue statistics show queue statistics ingress Display ingress queue statistics unicast src card ID dst card ID OPTIONAL Enter the keyword unicast to clear Unicast queue statistics Optionally enter the source card identification src card ID and the destination card identification dst card ID to clear the unicast stati...

Page 1226: ... statistics For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information Fast Ethernet is not supported brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display only ...

Page 1227: ...itethernet 9 1 Interface Gi 9 1 Egress Queued Queued Packet Type Min Max Dropped Port bytes packets KB KB packets Queue 0 281513847K 31959000 Green 2048 4096 0 Yellow 1024 2048 0 Out of Profile 30385770 1 99281660K 11271000 Green 2048 4096 0 Yellow 1024 2048 0 Out of Profile 9886100 2 99281660K 11271000 Green 2048 4096 0 Yellow 1024 2048 0 Out of Profile 9784600 3 38984440000 4322000 Green 2048 40...

Page 1228: ...ets dropped for green yellow and out of profile FTOS sho queue statistics egress multicast Linecard 3 port pipe 0 multicast Packet Type Min Max Dropped KB KB packets Green 8192 16384 0 Yellow 4096 8192 0 Out of Profile 0 Linecard 3 port pipe 1 multicast Packet Type Min Max Dropped KB KB packets Green 8192 16384 0 Yellow 4096 8192 0 Out of Profile 0 Linecard 7 port pipe 0 multicast Packet Type Min ...

Page 1229: ...Port Queue Where M is Multicast queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green yellow and out of profile FTOS show queue statistics egress brief LC Portpipe Port Dropped PortPipe packets 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 M 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 4 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 6 0 0 1 7 0 0 1 8 0 0 1 9 0 0 1 10 0 0 1 11...

Page 1230: ...n card Identification Range 0 to 13 or RPM multicast src card ID OPTIONAL Enter the keyword multicast to display only Multicast queue statistics Optionally enter the source card identification src card ID to display the multicast statistics from the source card Default Both Unicast and Multicast queue statistics are displayed brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display only ingress per link ...

Page 1231: ...t of Profile 0 7 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 Linecard 7 port pipe 0 to linecard 3 port pipe 1 unicast SF Packet Type Min Max Dropped Ingress KB KB packets Queue 0 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 1 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 2 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 3 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of...

Page 1232: ... statistics Command Fields Field Description SF Ingress Queue Switch Fabric Queue Number Packet type Green yellow and out of profile packets Min KB Minimum threshold for WRED queue Max KB Maximum threshold for WRED queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green yellow and out of profile ...

Page 1233: ...0 Out of Profile 0 2 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 3 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 4 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 5 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 6 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 7 Green 4096 4096 0 Yellow 3276 3276 0 Out of Profile 0 Linecard 7 port pipe 1 multicast SF Packet Ty...

Page 1234: ...S show queue statistics ingress src card 0 brief Source Linecard 0 Dest LC Src Dest Dropped Port set Port set packets 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 100 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 100 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 100 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 100 2 0 0 0 2 0 1 100 2 1 0 0 2 1 1 100 3 0 0 0 3 0 1 100 3 1 0 0 3 1 1 100 4 0 0 0 4 0 1 100 4 1 0 0 4 1 1 100 5 0 0 0 5 0 1 100 5 1 0 0 5 1 1 100 6 0 0 0 6 0 1 100 6 1 0 0 6 1 1 100 RPM 0 0 RPM 1 100 Multicast 0 ...

Page 1235: ...53 and RFC 1058 For more information on configuring RIP refer to FTOS Configuration Guide Commands The following commands enable you to configure RIP auto summary clear ip rip debug ip rip default information originate default metric description distance distribute list in distribute list out ip poison reverse ip rip receive version ip rip send version ip split horizon maximum paths neighbor netwo...

Page 1236: ... sub prefix routing information enter no auto summary Default Enabled Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History clear ip rip c e s Update all the RIP routes in the FTOS routing table Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables debug ip rip c e s Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting Ver...

Page 1237: ... Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 Note This option is available only on E Series when entered as a standalone option It is available on both C Series and E Series as a sub option database OPTIONAL Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a c...

Page 1238: ... Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value Related Commands description c e s Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1...

Page 1239: ...delete the filter use the no distribute list prefix list name in command Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre 7 7 1 0 Introduced on E Series router rip Enter ROUTER mode on the switch weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight for prioritization The default is 120 ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D of the h...

Page 1240: ...0 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series ip prefix list Enter the PREFIX LIST mode and configure a prefix list prefix list name Enter the name of ...

Page 1241: ...t enter no ip rip receive version Parameters Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 isis OPTIONAL Enter the keyword isis to filter only IS IS routes Note This option is only available on E Series ospf OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes static OPTIONAL Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series...

Page 1242: ... Enable split horizon for RIP data on the interface As described in RFC 2453 the split horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface Syntax ip split horizon To disable split horizon enter no ip split horizon Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series ip rip send v...

Page 1243: ...e RIP information Syntax neighbor ip address To delete a neighbor setting use the no neighbor ip address command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series ip poison reverse Set the prefix for RIP routing updates number Enter the number of paths Range 1 to 16 Th...

Page 1244: ...able an unlimited number of RIP networks RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address specified by the network command offset list c e s Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned via RIP Syntax offset list prefix list name in out offset interface To delete an offset list use the no offset list prefix list name in out offset interface command Parameters V...

Page 1245: ...t or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot ...

Page 1246: ...stribute connected static To disable redistribution use the no redistribute connected static command interface Enter the following information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherSca...

Page 1247: ...tes on interfaces is redistributed static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series default information originate Generate a default route for RIP traffic tag OPTIONAL Enter the name of the IS IS routing process level 1 OPTIONAL Ent...

Page 1248: ...bled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History process id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed Range 1 to 65355 match external 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match external followed by the numbers 1 or 2 to indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed match internal OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that...

Page 1249: ...ss mask Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History FTOS conf router rip FTOS conf router_rip network Enable RIP exit Return to the CONFIGURATION mode Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf router_rip show config router rip network 172 31 0 0 passive interface GigabitEthernet 0 1 FTOS conf route...

Page 1250: ... the sources advertising those routes FTOS show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database 1624 204 250 54 0 24 50 1 via 192 14 1 3 00 00 12 GigabitEthernet 9 15 204 250 54 0 24 auto summary 203 250 49 0 24 50 1 via 192 13 1 3 00 00 12 GigabitEthernet 9 14 203 250 49 0 24 auto summary 210 250 40 0 24 50 2 via 1 1 18 2 00 00 14 Vlan 18 50 2 via 1 1 130 2 00 00 12 Port channel 30 210 250...

Page 1251: ... 0 to 4294967295 Default 30 seconds invalid Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval before routing updates are declared invalid or expired The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value Range zero 0 to 4294967295 Default 180 seconds holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sen...

Page 1252: ...ds RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series ip rip receive version Set the RIP version to be received on the interface ip rip send ve...

Page 1253: ...able RFC 2819 Ethernet Statistics High Capacity Table RFC 3273 64bits Ethernet History Control Table RFC 2819 Ethernet History Table RFC 2819 Ethernet History High Capacity Table RFC 3273 64bits Alarm Table RFC 2819 High Capacity Alarm Table 64bits RFC 3434 64bits Event Table RFC 2819 Log Table RFC 2819 FTOS RMON does not support the following statistics etherStatsCollisions etherHistoryCollisions...

Page 1254: ...een MIB variables This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON Alarm table absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON Alarm table rising threshold value event number Enter the keyword rising threshold followed by the value 32bit the rising threshold alarm is either triggered or reset Then enter the event number to trigger when the risi...

Page 1255: ... Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON History Table owner name ...

Page 1256: ...owed by the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535 The number value must be unique in the RMON Event Table log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry The log entry ...

Page 1257: ... Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON Alarm table rising threshold value event number Enter the keyword rising threshold followed by the value 64 bit the rising threshold alarm is either triggered or reset Then enter the event number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit This value is the same as the alarmRisingEvent...

Page 1258: ...ics table 8 entries 4608 bytes ether history table 8 entries 6000 bytes alarm table 390 entries 102960 bytes high capacity alarm table 5 entries 1680 bytes event table 500 entries 206000 bytes log table 2 entries 552 bytes FTOS index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Alarm Table in an easy to read format Vers...

Page 1259: ...1 1 3 10 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 11 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 12 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 13 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 14 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 15 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 16 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 17 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 18 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 19 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 20 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 21 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 22 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 FTOS index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Event Table ...

Page 1260: ...ow rmon event br index description 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 FTOS index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High Capacity Alarm Table in an easy to read format Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Suppo...

Page 1261: ... alarm alarm rising threshold value positive rising threshold 1001 RMON event index 1 alarm falling threshold value positive falling threshold 999 RMON event index 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times alarm owner 1 alarm storage type non volatile alarm status OK FTOS index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Etherne...

Page 1262: ...istory brief index ifIndex interface 6001 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2 0 6002 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2 0 6003 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2 1 6004 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2 1 9001 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3 0 9002 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3 0 9003 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3 1 9004 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3 1 FTOS index OPTIONAL Enter the log index number to display just that entry brief OPT...

Page 1263: ...974631 GigabitEthernet 2 0 packets dropped 0 bytes received 0 packets received 0 broadcast packets 0 multicast packets 0 CRC error 0 under size packets 0 over size packets 0 fragment errors 0 jabber errors 0 collision 0 64bytes packets 0 65 127 bytes packets 0 128 255 bytes packets 0 256 511 bytes packets 0 512 1023 bytes packets 0 1024 1518 bytes packets 0 owner 1 status OK high capacity data HC ...

Page 1264: ...le FTOS show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface 6001 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2 0 6002 100974631 GigabitEthernet 2 0 6003 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2 1 6004 101236775 GigabitEthernet 2 1 9001 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3 0 9002 134529054 GigabitEthernet 3 0 9003 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3 1 9004 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3 1 FTOS ...

Page 1265: ...s supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading C Series c E Series e S Series s Commands The FTOS RSTP commands are bridge priority debug spanning tree rstp description description forward delay hello time max age protocol spanning tree rstp show config show spanning tree rstp spanning tree rstp tc flush standard bridge priorit...

Page 1266: ... out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units OPTIONAL Enter the interface keyword along with the type slot port of the interface you want displayed Type slot port options are the following For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the...

Page 1267: ...apid Spanning Tree Protocol enter no disable Defaults RSTP is disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History Related Commands Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced for E Series FTOS debug spanning tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2 0 in Receive in out Transmit out description Enter a description to identify the Rapid Spanning Tree 80 characters ma...

Page 1268: ...d Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state Range 4 to 30 Default 15 seconds Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced for E Series hello time Change the time interval between BPDUs max age Change the wait time before ...

Page 1269: ...ation before refreshing that information Syntax max age seconds To return to the default values enter no max age Parameters Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History Related Commands forward delay Change the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state max age Change the wait time before RSTP refreshes protocol configuration information max age Ent...

Page 1270: ...de Related Commands show config c e s View the current configuration for the mode Only non default values are displayed Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History Example Figure 50 3 show config Command for the RSTP Mode Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced for E Series FTOS conf protocol...

Page 1271: ...4 1 0 Expanded to display port error disable state EDS caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced for E Series FTOS show spanning tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192 Address 0001 e805 e306 Root Bridge hello time 4 max age 20 forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 fo...

Page 1272: ...ority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 0 We are the root Current root has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Number of topology changes 1 last change occured 00 00 31 ago on Gi 0 0 Port 257 GigabitEthernet 0 0 is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000 Port priority 128 Port Identifier 128 257 Designated root has priority 32768 address 00...

Page 1273: ...terface as a Rapid Spanning Tree edge port bpduguard OPTIONAL Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU shutdown on violation OPTIONAL Enter the keyword shutdown on violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is ...

Page 1274: ...rd at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it For example when Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard are both configured If a BPDU is received from a remote device BPDU guard places the port in an err disabled blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port If no BPDU is received from a remote device loop guard pla...

Page 1275: ...ion By default FTOS implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP This helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary and less often allowing for faster convergence during topology changes However if a standards based flush mechanism is needed this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses upon receiving every topology change notification Version 7 6 1 0 Support added ...

Page 1276: ...1276 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1277: ... Commands Secure DHCP Commands For configuration details see the Security chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide AAA Accounting Commands AAA Accounting enables tracking of services that users are accessing and the amount of network resources being consumed by those services When AAA Accounting is enabled the network server reports user activity to the TACACS security server in the form of account...

Page 1278: ...nting information when a user has logged in to the EXEC mode commands level Enter the keyword command followed by a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level name default Enter one of the following For name a user defined name of a list of accounting methods default for the default accounting methods start stop Enter the keyword start stop to send a start accounti...

Page 1279: ...ent accounting records from being generated for sessions that do not have user names associated to them accounting c e s Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines Syntax accounting exec commands level method list Parameters Defaults None Command Modes LINE Command History enable password Change the password for the enable command login authentication Enable AAA login authentication on term...

Page 1280: ...rization commands aaa authorization config commands aaa authorization exec privilege level CONFIGURATION mode privilege level LINE mode authorization c e s Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines Syntax authorization exec commands level method list Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record fo...

Page 1281: ...thorization exec or aaa authorization commands Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on E Series aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict or permit a user s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict or permit a user s access to EXEC level commands commands l...

Page 1282: ...nable only EXEC level command checking aaa authorization exec c e s Set parameters that restrict or permit a user s access to EXEC level commands Syntax aaa authorization exec name default local tacacs if authenticated none Disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands using the command no aaa authorization exec Parameters Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version ...

Page 1283: ...ds as the mode for which you are controlling access configure for the CONFIGURATION mode exec for the EXEC mode interface for the INTERFACE modes line for the LINE mode route map for the ROUTE MAP router for the ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number for the access level Range 0 to 15 Level 1 is the EXEC mode and Level 15 al...

Page 1284: ... c e s Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to the EXEC privilege mode the Enable access Syntax aaa authentication enable default method list name method method2 To return to the default setting use the no aaa authentication enable default method list name method method2 command Parameters Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Vers...

Page 1285: ...on login method list name default command Parameters method Enter one of the following methods enable use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode line use the password defined by the password command in the LINE mode none no authentication radius use the RADIUS server s configured with the radius server host command tacacs use the TACACS server s configured wi...

Page 1286: ...acs Related Commands method Enter one of the following methods enable use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode line use the password defined by the password command in the LINE mode local use the user name password defined by the in the local configuration none no authentication radius use the RADIUS server s configured with the radius server host command t...

Page 1287: ...r C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series line Apply an authentication method list to designated terminal lines ip access list standard Name or select a standard access list to filter based on IP address ip access list extended Name or select an extended access list based on IP addresses or protocols level level OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the level of acce...

Page 1288: ... Modes Not configured Command History Usage Information Only Dell Force10 Technical Support staff use this command enable secret c e s Change the password for the enable command Syntax enable secret level level encryption type password To delete a password use the no enable secret encryption type password level level command Note The question mark and the tilde are not supported characters show ru...

Page 1289: ... is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines level level OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the level of access Range 1 to 15 encryption type OPTIONAL Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type Enter a 5 followed a text string as the hidden password The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Force10 router Use this parameter only ...

Page 1290: ... Select login authentication methods encryption type OPTIONAL Enter either zero 0 or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered The options are 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long The first character of the password must be a letter You cannot...

Page 1291: ... Defaults Enabled min length number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword min length followed by the number of characters Range 0 32 characters max retry number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword max retry followed by the number of maximum password retries Range 0 16 character restriction OPTIONAL Enter the keyword character restriction to indicate a character restriction for the password upper number OPTIONAL Enter...

Page 1292: ...Command Output Related Commands show users c e s View information on all users logged into the switch Syntax show users all Parameters Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series Caution Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security When the passwords are encrypted you cannot return t...

Page 1293: ...oduced for E Series Table 1 show users Command Example Fields Field Description untitled Indicates with a which terminal line you are using Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use User Displays the user name of all users logged in Host s Displays the terminal line status Location Displays the IP address of the user FTOS show user Line User Host s Location 0 console 0 admin idle 3 vty 1 a...

Page 1294: ...ontrol list either a IP access control list or MAC access control list nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password password Enter the keyword password followed by the encryption type or the password secret Enter the keyword secret followed by the encryption type or the password encryption type Enter an encryption type for the password that you will ...

Page 1295: ...of RADIUS enter no debug radius Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History ip radius source interface c e s Specify an interface s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections Syntax ip radius source interface interface To delete a source interface enter no ip radius source interface password Specify a password for users on terminal lines show running config View ...

Page 1296: ...es enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16838 For the Null interface enter the keywords null 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port infor...

Page 1297: ...verwrites the radius server retransmit command Range zero 0 to 100 Default 3 attempts timeout seconds OPTIONAL Enter the keyword timeout followed by the seconds the time interval the switch waits for a reply from the RADIUS server This parameter overwrites the radius server timeout command Range 0 to 1000 Default 5 seconds key encryption type key OPTIONAL Enter the keyword key followed by an optio...

Page 1298: ...host command is configured the key configured with the radius server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications Related Commands login authentication Set the database to be checked when a user logs in radius server key Set a authentication key for RADIUS communications radius server retransmit Set the number of times the RADIUS server will attempt to send information radius serve...

Page 1299: ...a request Syntax radius server timeout seconds To return to the default value enter no radius server timeout Parameters Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands retries Enter a number of attempts that FTOS tries to locate a RADIUS server Range zero 0 to 100 Default 3 retries Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series...

Page 1300: ...shooting Syntax debug tacacs To disable debugging of TACACS enter no debug tacacs Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History ip tacacs source interface c e s Specify an interface s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS connections Syntax ip tacacs source interface interface To delete a source interface enter no ip tacacs source interface Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for ...

Page 1301: ...Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For VLAN inte...

Page 1302: ...tch waits for a reply from the TACACS server Range 0 to 1000 Default 10 seconds key key OPTIONAL Enter the keyword key followed by a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs server key for the TACACS daemon Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv6 Versi...

Page 1303: ...rectory environments using 802 1X Port Authentication Important Points to Remember FTOS limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments 802 1X with VLAN assignment has these characteristics when configured on the switch and the RADIUS server 802 1X is supported on C Series E Series and S Series 802 1X is not supported on the LAG or the channel members of a LAG If no VLAN is suppl...

Page 1304: ...with dynamic access port assignment through a VLAN membership dot1x authentication Configuration c e s Enable dot1x globally dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an globally use the no dot1x authentication command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands dot1x authentication Interface c ...

Page 1305: ...the authentication VLAN is assigned the port state must be toggled to restart authentication Authentication will occur at the next re authentication interval dot1x reauthentication Related Commands dot1x auth server c e s Configure the authentication server to RADIUS Syntax dot1x auth server radius Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History vlan id Enter the...

Page 1306: ...times the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN dot1x auth fail vlan Related Commands dot1x max eap req c e s Configure the maximum number of times an EAP Extensive Authentication Protocol request is transmitted before the session times out Syntax dot1x max eap req number To return to the default use the no dot1x max eap req command Parameters Defaults 2 vlan id Enter the VLA...

Page 1307: ...able quiet time use the no dot1x quiet time command Parameters Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series interface range Configure a range of interfaces force authorized Enter the keyword force authorized to forcibly authorize a port auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on ...

Page 1308: ...x command Parameters Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History dot1x server timeout c e s Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time out Syntax dot1x server timeout seconds To return to the default use the no dot1x server timeout command interval seconds Optional Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time in seconds after which re authentication ...

Page 1309: ...urn to the default use the no dot1x tx period command Parameters Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History seconds Enter a time out value in seconds Range 1 to 300 where 300 is implementation dependant Default 30 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on E Series seconds Enter a time out value in seconds Range 1 to 300 where 300 is implemen...

Page 1310: ...nterface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series FTOS show dot1x int Gi 2 32 802 1x information ...

Page 1311: ...erate rsa rsa1 Parameters Defaults Key size 1024 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Figure 51 6 crypto key generate rsa1 command example rsa Enter the keyword rsa followed by the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys Range 1024 to 2048 Default 1024 rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 followed by the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys Range 1024 to 2048 Default 1024 Version 7 ...

Page 1312: ...ug information includes details for key exchange authentication and established session for each connection ip scp topdir c e s Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting enter no ip scp topdir command Parameters Defaults The internal flash flash is the default directory Command Modes CONFIGURATION Note Only a user wit...

Page 1313: ...ord failures exceeds authentication retries ip ssh connection rate limit c e s Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute Syntax ip ssh connection rate limit 1 10 Parameters Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series ip ssh server Enable SSH a...

Page 1314: ...If no ip ssh rsa authentication enable is executed host based authentication is disabled Related Commands ip ssh key size c e s Configure the size of the server generated RSA SSHv1 key Syntax ip ssh key size 512 869 Parameters Defaults Key size 768 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series enable Enter the keyword en...

Page 1315: ... order as configured ip ssh pub key file c e s Specify the file to be used for host based authentication Syntax ip ssh pub key file WORD Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series enable Enter the keyword enable to enable pas...

Page 1316: ...c e s Specify the rhost file to be used for host based authorization Syntax ip ssh rhostsfile WORD Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Figure 51 8 ip ssh rhostsfile Command Example Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file to be used for host based authentication This file creates overwrites the file flash ADMIN_DIR ss...

Page 1317: ...lated Commands ip ssh rsa authentication EXEC c e s Add keys for the RSA authentication Syntax ip ssh rsa authentication my authorized keys WORD To delete the authorized keys use the no ip ssh rsa authentication my authorized keys command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC Command History Note For rhostfile and pub key file the administrator must FTP the file to t...

Page 1318: ...s listening on a port If a port is not specified listening is on SSH default port 22 Example Figure 51 9 ip ssh server port Command Example Related Commands Note The no form of this command deletes the file flash ADMIN_DIR ssh authorized keys username show ip ssh rsa authentication Display RSA authorized keys ip ssh rsa authentication Config Enable RSA authentication enable Enter the key word enab...

Page 1319: ...keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 to display the host SSHv1 RSA public key Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAtzkZME e8V8smnXR22EJGQhCMkEOkuisa OILVoMYU1ZKGfj0W5BPCSvF x5ifqYFFwUzJNOcsJK7vjSsnmM...

Page 1320: ...authorized keys FTOS show ip ssh SSH server enabled SSH server version v1 and v2 Password Authentication enabled Hostbased Authentication disabled RSA Authentication disabled Vty Encryption Remote IP 0 3DES 172 16 1 162 1 3DES 172 16 1 162 2 3DES 172 16 1 162 FTOS ip ssh server Configure an SSH server show ip ssh client pub keys Display the client public keys Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Serie...

Page 1321: ...on 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS show ip ssh rsa authentication my authorized keys ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAyB17l4gFp4r2DRHIvMc1VZd0Sg5GQxRV1y1X1JOMeO6Nd0WuYyzrQMM 4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN CRCnw zCMlnCf0 qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9 U9tMwhS8vy8AVxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc freedom poclab4 FTOS ip ssh rsa authentication Config Configure the RSA authorized keys hostname OPTI...

Page 1322: ... lists clear counters ip trace group e Erase all counters maintained for trace lists Syntax clear counters ip trace group trace list name p port number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword p followed by the port number Range 1 to 65536 Default 22 v 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword v followed by the SSH version 1 or 2 Default The version from the protocol negotiation Version 7 9 1 0 Introduced VRF Version 7 6 ...

Page 1323: ...l number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask OPTIONAL Enter a network mask in prefix format x any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a...

Page 1324: ...r the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port command parameter port port Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 t...

Page 1325: ...e filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports port port OPTIONAL Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 destination ...

Page 1326: ...trace list e Configure a trace list based on IP addresses or protocols to filter all traffic on the E Series Syntax ip trace list trace list name To delete a trace list use the no ip trace list trace list name command Parameters Defaults Not configured Example Figure 51 15 ip trace list Command Example Command Modes CONFIGURATION Usage Information After you create a trace list you must apply it to...

Page 1327: ...ic IP access list The keyword ip specifies that the access list will permit all IP protocols ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to permit based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask OPTIONAL Enter a network mask in prefix format x any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes...

Page 1328: ...eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two port for the port parameter port port Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 to 65535 The following list includes some common TCP port numbers 23 Telnet 20 and 21 FTP 25 SMTP 169 SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the...

Page 1329: ... the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port parameter port port OPTIONAL Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand Range 0 t...

Page 1330: ...st filter udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask OPTIONAL Enter a network mask in prefix format x any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address operator OPTIO...

Page 1331: ...ilter log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in a Trace list log file Version 7 4 1 0 Deprecated established keyword not supported on TeraScale line cards deny Configure a filter to drop packets permit Configure a filter to forward packets FTOS config trace acl show config ip trace list suzanne seq 5 deny tcp any any FTOS config trace acl trace list name OPTIONAL Enter the...

Page 1332: ...address validation ip dhcp snooping vlan show ip dhcp snooping clear ip dhcp snooping c s Clear the DHCP binding table Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default None Command History Related Commands ip dhcp relay c s Enable Option 82 Syntax ip dhcp relay information option trust downstream Parameters FTOS show ip accounting trace list suzanne Trace List suzanne seq...

Page 1333: ...mmands ip dhcp snooping database c s Delay writing the binding table for a specified time Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write delay minutes Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Default None Command History ip dhcp snooping binding c s Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table Syntax no ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan id vlan id ip ip address interface type slot port lease numb...

Page 1334: ...elongs Range 2 4094 ip ip address Enter the keyword ip followed by the IP address that the server is leasing interface type Enter the keyword interface followed by the type of interface to which the host is connected For an 10 100 Ethernet interface enter the keyword fastethernet For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet For a ...

Page 1335: ...ge Information When enabled the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN s Note that learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping c s Display the contents of the DHCP binding table Syntax show ip dhcp snooping binding Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series Version...

Page 1336: ... w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m Default None Command History Related Commands Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the contents of the DHCP binding table ...

Page 1337: ... GVRP for further information related to those features Commands The L2PT commands are debug protocol tunnel protocol tunnel protocol tunnel destination mac protocol tunnel enable protocol tunnel rate limit show protocol tunnel Important Points to Remember L2PT is enabled at the interface VLAN Stack VLAN level For details on Stackable VLAN VLAN Stacking commands see Chapter 61 VLAN Stacking The de...

Page 1338: ...wed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by ...

Page 1339: ...stem Syntax protocol tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling use the no protocol tunnel enable command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series and E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS conf FTOS conf interface vlan 2 FTOS conf if vl 2 vlan stack compatible FTOS conf if vl 2 member Gi1 2 3 FTOS conf if vl 2 protocol tunnel st...

Page 1340: ...ocol tunnel c e s Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN Stack VLAN Syntax show protocol tunnel vlan vlan id Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced rate Enter the rate in frames per second Range 75 to 3000 Default 75 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Terascale and E Series ExaScale Maximum rate limi...

Page 1341: ...8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series and E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced FTOS show protocol tunnel System Rate Limit 1000 Frames second Interface Vlan Protocol s Gi1 2 2 STP PVST Gi1 3 3 STP PVST Po35 4 STP PVST FTOS FTOS show protocol tunnel vlan 2 System Rate Limit 1000 Frames second Interface Vlan Protocol s Gi1 2 2 STP PVST FTOS show running config Display the current confi...

Page 1342: ...1342 Service Provider Bridging w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1343: ...done on a per port basis Community list and local preference fields are not filled up in the extended gateway element in the sFlow datagram The 802 1P source priority field is not filled up in the extended switch element in the sFlow datagram Only Destination and Destination Peer AS numbers are packed in the dst as path field in the extended gateway element If the packet being sampled is redirecte...

Page 1344: ...sflow collector sflow enable Global sflow enable Interface sflow extended gateway enable sflow extended router enable sflow extended switch enable sflow polling interval Global sflow polling interval Interface sflow sample rate Global sflow sample rate Interface show sflow show sflow linecard ...

Page 1345: ...ram size number max datagram size number command sflow collector ipv4 address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 A B C D or IPv6 address X X X X X of the sFlow collector device agent addr ipv4 address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 A B C D or IPv6 address X X X X X of the sFlow agent in the router number OPTIONAL Enter the UDP port number User Datagram Protocol Range 0 to 65535 Default 6343 max datagram siz...

Page 1346: ...ion sFlow is disabled by default In addition to this command sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired Related Commands sflow enable Interface c e s Enable sFlow on Interfaces Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow use the no sflow enable command Defaults sFlow is disabled by default on all interfaces Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8 2 1 0 Int...

Page 1347: ...he destination is reachable over ECMP Example Figure 53 1 show sflow Command Output Related Commands Note Once a physical port is a member of a LAG it will inherit the sFlow configuration from the LAG port sflow enable Global Turn sFlow on globally extended router Enter the keyword extended router to collect extended router information extended switch Enter the keyword extended switch to collect e...

Page 1348: ...information on a switch only Syntax sflow extended switch enable To disable packing information use the no sflow extended switch enable command Parameters Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History extended switch Enter the keyword extended switch to collect extended switch information enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information Version 8 1 1 0 Introduc...

Page 1349: ...Thiscommandchangestheglobaldefaultcounterpolling 20seconds interval You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval Related Commands sflow polling interval Interface c e s Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface overrides the global level setting Syntax sflow polling interval interval value To return to the default use the no sflow polling interval interval command sflow ...

Page 1350: ...s Range 15 to 86400 seconds Default The global counter polling interval Version 8 2 1 0 Introduces on S Series Stacking Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series sflow polling interval Global Globally set the polling interval value Enter the sampling rate value Range C Series ...

Page 1351: ...ng rate for an Interface By default the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate If the value entered is not a correct power of 2 the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value Select one of these two number and re enter the command Related Commands show sflow c e s Display the current sFlow configuration...

Page 1352: ...igabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information Version 8 2 1 0 Introduces on S Series Stacking Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show sflow sFlow services are enabled Global default sampling rate 32768 Global d...

Page 1353: ...ersion 8 1 1 0 Introduced on E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS show sflow linecard 1 Linecard 1 Samples rcvd from h w 165 Samples dropped for sub sampling 0 Total UDP packets exported 0 UDP packets exported via RPM 77 UDP packets dropped FTOS ...

Page 1354: ...1354 sFlow w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1355: ... user snmp ifmib ifalias long snmp server community snmp server contact snmp server enable traps snmp server engineID snmp server group snmp server host snmp server location snmp server packetsize snmp server trap source snmp server user snmp server view snmp trap link status The Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is used to communicate management information between the network management st...

Page 1356: ...ntly supported with IPv6 addresses If you are using ACLs in SNMP v3 configuration group ACL overrides user ACL if the user is part of that group SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN show snmp c e s Display the status of SNMP network elements Syntax show snmp Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 54 1 show snmp Command Example Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Suppo...

Page 1357: ...entication auth the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified and finally the row status is active Example Figure 54 3 show snmp group Command Example Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command FTOS show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP addr Port 80001F880431323334...

Page 1358: ...ated otherwise to 63 characters Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History snmp server group Configure an SNMP server group FTOS show snmp user User name v1v2creadu Engine ID 0000178B02000001E80214A8 storage type nonvolatile active Authentication Protocol None Privacy Protocol None FTOS Version 7 6 1 0 Su...

Page 1359: ...ore IF MIB ifAlias 134530304 STRING This is a port connected to Router2 This is a port connected to IF MIB ifAlias 134792448 STRING command run on FTOS switch FTOS snmp ifmib ifalias long command run on server connected to switch snmpwalk c public 10 10 10 130 1 3 6 1 2 1 31 grep i alias more IF MIB ifAlias 134530304 STRING This is a port connected to Router2 This is a port connected to Router2 Th...

Page 1360: ...llowing example demonstrates the creation of a standard IPv4 ACL called snmp ro acl and then assigning it to the SNMP community guest Example Figure 54 7 snmp server community Command Example Related Commands snmp server contact c e s Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node Syntax snmp server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information use the no snmp server...

Page 1361: ...mp Notification of RFC 1157 traps stp Notification of state change in Spanning Tree protocol RFC 1493 vrrp Notification of state change in a VRRP group xstp Notification of state change in MSTP 802 1s RSTP 802 1w and PVST notification option For the envmon notification type enter one of the following optional parameters fan supply temperature For the snmp notification type enter one of the followi...

Page 1362: ...The command line password is then destroyed as required by RFC 2274 Because of this deletion if the local value of the Engine ID changes the security digests of SNMPv3 users will be invalid and the users will have to be reconfigured For the remote Engine ID the host IP and UDP port are the indexes to the command that are matched to either overwrite or remove the configuration Version 7 5 1 0 Suppo...

Page 1363: ...t secure version 3 is the most secure of the security modes 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64 which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed Default 1 auth OPTIONAL Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption noauth OPTIONAL Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet priv OPTIONAL Enter the keyword pri...

Page 1364: ...0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command Note For IPv6 ACLs only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP TCP ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP Note The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups FTOS conf FTOS conf snmp server group harig 3 priv read rview FTOS show snmp group Display the...

Page 1365: ...n of a packet priv OPTIONAL Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet community string Enter a text string up to 20 characters long as the name of the SNMP community Note For version 1 and version 2c security models this string represents the name of the SNMP community The string can be set using this command however it is recommended that you set the ...

Page 1366: ...rm follow the step below 1 Configure a remote engine ID 2 Configure a remote user 3 Configure a group for this user with access rights 4 Enable traps 5 Configure a host to receive informs Related Commands snmp server location c e s Configure the location of the SNMP server Syntax snmp server location text To delete the SNMP location enter no snmp server location Parameters Defaults Not configured ...

Page 1367: ...onfigured as an SNMP trap source Related Commands byte count Enter one of the following values 8 16 24 or 32 Packet sizes are 8000 bytes 16000 bytes 32000 bytes and 64000 bytes Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface ent...

Page 1368: ...e device udp port port number Enter the keyword udp port followed by the UDP User Datagram Protocol port number on the remote device Range 0 to 65535 Default 162 1 2c 3 OPTIONAL Enter the security model version number 1 2c or 3 1 is the least secure version 3 is the most secure of the security modes 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64 which allows for integers twice the width of what ...

Page 1369: ...emote user named n3user with a v3 security model and a security level of authNOPriv Related Commands access list name Optional Enter the standard IPv4 access list name a string up to 16 characters long ipv6 access list name Optional Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the IPv6 access list name a string up to 16 characters long access list name ipv6 access list name Optional Enter both an IPv4 and I...

Page 1370: ...mmands snmp trap link status c e s Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps which indicate whether the interface is up or down Syntax snmp trap link status To disable sending link trap messages enter no snmp trap link status Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History view name Enter the name of the view not to exceed 20 characters oid tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view not ...

Page 1371: ...ging history logging history size logging monitor logging on logging source interface logging synchronous logging trap show logging show logging driverlog stack unit S Series terminal monitor clear logging c e s Clear the messages in the logging buffer Syntax clear logging Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Serie...

Page 1372: ...FIGURATION Command History Related Commands default logging monitor c e s Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command logging buffered Set the logging buffered pa...

Page 1373: ...d Commands logging monitor Set the logging monitor parameters terminal monitor Send system messages to the terminal monitor Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command logging trap Limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity ipv4 address ipv6 address Enter an IPv4 address A B C D or IPv6 address X X X X X address h...

Page 1374: ...gging console To disable logging to the console enter no logging console Parameters Defaults 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION level OPTIONAL Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words emergencies alerts critical errors warnings notifications informational or debugging Default 7 or debugging size OPTIONAL Indicate the size in bytes of the logging buffer Th...

Page 1375: ... Returns the logging console parameters to the default setting show logging Display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer facility type OPTIONAL Enter one of the following parameters auth authorization system cron Cron at facility deamon system deamons kern kernel local0 local use local1 local use local2 local use local3 local use local4 local use local5 local use local6 loca...

Page 1376: ...pecify the number of messages stored in the FTOS logging history table Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values enter no logging history size Parameters Defaults 1 message Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command logging Enable logging to a Syslog server logging on Enables logging level Indicate a value fr...

Page 1377: ... such as logging buffer Syslog server or terminal lines Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer Syslog server and terminal lines enter no logging on Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command show logging history Display information logged to the history bu...

Page 1378: ...number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For the management interface on the RPM enter the keyword ManagementEthernet...

Page 1379: ...ppear between software prompts and outputs Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console If the message queue limit is reached on a terminal line and messages are discarded a system message appears on that terminal line Messages may continue to appear on other terminal lines Related Commands logging Enable the logging to another device all Enter the keyword al...

Page 1380: ...EC EXEC Privilege level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters emergencies alerts critical errors warnings notifications informational or debugging The default is 6 Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series legacy command logging Enable the logging to another device logging on Enables logging number OPTIONAL Enter ...

Page 1381: ...Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 5 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 4 1 3 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 4 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 6 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 12 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 15 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BG...

Page 1382: ...wned Port Pipe terminal monitor c e s Configure the FTOS to display messages on the monitor terminal Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings enter terminal no monitor Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series E Series...

Page 1383: ... the commands to configure Packet Over SONET SDH POS SDH interfaces and features including Point to Point Protocol PPP encapsulation ais shut alarm report clock source debug ppp delay triggers down when looped encap flag framing interface sonet keepalive loopback ppp authentication ppp chap hostname ppp chap password ppp chap rem hostname ppp chap rem password ppp next hop ppp pap hostname ppp pap...

Page 1384: ...ith this command SNMP traps are available however syslogs are not generated To display active alarms and defects use the show controllers command The table below defines the alarms that can be enabled by this command If enabled for reporting the alarms will generate reports on a trap receiver lais Enter the keyword lais to report line alarm indication signal lrdi Enter the keyword lrdi to report l...

Page 1385: ...ption lais Line Alarm Indication Signal lrdi Line Remote Defect Indication pais Path Alarm Indication Signal plop Path loss of Pointer prdi Path Remote Defect Indication sd ber LBIP BER in excess of Signal Degradation threshold The default SD alarm value is 10 6 this value can not be changed sf ber LBIP BER in excess of Signal Failure threshold The default SF alarm value is 10 3 this value can not...

Page 1386: ... keyword authentication to display PPP authentication exchanges Challenge Authentication Protocol CHAP packet exchanges and Password Authentication Protocol PAP exchanges and traffic error OPTIONAL Enter the keyword error to display PPP error statistics and protocol errors negotiation OPTIONAL Enter the keyword negotiation to display PPP settings negotiated at startup packet OPTIONAL Enter the key...

Page 1387: ...ace and configuration information such as IP address is deleted from the interface A SONET interface without encapsulation is always operationally down When you enable encapsulation on the interface PPP negotiation begins after you enable the interface no shutdown command You can enable authentication and other related commands once negotiation is completed flag e Set the overhead bytes in the fra...

Page 1388: ...shutdown hardware monitor mac action on error port shutdown e Shut down and bring back up the port flap Syntax hardware monitor mac action on error port shutdown Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History c2 value Enter the keyword c2 followed by value to set the path signal byte Range 0x00 to 0xFF hexadecimal 0 255 decimal Default 0xCF in hexidecimal 207 in decimal j0 val...

Page 1389: ...alive packets enter no keepalive Parameters Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Usage Information When you configure keepalive the system sends a self addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up When you configure no keepalive the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is d...

Page 1390: ...ightly With CHAP authentication the E Series sends a challenge to the remote device which must encrypt the response with a shared value and return it to the E Series with a username The E Series checks the local database for a match on the shared value and username With PAP authentication the remote device must send a username password set which the FTOS checks against the local database PAP passw...

Page 1391: ...meters Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE ppp chap hostname Configure a hostname for CHAP authentication ppp chap password Configure a password for CHAP authentication ppp chap rem hostname Configure a remote hostname for CHAP authentication ppp chap rem password Configure a remote password for CHAP authentication ppp pap hostname Configure a hostname for PAP authentication ppp pap pa...

Page 1392: ...for CHAP authentication Syntax ppp chap rem password password To remove a password enter no ppp chap rem password Parameters Defaults Not configure Command Modes INTERFACE Usage Information For peers to successfully negotiate authentication you must configure a hostname password remote hostname and remote password for CHAP authentication ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication...

Page 1393: ...s to successfully negotiate authentication you must configure a hostname password remote hostname and remote password for PAP authentication Related Commands ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication ppp chap rem hostname Configure a remote host name for CHAP authentication ppp chap hostname Configure a hostname for CHAP authentication ppp chap password Configure a password for ...

Page 1394: ...formation For peers to successfully negotiate authentication you must configure a hostname password remote hostname and remote password for PAP authentication Related Commands ppp pap rem password e Configure a remote PAP password password Enter a character string up to 32 characters long ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication ppp pap hostname Configure a host name for PAP au...

Page 1395: ...ds of the link show controllers e Display troubleshooting information such as the clock source SONET alarms and error rates and registers values Syntax show controllers interface Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege password Enter a character string up to 32 characters long ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication ppp pap rem hostname Configure a remote hostname for PAP...

Page 1396: ... Flag S1S0 is 0x2 FTOS Enabled Alarms are listed here default is none FTOS show controllers te 4 1 Interface is TenGigabitEthernet 4 1 SECTION LOF 0 LOS 0 BIP B1 13 LINE AIS 0 RDI 1 FEBE 7633 BIP B2 19264 PATH AIS 0 RDI 0 LOP 0 FEBE 8554 BIP B3 15685 Active Defects LRDI Active Alarms LRDI Alarm reporting enabled for SLOS SLOF B1 TCA LAIS LRDI B2 TCA PAIS PRDI PLOP B3 TCA SD SF Framing is SONET AIS...

Page 1397: ...r AIS conditions BIP B2 Displays the bit interleaved parity error for the B2 byte For B2 the report is calculated by comparing the BIP 8 24 code with the BIP 8 code extracted from the B2 byte of the following frame Differences indicate line level errors PATH AIS Displays the alarm indication signal This signal is sent by the section terminating equipment STE to alert the downstream line terminatin...

Page 1398: ...r 2 lines Keepalive Set Displays the number of seconds between keepalive messages LCP State States if LCP was successfully negotiated FTOS show interfaces sonet 2 0 SONET 2 0 is up line protocol is up Hardware is SONET address is 00 01 e8 00 03 ff Encapsulation PPP Framing is SONET AIS shut is enabled Scramble ATM is enabled Down when looped is enabled Loopback is disabled Clock source is internal...

Page 1399: ...0 IP packets Displays the number of packets with IP headers VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet 0 64 byte Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface This information is displayed over 2 lines Any PPP packet less than 64 bytes in length...

Page 1400: ...the condition To keep a port in shutdown use the hardware monitor mac action on error port shutdown command speed e Set the speed of the SONET interface Syntax speed 155 622 2488 To return to the default value enter no speed Parameters Defaults 2488 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced 155 Enter 155 to set the interface as OC3 622 Enter 622 to set the interface as OC1...

Page 1401: ...S Series Switches in the FTOS Configuration Guide Commands The commands in this chapter are used for managing the stacking of S Series systems redundancy disable auto reboot redundancy force failover stack unit reset stack unit show redundancy show system stack ports stack unit priority stack unit provision stack unit renumber upgrade system stack unit S Series stack member redundancy disable auto...

Page 1402: ...ck unit 0 7 hard Parameters Default none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Resetting the management unit is not allowed and an error message will be displayed if you try to do so Resetting is a soft reboot including flushing the forwarding tables Starting with FTOS 7 8 1 0 you can run this command directly on the stack standby unit standby master to reset the standby Yo...

Page 1403: ...2 6 Mgmt online S50N S50N 4 7 7 117 52 7 Member online S50N S50N 4 7 7 117 52 FTOS standby reset Standby management unit stack unit Unit number FTOS standby reset stack unit 0 7 Unit number id FTOS standby reset stack unit 6 Error Reset of master unit is not allowed FTOS standby reset stack unit 0 Error Reset of stack units from standby is not allowed no reset of other member FTOS standby FTOS sta...

Page 1404: ... 7 1 0 Stack unit Redundancy Configuration Primary Stack unit mgmt id 0 Auto Data Sync Full Failover Type Hot Failover Auto reboot Stack unit Enabled Auto failover limit 3 times in 60 minutes Stack unit Failover Record Failover Count 0 Last failover timestamp None Last failover Reason None Last failover type None Last Data Block Sync Record Line Card Config succeeded Mar 07 1996 00 27 39 Start up ...

Page 1405: ...12 up up 1 50 2 51 12 up up 2 49 0 51 24 up up 2 51 1 50 12 up up 2 52 12 up down FTOS FTOS show system stack ports status Topology Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link Gb s Status Status 0 49 12 up up 0 50 12 up down 0 51 24 up up 1 49 12 up up 1 50 12 up up 2 49 24 up up 2 51 12 up up 2 52 12 up down FTOS Table 56 1 show interfaces description Command Example Fields Field Description Topology Li...

Page 1406: ...data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member show system S Series Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member upgrade S Series management unit Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the S Series management unit 0 7 Enter the stack member unit identifier from 0 to 7 of the switch on which you w...

Page 1407: ...ment unit or a stand alone unit You cannot renumber a unit to a number of an active member in the stack When executing this command on the master the stack reloads When the members are renumbered only that specific unit will reset and come up with the new unit number 0 7 Enter a stack member identifier from 0 to 7 of the switch that you want to add to the stack S25N S25P S25V S50N S50V Enter the S...

Page 1408: ...signated S Series stack member show system S Series Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member boot Enter this keyword to copy the boot image from the management unit to the designated stack members system Enter this keyword to copy the FTOS image from the management unit to the designated stack members all Enter this keyword to copy the designated image to all stack memb...

Page 1409: ...ntrol multicast Configuration storm control multicast Interface storm control unknown unicast Configuration storm control unknown unicast Interface Important Points to Remember Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces VLANs and LAG interfaces are not supported An INTERFACE level command only support storm control configuration on ingress An INTERFACE level command overrides an...

Page 1410: ...Note Bi directional traffic unknown unicast and broadcast along with egress storm control causes the configured traffic rates to be split between the involved ports The percentage of traffic that each port receives after the split is not predictable These ports can be in the same different port pipes or the same different line cards interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following interfaces to displ...

Page 1411: ...rol broadcast gigabitethernet 3 24 Broadcast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets Second Gi 3 24 Ingress 1000 FTOS interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration For Fast Ethernet enter the keyword Fastethernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword Gigabit...

Page 1412: ...rface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot ...

Page 1413: ...cks all related traffic 100 allows all traffic into the interface Decimal Range 0 1 to 0 9 wred profile name E Series Only Optionally Enter the keyword wred profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred profile packets_per_second in C Series and S Series Only Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network Range 0 to 33554431 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Se...

Page 1414: ...ol thresholds are exceeded storm control multicast Interface c s Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C Series or S Series interface ingress only network only Syntax storm control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface use the no storm control multicast packets_per_second in command Parameters Defaults No default behavior or value...

Page 1415: ... in wred profile name packets_per_second in To disable unknown unicast storm control on the interface use the no storm control unknown unicast percentage decimal_value in wred profile name packets_per_second in command Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series percentage decimal_value in out E Series Only Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network Optional...

Page 1416: ...centage 0 to 100 0 blocks all related traffic 100 allows all traffic into the interface Decimal Range 0 1 to 0 9 wred profile name E Series Only Optionally Enter the keyword wred profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred profile packets_per_second in C Series and S Series Only Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network Range 0 to 33554431 Version 7 6 ...

Page 1417: ...ee protocol STP and are supported on all three Dell Force10 switch routing platforms as indicated by the c e and s characters under the command headings Commands bpdu destination mac address bridge priority debug spanning tree description disable forward delay hello time max age protocol spanning tree show config show spanning tree 0 spanning tree 0 ...

Page 1418: ...ry debug spanning tree c e s Enable debugging of Spanning Tree Protocol and view information on the protocol Syntax debug spanning tree stp id all bpdu config events exceptions general root protocol To disable debugging enter no debug spanning tree stp Force STP RSTP and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider B...

Page 1419: ... zero 0 The switch supports one Spanning Tree group with a group ID of 0 protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug either mstp pvst or rstp all OPTIONAL Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations bpdu OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units config OPTIONAL Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information events OPTIONAL Enter th...

Page 1420: ...ning Tree Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs Syntax hello time seconds To return to the default value enter no hello time Parameters Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series protocol spanning tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode seconds Enter the number of seconds the FTOS waits before transitioning STP to the forwarding state ...

Page 1421: ...rotocol spanning tree stp id command Parameters Defaults Not configured Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series forward delay Change the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state max age Change the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information seconds Enter a number of seconds the FT...

Page 1422: ...ly non default values are displayed Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History Example Figure 58 2 show config Command for the SPANNING TREE Mode Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on E Series FTOS conf protocol spanning tree 0 FTOS config stp disable Disable Spanning Tree group 0 To enable Spanning Tree ...

Page 1423: ... displayed Type slot port options are the following For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to...

Page 1424: ...red 0 00 05 ago from GigabitEthernet 1 3 Timers hold 1 topology change 35 hello 2 max age 20 forward_delay 15 Times hello 1 topology change 1 notification 0 aging 2 Port 26 GigabitEthernet 1 1 is Forwarding Port path cost 4 Port priority 8 Port Identifier 8 26 Designated root has priority 32768 address 0001 e800 0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768 address 0001 e800 0a56 Designated port id is...

Page 1425: ...ce STP 0 instance Sts Port state root inconsistent INCON Root forwarding FWD listening LIS blocking BLK or shut down EDS Shut Guard Type Type of STP guard configured Root Loop or BPDU guard Table 58 1 show spanning tree 0 Command Information Field Description FTOS show span 0 brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768 Address 0001 e800 0a56 Root Bridge hello time...

Page 1426: ...t Ethernet 1 loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable STP loop guard on a port or port channel interface rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable STP root guard on a port or port channel interface portfast bpduguard shutdown on violation Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails Enter the optional keyword...

Page 1427: ...nfigured on the port STP root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port For example if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured the following error message is displayed Error RootGuard is configured Cannot configure LoopGuard Do not enable Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port Enabling both features may result in a...

Page 1428: ...1428 Spanning Tree Protocol STP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1429: ...iguration Guide The commands in this chapter are generally supported on the C Series E Series and S Series with some exceptions as noted in the Command History fields and by these symbols under the command headings c e s Commands calendar set clock read calendar clock set clock summer time date clock summer time recurring clock timezone clock update calendar debug ntp ntp authenticate ntp authenti...

Page 1430: ...Related Commands clock read calendar c e s Set the software clock on the switch from the information set in hardware clock calendar Syntax clock read calendar time Enter the time in hours minutes seconds For the hour variable use the 24 hour format for example 17 15 00 is 5 15 pm month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the disp...

Page 1431: ...ge the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year You cannot delete the software clock Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series time Enter the time in hours minutes seconds For the hour variable use the 24 hour format example 17 15 00 is 5 15 pm month Enter the name...

Page 1432: ...he show clock output start month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year start day Enter the number of the day Range 1 to 31 You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year start year Enter a four digit number as the year Range 1993 to 2035 start time Ente...

Page 1433: ...y through end time week number Enter a number from 1 4 as the number of the week in the month to start daylight savings time first Enter this keyword to start daylight savings time in the first week of the month last Enter this keyword to start daylight savings time in the last week of the month start day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin Use English three lette...

Page 1434: ...use the 24 hour format example 17 15 00 is 5 15 pm offset OPTIONAL Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer time period Range 1 to 1440 Default 60 minutes Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Updated the start day and end day options to allow for using the three letter abbreviation of the weekday name pre Version 6 1 1 0 ...

Page 1435: ...odes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series calendar set Set the hardware clock adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments all Enter the keyword all to display information on all NTP transactions authentication Enter the keyword authenticati...

Page 1436: ...ONFIGURATION Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series ntp authentication key Configure authentication key for NTP traffic ntp trusted key Configure a key to authenticate number Specify a number for the authentication key Range 1 to 4294967295 This number must be the same as the number parameter...

Page 1437: ...r this command and save the running config to the startup config Related Commands ntp broadcast client c e s Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast enter no ntp broadcast client Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History ntp disable c e s Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets Syntax ntp disable To ...

Page 1438: ...s selected multicast address OPTIONAL Enter a multicast address Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X X X X X format If you do not enter a multicast address the address 224 0 1 1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 or ff05 101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses pre Version 6 1 ...

Page 1439: ...t port or number information For an 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword lag followed by a...

Page 1440: ...Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History show calendar c e s Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock Syntax show calendar Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series ntp authentication key Set an authentication key for NTP ntp authe...

Page 1441: ... Jun 26 2001 FTOS show clock Display the time and date from the switch software clock detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Support added for C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced for E Series FTOS show clock 11 05 56 949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 FTOS FTOS show clock detail 12 18 10 691 UTC Wed J...

Page 1442: ...clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer s reference clock st Displays the peer s stratum that is the number of hops away from the external time source A 16 in this column means the NTP peer cannot reach the time source when Displays the last time the switch received an NTP packet poll Displays the polling interval in seconds reach Displays the reachability to the peer in octal bitstream d...

Page 1443: ... of the clock in this system reference time is Displays the reference time stamp clock offset is Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock root dispersion is Displays the root and path dispersion peer mode is State what NTP mode the switch is This should be client mode FTOS sh ntp status Clock is synchronized stratum 2 reference is 100...

Page 1444: ...1444 Time and Network Time Protocol NTP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1445: ...ivity and if used with NIC teaming automatic recovery from a failed link Uplink Failure Detection is supported on platform s S50 only Commands clear ufd disable debug uplink state group description downstream downstream auto recover downstream disable links enable show running config uplink state group show uplink state group uplink state group upstream ...

Page 1446: ...ce types Fast Ethernet fastethernet slot port slot port range 1 Gigabit Ethernet gigabitethernet slot port slot port range 10 Gigabit Ethernet tengigabitethernet slot port slot port range Port channel port channel 1 512 port channel range Where port range and port channel range specify a range of ports separated by a dash and or individual ports port channels in any order for example gigabitethern...

Page 1447: ...n text Parameters Defaults None Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP Command History Related Commands Example Figure 60 1 description Command Example group id Enables debugging on the specified uplink state group Valid group id values are 1 to 16 Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 clear ufd disable Re enable downstream interfaces that are in a UFD disabled error state text Text description...

Page 1448: ...50 only Enable auto recovery so that UFD disabled downstream ports in an uplink state group automatically come up when a disabled upstream port in the group comes back up Syntax downstream auto recover Defaults The auto recovery of UFD disabled downstream ports is enabled Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP interface Enter one of the following interface types Fast Ethernet fastethernet slot port slot...

Page 1449: ...essage when one upstream interface in an uplink state group goes down If all upstream interfaces in an uplink state group go down all downstream interfaces in the same uplink state group are put into a link down state To revert to the default setting enter the no downstream disable links command Related Commands Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 downstream Assign a port or port channe...

Page 1450: ...up group id Parameters Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 60 2 show running config uplink state group Command Example group id Enables debugging on the specified uplink state group Valid group id values are 1 to 16 Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 uplink state group Create an uplink state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links gr...

Page 1451: ...mand History show uplink state group Display status information on a specified uplink state group or all groups uplink state group Create an uplink state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links group id Displays status information on a specified uplink state group or all groups Valid group id values are 1 to 16 detail Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream ...

Page 1452: ...stream Interfaces Uplink State Group 3 Status Enabled Up Upstream Interfaces Gi 0 46 Up Gi 0 47 Up Downstream Interfaces Te 13 0 Up Te 13 1 Up Te 13 3 Up Te 13 5 Up Te 13 6 Up Uplink State Group 5 Status Enabled Down Upstream Interfaces Gi 0 0 Dwn Gi 0 3 Dwn Gi 0 5 Dwn Downstream Interfaces Te 13 2 Dis Te 13 4 Dis Te 13 11 Dis Te 13 12 Dis Te 13 13 Dis Te 13 14 Dis Te 13 15 Dis Uplink State Group ...

Page 1453: ...ink up state No uplink state tracking is performed when a group is disabled or in an operationally down state To delete an uplink state group enter the no uplink state group group id command To disable upstream link tracking without deleting the uplink state group enter the no enable command in uplink state group configuration mode Related Commands Example Figure 60 4 uplink state group Command Ex...

Page 1454: ...group enter the no upstream interface command Related Commands Example Figure 60 5 upstream Command Example interface Enter one of the following interface types Fast Ethernet fastethernet slot port slot port range 1 Gigabit Ethernet gigabitethernet slot port slot port range 10 Gigabit Ethernet tengigabitethernet slot port slot port range Port channel port channel 1 512 port channel range Where por...

Page 1455: ...ccess vlan stack compatible vlan stack dot1p mapping vlan stack protocol type vlan stack trunk For information on basic VLAN commands see Virtual LAN VLAN Commands in the chapter Layer 2 Important Points to Remember If Spanning Tree Protocol STP is not enabled across the Stackable VLAN network STP BPDUs from the customer s networks are tunneled across the Stackable VLAN network If STP is enabled a...

Page 1456: ...k trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for single tagged VLANs When the vlan stack trunk port is also a member of an untagged vlan the port should be in hybrid mode See portmode hybrid dei enable c s Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green no packets are dropped Command Mode CON...

Page 1457: ...e the no member interface command Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Mode CONF IF VLAN dei enable 0 1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color green yellow Choose a color Green High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped Yellow Lower priority packets that are treated as best effort Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on C Series and S Series dei enable interface Enter the...

Page 1458: ...ay the dei mark configuration Syntax show interface dei mark interface slot port linecard number port set number Parameters Command Mode EXEC Privilege Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for C Series and S Series E Series original Command vlan stack compatible Enable Stackable VLAN on a VLAN interface slot port Enter the interface type followed by the...

Page 1459: ...command you must enter the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode To remove the access port designation the port must be removed using the no member interface command from all Stackable VLAN enabled VLANs vlan stack compatible c e s Enable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN Syntax vlan stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN enter no vlan stack compati...

Page 1460: ...iguration in case of conflicts Syntax vlan stack dot1p mapping c tag dot1p values sp tag dot1p value Parameters Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 7 6 1 0 Support added for C Series and S Series E Series original Command FTOS show vlan Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs NUM Status Q Ports 1 Inactive 2 Active M Gi 13 13 M Gi 13 0 2 3 Active M Po1 Gi 13 14 15 M Gi 13 18 M Gi ...

Page 1461: ...follows number Enter the hexadecimal number as the Stackable VLAN tag On the E Series FTOS accepts the Most Significant Byte MSB and then appends zeros for the Least Significant Byte LSB On the C Series and S Series You may specify both bytes of the 2 byte S Tag TPID E Series Range 0 FF C Series and S Series Range 0 FFFF Default 9100 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale C Series and...

Page 1462: ...ember of an untagged VLAN the port should be in hybrid mode See portmode hybrid In Example 1 below a VLAN Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single tagged VLAN In Example 2 below the Tag Protocol Identifier TPID is set to 8848 The Gi 3 10 port is configured to act as a VLAN Stack access port while the TenGi 8 0 port will act as a VLAN Stack trunk port switching Stackable V...

Page 1463: ...own FTOS conf if vl 20 do show vlan Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs Q U Untagged T Tagged x Dot1x untagged X Dot1x tagged G GVRP tagged M Vlan stack NUM Status Description Q Ports 1 Inactive 20 Active T Gi 0 42 100 Active M Gi 0 42 FTOS conf if vl 20 FTOS config vlan stack protocol type 88A8 FTOS config interface gigabitethernet 3 10 FTOS conf if gi 3 10 no shutdown FTOS conf if gi 3 10 switchport...

Page 1464: ...1464 VLAN Stacking w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1465: ...rofile E Series Exascale only cam profile ipv4 vrf E Series Terascale only cam profile ipv4 v6 vrf E Series Terascale only ip vrf ip vrf forwarding ip vrf vlan block show ip vrf show run vrf start vlan id cam profile e x E Series Exascale only Set the VRF CAM size The default CAM size is 40M which supports both IPv4 and IPv6 You can also configure 10M CAM which supports only IPv4 Syntax cam profil...

Page 1466: ...Synchronizing data to peer RPM Proceed with reload confirm yes no y FTOS show cam profile Chassis CAM Profile CamSize 40 Meg Current Settings Profile Name test Microcode Name VRF L2FIB 15K entries Learn 1K entries L2ACL 5K entries System Flow 102 entries Qos 500 entries Frrp 102 entries L2pt 266 entries IPv4FIB 256K entries IPv4ACL 16K entries IPv4Flow 24K entries Mcast Fib Acl 9K entries Pbr 1K e...

Page 1467: ...4Flow 12K entries 12K entries EgL2ACL 1K entries 1K entries EgIPv4ACL 12K entries 12K entries Reserved 2K entries 2K entries IPv6FIB 0 entries 0 entries IPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries IPv6Flow 0 entries 0 entries EgIPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries MicroCode Name Ipv4 Vrf Ipv4 Vrf Line card 1 per Port Pipe CamSize 18 Meg Current Settings Next Boot Profile Name ipv4 vrf ipv4 vrf L2FIB 32K entries 32K entrie...

Page 1468: ... 1K entries 1K entries IPv4Flow 12K entries 12K entries EgL2ACL 1K entries 1K entries EgIPv4ACL 11K entries 11K entries Reserved 2K entries 2K entries IPv6FIB 18K entries 18K entries IPv6ACL 4K entries 4K entries IPv6Flow 3K entries 3K entries EgIPv6ACL 1K entries 1K entries MicroCode Name Ipv4 V6 Vrf Ipv4 V6 Vrf Line card 1 per Port Pipe CamSize 18 Meg Current Settings Next Boot Profile Name ipv4...

Page 1469: ...ies IPv4Flow 12K entries 12K entries EgL2ACL 1K entries 1K entries EgIPv4ACL 12K entries 12K entries Reserved 2K entries 2K entries IPv6FIB 0 entries 0 entries IPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries IPv6Flow 0 entries 0 entries EgIPv6ACL 0 entries 0 entries MicroCode Name Ipv4 Vrf Ipv4 Vrf Line card 1 per Port Pipe CamSize 18 Meg Current Settings Next Boot Profile Name ipv4 vrf ipv4 vrf L2FIB 32K entries 32K...

Page 1470: ...efault VRF 0 Note Starting in FTOS 8 4 2 1 when VRF microcode is loaded on an E Series ExaScale or TeraScale router the ip vrf default vlan vrf name command is deprecated and is replaced by the ip vrf vrf name vrf id command vrf name Enter the name of the VRF instance Maximum 32 characters vrf id Enter the VRF ID number VRF ID range 1 to 14 and 0 default VRF Version 8 4 2 1 The ip vrf default vlan...

Page 1471: ...e overlapping IP subnets or the same IP address on them Example Related Commands vrf name Enter the name of the VRF instance to which this interface will belong If no name is entered default vrf is assigned Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series FTOS conf if gi 1 1 int gi 1 10 FTOS conf if gi 1 10 show config interface GigabitEthernet 1 10 no ip address shutdown FTOS conf if gi 1 10 FTOS conf ...

Page 1472: ...erent VRF processes All VLAN member ports must be removed from the VLAN before the VLAN is deleted from a VRF instance Related Commands Note Starting in FTOS 8 4 2 1 when VRF microcode is loaded on an E Series ExaScale or TeraScale router the ip vrf vlan block number command is deprecated number Total number of VLANs allotted for VRF instances Expressed in power of 2 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 102...

Page 1473: ...terfaces default vrf 0 So 0 0 So 0 1 So 0 2 So 0 3 Gi 1 0 Gi 1 1 Gi 1 2 Gi 1 3 Gi 1 4 Gi 1 6 Gi 1 7 Gi 1 8 Gi 1 9 Gi 1 11 Gi 1 12 Gi 1 13 Gi 1 14 Gi 1 15 Gi 1 16 Gi 1 17 Gi 1 18 Gi 1 19 Gi 1 20 Gi 1 21 Gi 1 22 Gi 1 23 Gi 1 24 Gi 1 25 Gi 1 26 Gi 1 27 Gi 1 28 Gi 1 29 Gi 1 30 Gi 1 31 Gi 1 32 Gi 1 33 Gi 1 34 Gi 1 35 Gi 1 36 Gi 1 37 Gi 1 38 Gi 1 39 Gi 1 40 Gi 1 41 Gi 1 42 Gi 1 43 Gi 1 44 Gi 1 45 Gi 1 4...

Page 1474: ...an E Series ExaScale or TeraScale router the start vlan id vlan start id command is deprecated vlan start id The starting VLAN ID number for this VRF instance The system takes this number and adds up the number of VLANs assigned in ip vrf vlan block to set the start and end range for the VRF VLANs Version 8 4 2 1 The start vrf vlan id vlan start id command is deprecated Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced ...

Page 1475: ...P version 3 is available on platforms c e s Overview This chapter has the following sections IPv4 VRRP Commands on page 1475 IPv6 VRRP Commands on page 1489 IPv4 VRRP Commands The IPv4 VRRP commands are advertise interval authentication type clear counters vrrp debug vrrp description disable hold time preempt priority show config show vrrp track virtual address vrrp group ...

Page 1476: ...w config output if the encryption type is unencrypted or clear text If you choose to encrypt the password the show config displays an encrypted text string time Enter a number of in seconds for IPv4 or centiseconds for IPv6 Range 1 to 255 in increments of 25 for IPv6 IPv4 Default 1 second IPv6 Default 100 centiseconds Version 8 3 2 0 Introduced for IPv6 on E Series TeraScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introd...

Page 1477: ...rds and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabit...

Page 1478: ... VRRP is disabled Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual address command and enter no disable Related Commands text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long Version 8 3 2 0 Introduced for IPv6 on E Series TeraScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on C Series pre Versi...

Page 1479: ...mit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value to preempt or become the MASTER router Syntax preempt Defaults Enabled that is a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router Command Modes VRRP Command History time Enter a number of seconds for IPv4 or centiseconds for IPv6 Range 0 to 65535 in multiples of 25 for IPv6 Default 0 Version 8 3 2 0 Introduced for IPv6 on E Series TeraScale Version 7 6 1...

Page 1480: ...on default VRRP configuration Syntax show config verbose Parameters Command Modes VRRP Command History Example Figure 63 1 Command Example show config priority Enter a number as the priority Enter 255 only if the router s virtual address is the same as the interface s primary IP address that is the router is the OWNER Range 1 to 255 Default 100 Version 8 3 2 0 Introduced for IPv6 on E Series TeraS...

Page 1481: ... a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series and S Series Range 1 128 E Series Range 1 to 32 for EtherScale 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale For SONET interfaces enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot port For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port For a VLAN interface enter the ...

Page 1482: ...rface and the interface is disabled the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface Pre States whether preempt is enabled on the interface Y Preempt is enabled N Preempt is not enabled State Displays the operational state of the interface by using one of the following NA IF the interface is not available MASTER the interface associated with the MASTER router BACKUP the int...

Page 1483: ... 10 1 1 253 local Hold Down 0 sec Preempt TRUE AdvInt 1 sec Adv rcvd 0 Adv sent 1862 Gratuitous ARP sent 0 Virtual MAC address 00 00 5e 00 01 01 Virtual IP address 10 1 1 252 Authentication none Tracking states for 1 interfaces Up GigabitEthernet 12 17 priority cost 10 GigabitEthernet 12 4 VRID 2 Net 10 1 2 253 VRF 0 default vrf State Master Priority 110 Master 10 1 2 253 local Hold Down 10 sec Pr...

Page 1484: ...al IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected Authentication States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group If it is the authentication type and the password are listed Tracking states Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group track command including UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object Up or Dn Inter...

Page 1485: ...alue in the BACKUP virtual routers interface Enter one of the following values For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter gigabitethernet slot number port number For a Loopback interface enter loopback number where valid loopback interface numbers are from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter port channel number where valid port channel numbers are C Series and S Series 1 to 128 E Series 1 ...

Page 1486: ... as the interface s primary IP address The priority of the VRRP group is then automatically set to 255 and the interface becomes the MASTER OWNER router of the VRRP group You can also configure a priority for the group even if the group is owned The configured priority is saved but only applied as the run time priority when the last virtual address is removed from the group You can ping the virtua...

Page 1487: ...icrocode is loaded or not When VRF microcode is not loaded in CAM the VRID for a VRRP group is the same as the VRID number configured with the vrrp group or vrrp ipv6 group command When VRF microcode is loaded in CAM the VRID for a VRRP group is equal to 16 times the vrrp group or vrrp ipv6 group vrid number plus the ip vrf vrf id number For example if VRF microcode is loaded and VRRP group 10 is ...

Page 1488: ...3 0 FTOS conf if gi 3 0 ip vrf forwarding orange FTOS conf if gi 3 0 ip address 1 1 1 1 24 FTOS conf if gi 3 0 vrrp group 10 Info The VRID used by the VRRP group 10 in VRF 2 is 162 FTOS conf if gi 3 0 vrid 162 virtual ip 1 1 1 10 FTOS conf if gi 3 0 vrid 162 exit FTOS conf if gi 3 0 no shutdown FTOS show vrrp GigabitEthernet 3 0 IPv4 Vrrp group 10 VRID 162 Version 2 Net 1 1 1 1 VRF 2 orange State ...

Page 1489: ...nters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 vrid vrf instance Parameters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History vrid OPTIONAL Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group Range 1 to 255 vrf instance OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the name of a VRF instance 32 characters maximum to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on E ...

Page 1490: ...For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 vrid OPTIONAL Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of all VFF...

Page 1491: ...ernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups on the E Series Version 8 3 2 0 Introduced Table 63 3 Command Example Description show vrrp ipv6 Line Beginning with...

Page 1492: ...rtisements received on the interface Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected Tracking states Displays informat...

Page 1493: ...pv6 group command When VRF microcode is loaded in CAM the VRID for a VRRP group is equal to 16 times the vrrp group or vrrp ipv6 group vrid number plus the ip vrf vrf id number For example if VRF microcode is loaded and VRRP group 10 is configured in VRF 2 the VRID used for the VRRP group is 16 x 10 2 or 162 This VRID value is used in the lowest byte of the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group an...

Page 1494: ...1494 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1495: ...mands Inter process Communication Commands The following are Inter Process Communication IPC commands IPC commands display receive and transmit frame counters for the party bus switch and CPU interfaces These interfaces are the interfaces over which FTOS task to task control messages are exchanged clear hardware cpu party bus clear hardware rpm mac counters hardware monitor linecard hardware monit...

Page 1496: ...ing keywords After the keyword rpm Range 0 1 After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C300 Version7 5 1 0 Introduction Warning Commands in this chapter with this Warning symbol should be used only when you are working directly with Dell Force10 TAC Technical Assistance Center while troubleshooting a problem To contact Dell Force10 TAC for assistance E mail Direct Support support Force10network...

Page 1497: ...ts Enabled action on error Enter the keyword action on error to further specify actions that should be taken in the event of a hardware error btm Enter the keyword btm to configure the system to take an action upon a Buffer Traffic Manager hardware error fpc Enter the keyword fpc to configure the system to take an action upon a Flexible Packet Classifier hardware error card problem Enter the keywo...

Page 1498: ...s c View advanced debugging counters for the party bus port on the CPU of the specified line card or RPM Syntax show hardware linecard rpm number cpu party bus statistics Parameters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view debugging counters for a line card rpm Enter the keyword rpm to view cpu debugging c...

Page 1499: ... Received 0 Number of Pkts Given to MUX 0 Transmit Errors due to no Data 0 Transmit Errors due to exceed num of Desc 0 Transmit Block Count Stall Count 0 Recv Pkts Dropped due to Bad Pkts Rx 0 Recv Pkts Dropped due to more than one Buf 0 Recv Pkts Dropped due to out of Mem 0 Recv Pkts Dropped due to out of CBlk 0 Recv Pkts Dropped due to out of MBlk 0 value 0 0x0 Warning Use this command only when...

Page 1500: ...ounter TxCounter RSM SLOTS 0 1 17 1 0 0 LCM SLOTS 0 0 0 1 17 1 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 FTOS show hardware rpm 0 mac port statistics linecard 1 IPC Switch Port Number 7 snmpIfInOctets 2471340 snmpIfInUcastPkts 2410 snmpIfOutOctets 16046 snmpIfOutUcastPkts 99 snmpDot1dTpPortInFrames 2410 snmpDot1dTpPortOutFrames 99 snmpEtherStatsPkts128to255Octets 491 snmpEtherStatsPkts512to1023Octets 640 snmp...

Page 1501: ...net receive and transmit counters as well as auto negotiation debugging information for the external management interface Syntax show hardware rpm number cpu management statistics Parameters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History number Enter the RPM slot number Range 0 1 Version 7 5 1 0 Introduction ...

Page 1502: ...0 TxCollisions 2 TxLateCollisions 0 10 BASE T half duplex Auto negotiation is complete The PHY Port power is normal ethGiga 0 port Status 0x2444 0x00000402 Link UP Speed 10 Duplex HALF RxFlowControl DISABLE padLen 136 RxCoal 0 usec TxCoal 0 usec MacAddr 0x3bc75e54 00 01 e8 2e 2f 20 RX Queue 0 base 0x42000000 free 1024 TX Queue 0 base 0x42008020 free 2048 MANAGEMENT PHY REGISTER VALUES 0x00 0x1000 ...

Page 1503: ...ters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view information about a line card rpm Enter the keyword rpm to view information about an RPM unit OPTIONAL Enter the keyword unit to view information about a unit Range 0 3 port OPTIONAL Enter the keyword port to view information about a port Range 1 8 number Enter a number after the followi...

Page 1504: ...s UNIT No 0 Total Ingress Drops 0 Total IngMac Drops 0 Total Mmu Drops 0 Total EgMac Drops 0 Total Egress Drops 0 UNIT No 1 Total Ingress Drops 0 Total IngMac Drops 0 Total Mmu Drops 0 Total EgMac Drops 0 Total Egress Drops 0 UNIT No 2 Total Ingress Drops 0 Total IngMac Drops 0 Total Mmu Drops 0 Total EgMac Drops 0 Total Egress Drops 0 UNIT No 3 Total Ingress Drops 0 Total IngMac Drops 0 Total Mmu...

Page 1505: ...acDrops 0 MMU Drops HOL DROPS on COS0 0 HOL DROPS on COS1 0 HOL DROPS on COS2 0 HOL DROPS on COS3 0 HOL DROPS on COS4 0 HOL DROPS on COS5 0 HOL DROPS on COS6 0 HOL DROPS on COS7 0 Egress MAC counters egressMACDrops 0 Egress Drops Tx AgedCounter 0 Tx ErrCounter 0 Tx MacUnderFlow 0 Warning Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a p...

Page 1506: ...opped 0 recvToMux 0 txInt 0 transmitted 0 txRequested 0 noTxDesc 0 txError 0 txWrongIntf 0 txNotInit 0 txReqTooLarge 0 txInternalError 0 rxError 0 Socend Driver Pool Statistics for device 4 poolMBlkGetCnt 0 poolMClGetCnt 0 poolClBlkGetCnt 0 poolClusterGetCnt 0 poolMBlkFreeCnt 0 poolMBlkClFreeCnt 0 poolClBlkFreeCnt 0 poolClFreeCnt 0 poolClPoolIdGetCnt 1 FTOS show hardware rpm 0 cpu data plane stati...

Page 1507: ...ry phy Enter the keyword phy to display sent and received auto negotiation and Layer 1 link status information registers OPTIONAL Use the registers keyword to display a dump of the PHY registers in hexadecimal interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10...

Page 1508: ...Control Register Automatic MDI Crossover Mode Enable 1000Base T 100Base TX 10Base T PHY Extnd Status Register Automatic MDI Crossover State Crossover Table 64 2 show hardware rpm number mac Output Description Mode Control Indicates whether auto negotiation is enabled and the selected speed and duplex Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information The AutoNegComplete shows True and the Lin...

Page 1509: ...k does no not come up Both sides of the link must be configured for auto negotiation recommended or else the same speed 1000Base T requires auto negotiation The IEEE Ethernet standard does not support setting the speed manually to 1000 Mbps 1000Base T Control 1000Base T requires auto negotiation The IEEE Ethernet standard does not support setting the speed to 1000 Mbps with the speed command witho...

Page 1510: ...s command is used in concert with Dell Force10 Technical Support engineers Syntax show cpu interface stats cp lp rp1 rp2 Parameters linecard Enter the keyword linecard to clear information about a line card rpm Enter the keyword rpm to clear information about an RPM number Enter a number After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C3000 After the keyword rpm Range 0 1 After the unit keyword For a...

Page 1511: ...8 Dataplane PP0 interface statistics Link state Up Recv Interrupts Polls 0 Recv Packets 9807 Transmit Packets 9807 Recv Desc Error 0 Transmit Desc Error 0 Partybus RPM0 interface statistics Link state Up Recv Interrupts Polls 0 Recv Packets 171611 Transmit Packets 329859 Partybus RPM1 interface statistics Link state Up Recv Interrupts Polls 0 Recv Packets 0 Transmit Packets 0 Recv Desc Error 0 Tra...

Page 1512: ...gress 59750 IRC Ingress 0 Egress 1780 Partybus ethernet rate statistics 0 Peak rate at Thu Dec 6 18 20 32 2007 Total rate bps 1634400 Total Size bytes 4086 Total Arp bytes 0 From 127 10 10 23 0 2128 bytes From 127 10 10 23 9093 1500 bytes From 127 10 10 12 4233 368 bytes 1 Peak rate at Thu Dec 6 18 16 40 2007 Total rate bps 1634400 Total Size bytes 4086 Total Arp bytes 0 From 127 10 10 23 0 2128 b...

Page 1513: ...ehavior or value Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view information about a line card rpm Enter the keyword rpm to view information about an RPM number Enter a number after the following keywords After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C300 After the keyword rpm Range 0 1 After the keyword unit enter the number of CSF or FP ASIC Version 7 5 1 ...

Page 1514: ...EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information FTOS show revision RPM 0 C300 RPM FPGA 3 8 Required FPGA version 3 8 Secondary RPM C300 RPM FPGA 3 8 Required FPGA version 3 8 Line card 3 48 Port 1G LCM FPGA 2 6 Required FPGA version 2 6 Line card 7 48 Port 1G LCM FPGA 2 6 Required FPGA version 2 6 FTOS number Enter a number after the following keywords After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the...

Page 1515: ... view Layer 2 access control list entries for the specified line card layer3 Enter the keyword layer3 to view Layer 3 access control list entries for the Forwarding Processor of the specified line card number Enter a number after the following keywords After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C300 0 3 for the C150 After the keyword port set enter the Port Pipe FB ID Version 4 2 1 0 Introductio...

Page 1516: ... Warning Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so number Enter a number after the following keywords After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C300 After the keyword port set enter the Port Pipe FB ID counters Enter the keyword cou...

Page 1517: ... trace flag Enter a hexadecimal number representing the trace flag Version 4 2 1 0 Introduction Warning Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so clients OPTIONAL Enter the keyword clients to view information on IFM clients summary OPT...

Page 1518: ...the management interface on the RPM enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot port information The slot range is 0 1 and the port range is 0 For the Null interface enter the keywords null 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number C Series Range 1 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slo...

Page 1519: ...on in the MAC Agent for a VLAN on a particular line card interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information number Enter a number after the following k...

Page 1520: ... boot However excessive traffic received by a CPU will automatically turn on the collection of CPU traffic statics The message is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on Excessive traffic is received by CPU and traffic will be rate controlled Related Commands show command history c View a buffered time stamped log of all commands entered by all users Syntax show com...

Page 1521: ...sage Information This log displays initialization messages while the line card is going through the steps to reach check in status show cpu traffic stats c View traffic statistics for a line card CPU Syntax show cpu traffic stats linecard all number Parameters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 4 2 1 0 Introduction lp Enter the keyword lp to view buffered console messages for a...

Page 1522: ...re rpm slot fpga errorlog linecard slot registers registers stats standby rpm registers Version 7 5 1 0 Introduction FTOS show cpu traffic stats linecard all Stats for Line card 2 Port pipe 0 Port 0 Numbers of packets trapped due to Egress MTU violation 1 Numbers of packets trapped due to TTL 1 or IP Options 0 Numbers of packets trapped due to TTL 0 0 slot Enter the line card slot number Range 0 t...

Page 1523: ...00 00010000 00000001 00fffffe 00000104 00000104 00000104 0x0040 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 0x0060 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 00000104 0x0080 00000002 0000003f 0000ff01 0000008a 00000000 0000008b 00000089 0000008b 0x00a0 0000008b 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0x00c0 00000000 00000000 00...

Page 1524: ...rrupts handled 0 HDLC 1 Interrupts received 0 HDLC 1 Interrupts handled 0 HDLC 2 Interrupts received 0 HDLC 2 Interrupts handled 0 HDLC 6 Interrupts handled 0 SPI Interrupts received 0 SMI Write Interrupts received 0 LM 80 Interrupts received 0 LCLK Interrupts received 0 Mastership change Interrupts received 1 Over temperature Interrupts received 0 Low temperature Interrupts received 0 XFP 0 Inter...

Page 1525: ...iag linecard number alllevels level0 level1 level2 Parameters Defaults None Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History H Usage Information alllevels Enter the keyword alllevels to run the complete diagnostics test suite level0 Enter the keyword level0 to check the device inventory and verify the existence of the devices e g device ID test leve1 Enter the keyword level1 to verify that the dev...

Page 1526: ... Information linecard Enter the keyword linecard to place the linecard in an offline state sfm standby Enter the keywords sfm standby to place the RPM in an offline state number After the keyword linecard Range 0 7 for the C300 Version 7 5 1 0 Introduction Warning Do not use this command when a line card is in a booting state linecard Enter the keyword linecard to place the linecard in an online s...

Page 1527: ...rd number poe status Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC Command History information Enter the keyword information to view diagnostics processes by line card linecard Enter the keyword linecard for diagnostics information for a particular line card number Enter a line card number Range 0 7 for the C300 summary Enter the keyword summary brief diagnostics information...

Page 1528: ...buffer dedicated dynamic packet pointers queue0 number queue1 number queue2 number queue3 number Parameters FTOS show hardware linecard 7 poe status HW Status for POE Controller 0 The HW Status is The Internal address is 0x0000 The I2C address is 0x003c Is Master Yes The I2C Mode is I2C The mode is configured properly The address is configured properly The Controller and I2C is configured properly...

Page 1529: ...Buffer Range FP 0 2013 CSF 0 131200 in multiples of 80 Packet Pointer Range 0 2047 queue2 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 2 Dedicated Buffer Range 0 2013 Dynamic Buffer Range FP 0 2013 CSF 0 131200 in multiples of 80 Packet Pointer Range 0 2047 queue3 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Qu...

Page 1530: ...ter the keyword port set followed by the port pipe number Range 0 3 on C Series 0 1 on S Series buffer policy buffer profile Enter the keyword buffer policy followed by the name of a buffer profile you created Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series buffer profile Configuration Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface fp Enter this keyword t...

Page 1531: ...erface Syntax buffer profile profile name Parameters Defaults None Command Mode INTERFACE Command History H Usage Information When you move to a different chassis a line card that has a buffer profile applied at interface level on the fp uplink the line card retains the buffer profile To return the line card to the default buffer profile remove the current profile using the command no buffer profi...

Page 1532: ...ed to line card port pipes in the system csf Display the Switch Fabric Processor buffer profiles that you have applied to line card port pipes in the system fp uplink Display the Field Processor buffer profiles that you have applied to line card port pipes in the system Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series FTOS show buffer profile summary fp uplink Linecard...

Page 1533: ...S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series FTOS show buffer profile detail csf linecard 4 port set 0 Linecard 4 Port set 0 Buffer profile test Queue Dedicated Buffer Buffer Packets Bytes 0 36960 718 1 18560 358 2 18560 358 3 18560 358 4 9600 64 5 9600 64 6 9600 64 7 9600 63 FTOS buffer profile Configuration Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface ...

Page 1534: ...1534 C Series Diagnostics and Debugging w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1535: ...nostic Commands Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The diagnostics and monitoring commands are dataplane diag disable loopback dataplane diag disable sfm bringdown dataplane diag disable sfm walk dataplane diag disable dfo reporting diag linecard diag sfm ip control plane egress filter traffic ipv6 control plane egress filter traffic logging coredump kernel disable logging cored...

Page 1536: ...ctive state This continues until the system determines a working SFM combination If no working combination is found the system restores to the pre walking SFM state If the line card runtime loopback test fails the system does not launch an SFM walk dataplane diag disable loopback e Disable the runtime loopback test on the primary RPM and line cards Syntax dataplane diag disable loopback To re enab...

Page 1537: ...es CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information If a full set of SFMs are online during the runtime loopback test and a failure occurs an automatic SFM walk is launched in an attempt to determine if the failure is due to a single faulty SFM If confirmed the single faulty SFM is identified and disabled by default This command disables the automatic bring down of that suspect SFM Related Commands...

Page 1538: ...ntax dataplane diag disable dfo reporting To re enable use the no dataplane diag disable dfo reporting command Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information The per channel DFO error reporting via event logging is enabled by default on TeraScale chassis The error reporting issues a warning when a temporary dataplane glitch occurs or when a persistent malfunction is...

Page 1539: ...y walking the SFMs For this failure case error messages similar to the runtime loopback test error are generated diag sfm Initiate a manual dataplane loopback test show diag sfm Display the loopback test results Note This command is not supported on the E600i chassis slot Enter the slot number of the card you with to diagnose alllevels level0 level1 level2 OPTIONAL Enter the level of diagnostic de...

Page 1540: ...raffic You can use the egress ACL with count option to verify if the control traffic sent by the CPU made it to the line card egress or not Using permit rules with the count option you can track on a per flow basis whether CPU generated packets were transmitted successfully In addition you can block certain CPU generated and soft forwarded traffic This feature also allows you to configure an exten...

Page 1541: ...p kernel disable e Disable kernel core dump logging to the CORE_DUMP_DIR on the flash Syntax no logging coredump kernel disable To re enable kernel core dump logging return to the default use the no logging coredump kernel disable command Defaults Enabled core dump logging is enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information By default the kernel core dump is enable and stored ...

Page 1542: ...ber all command Parameters Note Application core dumps are also automatically uploaded to flash If there is not enough available space for the kernel core dump on the flash the kernel upload will terminate logging coredump linecard Enable core dump logging on line cards logging coredump kernel server Save core dump logging files to an alternate server Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced logging coredump li...

Page 1543: ...tdown the physical interfaces during the core dump allowing for a failover to a backup system Related Commands power on off linecard e Power on or off a specified line card Syntax power off on linecard slot number Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced the port shutdown and no port shutdown variable...

Page 1544: ...confirmation to proceed with the command Figure 65 3 Example Figure 65 3 power off sfm Command Example with Switch Fabric Down Warning Message Once the SFM is powered off the SFM status indicates that the SFM has been powered off by the user Use the show sfm all command to display the status Figure 65 4 power off Enter the keyword power off to power off the SFM power on Enter the keyword power on ...

Page 1545: ... most recent command history lines commands For example if you want to view the most recent ten command enter the number 10 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced orce10 show command history 15 1 15 14 59 27 CMD CLI enable by default from console 1 15 15 9 15 CMD CLI show linecard all by default from console 1 15 15 9 28 CMD CLI interface gigabitethernet 12 0 by default from console 1 15 15 11 51 CMD CLI show...

Page 1546: ...ole e Display onto the console background resets calls initialization etc of the designated line card Syntax show console lp slot number Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 65 6 show console lp 0 command Example Note No password information is saved to the trace command history log lp slot number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword l...

Page 1547: ...c is in an UP state When there is a full set of SFMs online in the chassis resetting one SFM will reduce the total bandwidth supported by the chassis and may affect data flow A warning message is issued at the command line and requires user confirmation to proceed Figure 65 7 Example Figure 65 7 reset sfm Command Example with Warning Message This command does not permit resetting any SFM when the ...

Page 1548: ... a power on state FTOS reset sfm 1 Error SFM1 is active Resetting it will impact data traffic FTOS power off on sfm Power on off an SFM Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced FTOS show diag sfm Switch Fabric Module Loopback Test enabled SFM Walk Through in Loopback Test enabled SFM Bring Down in Loopback Test enabled Switch Fabric Module Loopback State on Route Processor Modules Slot Test Status Last Result T...

Page 1549: ...to view the Control Processor s swpq statistics on Route Processor 2 lp linecard number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lp followed by the line card number to view the Control Processor s swpq statistics on the specified line card Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced FTOS show processes ipc recv stats lp 0 IPC Receive Statistics on LP 0 Memory Used by Recv DB on this processor 6825992 bytes SeqNo Last successful...

Page 1550: ... R No of first retry attempts 2nd R No of second retry attempts Fails No of guaranteed IPC pkts that could not be transmitted RTT ms Avg Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG S No of non guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent This does not include those sent by SWP NonG F No of non guaranteed IPC pkt transmission failures SWP S No of non guaranteed SWP IPC pkts succesfully sen...

Page 1551: ...OS Table 65 1 show processes ipc flow control Display Definitions Field Description TxProcess Sender Process RxProcess Receiver Process Cur Len The number of messages in the sender process waiting to be sent to the receiver process High Mark The maximum number of accumulated messages over the life of the queue in the sender process waiting to be sent out to the receiver process Time Out The time p...

Page 1552: ... message at the head of the FIFO queue After retrying several times the following time out message is generated SWP 2 NOMORETIMEOUT In the display output in Figure 65 13 a retry Retries value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement show revision e Display revision numbers of all line card RPM and SFM components Syntax show r...

Page 1553: ...ard 0 lc pic 0 1 0 lc pic 1 1 0 marvel serdes 0x0 aquarius 0x15 galle 0x11 lynx 0x7 mini 0x22 pandora 0xd Line card 1 lc pic 0 1 1 lc pic 1 1 1 marvel serdes 0xcd4 aquarius 0x15 galle 0x11 lynx 0x7 mini 0x25 pandora 0x9 SFM 0 simba 0x1 faith 0xc SFM 1 simba 0x1 faith 0xc SFM 2 simba 0x1 faith 0xc SFM 3 simba 0x1 faith 0xc SFM 4 simba 0x1 faith 0xc linecard 0 6 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword linecard f...

Page 1554: ...rocesses memory show redundancy show rpm show running conf show sfm show version Without the page option the command output is continuous use CNTL z to interrupt the command output display except find grep no more When using the pipe command enter one of these keywords to filter command output Refer to CLI Basics in the FTOS Command Reference Guide for details on filtering commands save Enter the ...

Page 1555: ...E 802 3 interface s 4 Ten GigabitEthernet IEEE 802 3 interface s show clock 18 23 19 799 UTC Fri Mar 16 2007 show HA information RPM Status RPM Slot ID 0 RPM Redundancy Role Primary RPM State Active RPM SW Version 7 4 1 1 Link to Peer Down Peer RPM not present RPM Redundancy Configuration Primary RPM rpm0 Auto Data Sync Full Failover Type Hot Failover Auto reboot RPM Disabled Auto failover limit 3...

Page 1556: ...l0 level1 level2 terminate To terminate the offline diagnostics use the diag linecard number terminate command Parameters show environment C Series and E Series Display system component status show processes memory C Series and E Series Display memory usage based on running processes number Enter the line card slot number Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 and 0 to 5 on a E300 alllevels Ent...

Page 1557: ...in an online state Syntax online linecard number rpm number Parameters Defaults No default behavior or values Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History H Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 and 0 to 5 on a E300 Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced linecard number Enter the keyword linecar...

Page 1558: ...PTIONAL Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 and 0 to 5 on a E300 detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail to view detailed diagnostics information periodic OPTIONAL Enter the keyword periodic to display diagnostics results periodically summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of the diagnostics information V...

Page 1559: ...clear BTM error counters or status registers on the RPM linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number to clear BTM error counters or status registers on the specified line card Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on an E300 port set pipe number Enter the keyword port set followed by the number of the line card or RPM s Port Pipe Range 0 to ...

Page 1560: ...hardware rpm 0 port set 0 btm ingress errors Error RPM 0 is not active FTOS show hardware btm Display the BTM counters slot number Enter the RPM slot number Range 0 1 Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced action on error Enter the keyword action on error to further specify actions that should be taken in the event of a hardware error btm Enter the keyword btm to configure the system to take an action upon a ...

Page 1561: ...at automatically reboots an FTOS switch router with a single unresponsive RPM This is a last resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle show cpu interface stats e The command provides an immediate snapshot of the health of the internal RPM and line card CPU Generally this command is used in concert with Dell Force10 Technical Support engineers Syntax show cpu interface stats cp lp r...

Page 1562: ...pts Polls 0 Recv Packets 9807 Transmit Packets 9807 Recv Desc Error 0 Transmit Desc Error 0 Recv Out of Mem 0 Transmit Out of Mem 0 Recv Upper Layer Full 0 Transmit Pause Pkts 0 Recv Other Error 0 Transmit Other Error 0 Recv Restarts 0 Recv Restarts Fatal 0 Partybus RPM0 interface statistics Link state Up Recv Interrupts Polls 0 Recv Packets 171611 Transmit Packets 329859 Recv Desc Error 0 Transmi...

Page 1563: ...1581 Egress 176297 CP Ingress 292114 Egress 440141 RP1 Ingress 61250 Egress 66663 RP2 Ingress 54346 Egress 59750 IRC Ingress 0 Egress 1780 Partybus ethernet rate statistics 0 Peak rate at Thu Dec 6 18 20 32 2007 Total rate bps 1634400 Total Size bytes 4086 Total Arp bytes 0 From 127 10 10 23 0 2128 bytes From 127 10 10 23 9093 1500 bytes From 127 10 10 12 4233 368 bytes 1 Peak rate at Thu Dec 6 18...

Page 1564: ...ess queues to view egress BTM error counters status registers or packet queue ingress errors status queues OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ingress errors ingress status or ingress queues to view ingress BTM error counters status registers or packet queue all errors status queues OPTIONAL Enter the keywords all errors all status or all queues to view all BTM error counters status registers or packet qu...

Page 1565: ... counters to display the FPC receive and transmit packet byte counters and error counters drops OPTIONAL Enter the keyword drops to display FPC drop related error counters spi err counters OPTIONAL Enter the keywords spi err counters to display the FPC System Packet Interface SPI receive and transmit packet byte counters error counters and key status registers on the ingress and egress paths spi s...

Page 1566: ...T2_RX_PKT_COUNTER_LO 0 C2_TO_T2_RX_PKT_COUNTER_HI 0 EBC_DROP 0 EFA_TX_PKT_LO 0 EFA_TX_PKT_HI 0 EGRESS_DROP_COUNT 0 CMB_IC_DROP 0 CMB_LG_DROP 0 CMB_SF_DROP 0 CMB_IPM_DROP 0 CMB_OPM_DROP 0 Portpipe 0 Ingress Counters SPI 1 SPI4_ABORT 0 MAC_2_T2_DIP2 0 MAC_2_T2_DIP4 0 SPI4_LOSS_CNT 0 MAC_2_T2_RX_PKT_COUNTER_CRC 0 MAC_2_T2_RX_PKT_COUNTER_LO 0 MAC_2_T2_RX_PKT_COUNTER_HI 0 IBC_DROP 0 IFA_TX_PKT_LO 0 IFA...

Page 1567: ...r port set pipe number fpc lookup detail Parameters Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number Range 0 to 13 on a E1200 0 to 6 on a E600 E600i and 0 to 5 on an E300 port set pipe number Enter the keyword port set followed by the number of the line card s Port Pipe Range 0 ...

Page 1568: ...1879719229 1027423549 1027423549 Summary of Last 16 CamHits I Hit0 Hit1 S R P E N n Index0 Index1 r P o g W d c I r r r e H D t e I x C I s n o d s d d e e x 0 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 1 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 2 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 3 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 4 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 5 0 0x00000 0 0x00000 0x00 0x00 00 0 00 6 ...

Page 1569: ...ers Input statistics 31262 Bytes 319 Frames 31262 Total Bytes 319 Total Frames 0 Broadcasts 0 Multicasts 0 CRC 0 Oversize 0 Fragments 0 Jabber 0 64 byte Frames 638 127 byte Frames 0 255 byte Frames 0 511 byte Frames 0 1023 byte Frames 0 Max Frames 0 Error 0 Dropped 0 Undersized Output statistics 31262 Bytes 319 Frames 357822480 Total Bytes 0 Collisions 0 Late collisions 0 Broadcasts 0 Multicasts F...

Page 1570: ...nter the keyword port followed by the port number of the parity bus control switch Range 0 to 24 Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced Table 65 2 show hardware rpm mac counters Command Example Information Slot ID Port number on the party bus control switch RX Frames Number of packets received by the party bus switch from the processor in the specified slot TX Frames Number of packets sent by the party bus sw...

Page 1571: ...rt status information Syntax show interfaces tenGigabitEthernet slot port link status Parameters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History slot number Enter the RPM slot number 0 or 1 rp1 rp2 Enter either the keyword rp1 or rp2 to designate which route processor debug information to display data plane OPTIONAL Enter the keywords data plane to display control processor information on the da...

Page 1572: ... state of the PCS Physical Coding sub layer The state is either up or down Link Fault Remote Indicates if the remote device has detected a fault is inhibiting transmission of frames and may be continuously transmitting idle messages Link Fault Local Indicates if a local fault is detected that may inhibit transmission of frames and may be continuously transmitting remote fault signals Link Fault Id...

Page 1573: ...ction on error settings Syntax show running config hardware monitor Defaults No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Figure 65 26 show running config hardware monitor Command Example Version 6 5 4 0 Introduced Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced FTOS show running config hardware monitor hardware monitor mac action on error port shutdown hardware monitor linecard a...

Page 1574: ...1574 E Series Debugging and Diagnostics w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1575: ... words you cannot run diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via a stacking link Diagnostic results are printed to the screen FTOS does not write them to memory Diagnostics only test connectivity not the entire data path The offline diagnostics commands are diag stack unit offline stack unit online stack unit diag stack unit s Run offline diagnostics on a stack unit Syntax diag stack uni...

Page 1576: ... and CPLD wherever possible There are no tests on 10G links At this level stack ports are shut down automatically level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics Level 2 diagnostics is a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics Various components on ...

Page 1577: ... 3 Syntax buffer dedicated dynamic packets pointers queue0 number queue1 number queue2 number queue3 number Parameters number Enter the stack unit number Range 0 to 7 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series show environment S Series View S Series system component status for example temperature voltage Warning Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation Do not use any buffer tuning comm...

Page 1578: ...ange 0 2013 Dynamic Buffer Range FP 0 2013 CSF 0 131200 in multiples of 80 Packet Pointer Range 0 2047 queue2 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 2 Dedicated Buffer Range 0 2013 Dynamic Buffer Range FP 0 2013 CSF 0 131200 in multiples of 80 Packet Pointer Range 0 2047 queue3 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or p...

Page 1579: ...tion c s Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface Syntax buffer profile fp csf profile name global 1Q 4Q Parameters Defaults global 4Q Command Mode CONFIGURATION linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number port set port pipe Enter the keyword port set followed by the port pipe number Range 0 3 on C Series 0 1 on S Series buffer policy buffer pr...

Page 1580: ...Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface Syntax show buffer profile detail summary csf fp uplink Parameters Version 7 8 1 0 Added global keyword Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series buffer Buffer Profile Allocate an amount of dedicated buffer space dynamic buffer space or packet pointers to queues 0 to 3 profile name Enter the name of the ...

Page 1581: ... Introduced on C Series FTOS show buffer profile summary fp uplink Linecard Port set Buffer profile 0 0 test1 4 0 test2 FTOS buffer profile Configuration Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface detail Display the buffer allocations of a buffer profile summary Display the Field Processors and Switch Fabric Processors that are applied to line card port pipes in the system interfa...

Page 1582: ...ck port 0 52 Parameters FTOS show buffer profile detail csf linecard 4 port set 0 Linecard 4 Port set 0 Buffer profile test Queue Dedicated Buffer Buffer Packets Bytes 0 36960 718 1 18560 358 2 18560 358 3 18560 358 4 9600 64 5 9600 64 6 9600 64 7 9600 63 FTOS buffer profile Configuration Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface stack unit 0 7 Enter the keyword stack unit follow...

Page 1583: ...lar stacking port Range 0 to 52 Note You can identify stack port numbers by physical inspection of the rear modules The numbering is the same as for the 10G ports You can also inspect the output of the show system stack ports command Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series show hardware stack unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of ...

Page 1584: ...er3 s Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port pipe Syntax show hardware layer3 acl qos stack unit 0 7 port set 0 1 Parameters Defaults No default behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced stack unit 0 7 Enter the keyword stack unit followed by 0 to 7 to select a stack ID port set 0 1 Enter the keyword port set with ...

Page 1585: ...ics of the pseudo party bus interface drops unit 0 1 port 0 27 Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member Optionally use the unit keyword with 0 or 1 to select port pipe 0 or 1 and then use port 0 27 to select a port on that port pipe stack port 0 52 Enter this keyword and a stacking port number to select a stacking port for which to display statistics Identify ...

Page 1586: ...over 255 byte pkts 2 over 511 byte pkts 2 over 1023 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 3 Broadcasts 322 Unicasts 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec Output 00 00 Mbits sec FTOS FTOS show hardware stack unit 0 cpu party bus statistics Input Statistics 8189 packets 8076608 bytes 0 dropped 0 errors Output Statistics 366 packets 133100 bytes 0 errors FTOS FTOS...

Page 1587: ...GMII 1554 ge9 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge10 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 9252 ge11 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 9252 ge12 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge13 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge14 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge15 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge16 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge17 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge18 ena SW Yes Forwar...

Page 1588: ...K ge0 0x00000000 0x0e701102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge1 0x00000000 0x0e702102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge2 0x00000000 0x0e703102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge3 0x00000000 0x0e704102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge4 0x00000000 0x0e705102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge5 0x00000000 0x0e706102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge6 0x00000000 0x0e707102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge7 0x00000000 0x0e708102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge8 0x00000000 0x0e709102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge9 0x00000...

Page 1589: ...e linkStatus of Front End Port 8 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 10 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 11 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 12 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 14 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 15 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 16 is FALSE...

Page 1590: ...ers Enter the keyword port set with a port pipe number 0 or 1 The S25 models of the S Series have only port pipe 0 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword counters to display hit counters for the selected ACL or QoS option Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on S Series FTOS show hardware system flow layer2 stack unit 0 port set 0 counters EntryId Description HITS 2048 STP BPDU Redirects 0 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 0 20...

Page 1591: ... 15 slice_idx 0x02 prio 0x7fd flags 0x82 Installed tcam color_indep 0 higig 0 higig_mask 0 KEY 0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00020000 00000000 00000000 FPF4 0x00 MASK 0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 0x00 action act Drop param0 0 0x00 param1 0 0x00 action act CosQCpuNew param0 7 0x07 param1 0 0x00 action act CopyToCpu param0 0 0x00 param1 0 0x00 action act U...

Page 1592: ...1592 S Series Debugging and Diagnostics w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1593: ... port unreachable 4 fragmentation needed but don t fragment bit set 5 source route failed 6 destination network unknown 7 destination host unknown 8 source host isolated obsolete 9 destination network administratively prohibited 10 destination host administratively prohibited 11 network unreachable for TOS 12 host unreachable for TOS 13 communication administratively prohibited by filtering 14 hos...

Page 1594: ...als 0 during reassembly 12 parameter problem 1 IP header bad catchall error 2 required option missing 13 0 timestamp request 14 0 timestamp reply 15 0 information request obsolete 16 0 information reply obsolete 17 0 address mask request 18 0 address mask reply Table A 1 ICMP Messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code Description Query Error ...

Page 1595: ... Request with invalid community string EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN IFM 1 OSTATE_DN changed interface state to down s IFM 5 CSTATE_DN Changed interface Physical state to down s OSTATE_UP SNMP LINKUP IFM 1 OSTATE_UP changed interface state to up s IFM 5 CSTATE_UP Changed interface Physical state to up s RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD SNMP NONE RPM0 P CP SNMP 4 RMON_RISING_THRESHOLD ...

Page 1596: ...PM 0 down card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY ENVMON NONE RAM 5 COLD_FAILOVER RPM Failover Completed RAM 5 HOT_FAILOVER RPM Failover Completed RAM 5 FAST_FAILOVER RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD ENVMON NONE TSM 5 SFM_DISCOVERY Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE ENVMON NONE TSM 5 SFM_REMOVE Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHMGR 0 MAJOR_SFM Major alarm Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR ENVMON N...

Page 1597: ...ENVMON FAN For E1200 CHMGR 2 FAN_TRAY_BAD Major alarm fan tray d is missing or down CHMGR 2 ALL_FAN_BAD Major alarm all fans in fan tray d are down For E600 and E300 CHMGR 2 FANTRAYBAD Major alarm fan tray is missing CHMGR 2 FANSBAD Major alarm most or all fans in fan tray are down CHM_FANTRAY_BAD_CLR ENVMON FAN For the E1200 CHMGR 5 FAN_TRAY_OK Major alarm cleared fan tray d present For the E600 ...

Page 1598: ... DETECT_STN_MOVE Station Move threshold exceeded for Mac s in vlan d VRRP_BADAUTH PROTO NONE RPM1 P RP2 VRRP 3 VRRP_BAD_AUTH vrid 1 on Gi 11 12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch RPM1 P RP2 VRRP 3 VRRP_BAD_AUTH vrid 1 on Gi 11 12 rcvd pkt with authentication failure VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE VRRP 6 VRRP_MASTER vrid d on s entering MASTER BGP4_ESTABLISHED PROTO NONE TRAP 5 PEER_ESTABLISHED ...

Page 1599: ...otocol See ARP address family bgp 318 735 adjacency check ISIS_IPv6 821 admin email 495 Administrator s email address 495 496 advertise 821 advertise ISIS 821 advertise med guest voice 907 advertise interval 1476 1489 AFI SAFI 342 aggregate address 318 736 aggregate address BGP IPv6 736 796 aggregate address BGP 318 aggregate address MBGP 394 ais shut 1384 alarm report 1384 ANSI TIA 1057 906 archi...

Page 1600: ...bor changes BGP IPv6 745 bgp non deterministic med 329 745 bgp non deterministic med BGP IPv6 745 bgp recursive bgp next hop 329 746 bgp regex eval optz disable 330 746 bgp router id 331 747 bgp router id BGP IPv6 747 bgp soft reconfig backup 332 395 747 boot change 60 62 boot change command 60 boot messages 61 boot messages command 61 boot selection 61 boot selection command 61 boot zero command ...

Page 1601: ...pv6 address 750 clear ip bgp peer group 334 398 751 799 clear ip bgp peer group BGP IPv6 751 clear ip bgp soft 333 clear ip fib linecard 636 clear ip igmp groups 546 clear ip mroute 954 970 clear ip ospf 1011 clear ip ospf statistics 1012 clear ip pim rp mapping 1098 clear ip pim tib 1098 1099 clear ip prefix list 263 clear ip rip 1236 clear ip route 637 clear ipv6 neighbor 978 clear ipv6 ospf pro...

Page 1602: ...race flags 1517 debug ip bgp 335 337 338 398 755 debug ip bgp BGP IPv6 753 debug ip bgp ipv6 753 debug ip bgp dampening 336 debug ip bgp events 337 754 debug ip bgp events BGP IPv6 754 debug ip bgp events ipv6 754 debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening MBGP 398 debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening 755 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening 755 799 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates 799 800 debug ip bgp keepaliv...

Page 1603: ...ended IP ACL 221 deny ether type 222 deny ether type extended IP ACLs 222 deny icmp extended IP ACLs 224 deny regex BGP 420 deny tcp 1324 IP ACL 226 Trace list 1324 deny tcp extended IP ACLs 226 deny udp 1325 IP ACL 229 Trace list 1325 deny udp extended IP ACLs 229 description 1086 1192 1447 ACL 206 INTERFACE 567 VRRP 1478 1491 description ACL 206 description BGP 420 description FRRP 487 descripti...

Page 1604: ...auth max 197 1308 dot1x server timeout 198 1308 dot1x supplicant timeout 199 1309 dot1x tx period 199 1309 download alt boot image 36 downstream 1448 downstream auto recover 1448 downstream disable links 1449 down when looped 1387 duplex 568 duplex Management 568 duplex flow control 569 dynamic LAG 617 E ECMP 473 476 egress ACLs 209 email addresses FTSA Administrator 495 496 FTSA recipient ftsa fo...

Page 1605: ...525 graceful restart OSPF 1020 1021 1027 1068 1069 1073 graceful restart grace period OSPF 1020 OSPFv3 1068 graceful restart grace period OSPF 1020 1027 graceful restart grace period OSPFv3 1068 graceful restart helper reject OSPF 1020 graceful restart helper reject OSPF 1020 graceful restart ietf IS IS 830 graceful restart interval IS IS 831 graceful restart mode OSPF 1021 OSPFv3 1069 graceful re...

Page 1606: ...cro 578 interface rate interval 588 interface sonet 1389 interface suppress threshold dampening 566 Interface vlan 579 interface vlan 579 Interior Gateway Protocol IGP 1005 Internet Control Message Protocol See ICMP Inter packet gap 580 ip access group 296 ip access group common IP ACL 209 ip access list extended 231 ip access list extended extended IP ACLs 231 ip access list standard 213 ip addre...

Page 1607: ...26 ip udp broadcast address 629 ip udp helper udp port 629 ip unreachables 653 ip vlan flooding 653 ipg 580 ipg 8 580 ip redirect list 1087 IPv6 clear ipv6 fib 716 IPv6 ACLs 684 cam acl 431 432 684 clear counters ipv6 access group 685 deny icmp 687 deny tcp 689 deny udp 691 ipv6 access group 692 ipv6 access list 693 permit 694 permit icmp 694 permit tcp 695 permit udp 697 remark 700 resequence acc...

Page 1608: ...2 LAG supergroup 618 LAGs 861 Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling L2PT 1337 lfs enable 581 line 92 linecard 92 Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP 861 link debounce interface 582 Link Layer Detection Protocol LLDP 897 Link State Advertisements See LSA link state protocol 1005 LLDP 897 LLDP MED Media Endpoint Discovery 906 load balance 654 655 log adjacency changes 842 1027 log adjacency changes ISIS 842...

Page 1609: ...match route type Route Map 276 match tag Route Map 276 max age 1421 max age MSTP 941 max age RSTP 1269 max age STP 1421 max area addresses 844 max area addresses ISIS 844 max hops MSTP 942 maximum number 452 maximum paths 1029 BGP 341 759 IS IS 845 846 OSPF 1029 RIP 1243 maximum paths BGP IPv6 760 maximum paths BGP 341 maximum paths ISIS 845 maximum paths RIP 1243 max lsp lifetime 844 max lsp life...

Page 1610: ...MBGP 404 neighbor password 350 neighbor password BGP 350 neighbor peer group 351 767 768 neighbor peer group BGP IPv6 767 neighbor peer group BGP 351 neighbor peer group creating group BGP IPv6 768 neighbor peer group passive BGP IPv6 769 neighbor peer group passive BGP 352 neighbor remote as 353 769 neighbor remote as BGP IPv6 769 neighbor remote as BGP 353 neighbor remove private as 353 770 neig...

Page 1611: ...46 password 1290 password Enable 21 pause frames 569 PBR 1085 PBR Policy Based Routing 1343 permit 1327 IP ACL extended 232 Trace list 1327 permit AS Path 288 permit BGP 422 permit extended IP ACLs 232 permit Extended MAC ACL 260 permit IP Community List 291 permit IP prefix ACL 265 permit redirect list 1088 permit standard MAC ACL 255 permit arp 234 permit arp extended IP ACLs 234 permit ether ty...

Page 1612: ... LINE mode 1283 pr number FTSA command 512 promiscuous port 1156 PROTOCOL Per VLAN SPANNING TREE Mode 24 SPANNING TREE Mode 24 protocol frrp FRRP 490 protocol gvrp 530 PROTOCOL GVRP Mode 25 PROTOCOL MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Mode 25 protocol route 657 protocol spanning tree 1421 protocol spanning tree mstp 944 protocol spanning tree pvst PVST 1168 protocol spanning tree rstp 1270 protocol hitless 535...

Page 1613: ...unter 540 redundancy synchronize 541 reload 68 99 reload command 68 remark 206 700 Remote Network Monitoring RMON 1253 rename 68 rename command 68 resequence access list 215 resequence access list extended IP ACLs 243 resequence prefix list ipv4 216 resequence prefix list ipv4 extended IP ACLs 243 reset 100 reset linecard 1547 reset sfm 1547 reset stack unit 1402 resetting S Series member unit 140...

Page 1614: ...reference Route Map 281 set metric Route Map 282 set metric type Route Map 282 set next hop Route Map 283 set origin Route Map 284 set tag Route Map 284 set weight Route Map 285 set overload bit 851 set overload bit ISIS 851 sFlow 1344 sflow collector 1345 sFlow commands 1343 sflow enable globally 1346 sflow enable Interface 1346 sflow extended gateway enable 1347 sflow extended router 1348 sflow ...

Page 1615: ...rops 1503 show hardware interface phy 1507 show hardware layer2 1584 show hardware layer2 acl 1585 show hardware layer3 1584 show hardware layer3 qos linecard port set 1515 show hardware linecard fpc forward 1565 show hardware linecard fpc lookup detail 1567 show hardware linecard fpga 1522 show hardware linecard poe status 1527 show hardware rpm cp 1568 show hardware rpm cpu management 1501 show ...

Page 1616: ... 383 790 show ip bgp paths 383 416 792 817 show ip bgp paths as path 385 792 show ip bgp paths community 385 426 793 show ip bgp paths extcommunity 426 793 show ip bgp peer group 386 416 790 817 show ip bgp regexp 388 show ip bgp regexp BGP IPv6 793 show ip bgp summary 389 417 817 show ip bgp summary BGP IPv6 791 show ip bgpipv6 unicast community list 783 show ip cam 661 663 show ip cam linecard 6...

Page 1617: ...profile 1219 show queue statistics egress QoS 1225 show queue statistics ingress QoS 1229 show range 611 show redundancy 538 1402 1403 show revision 1513 1552 show rmon 1257 show rmon alarms 1258 show route map 285 713 show route map Route Map 285 show rpm 140 show run diff 454 show running config acl vlan group command 299 show running config acl 707 show running config extcommunity list 391 427 ...

Page 1618: ...530 1531 1579 1580 diag stack unit 1575 offline stack unit 1576 online stack unit 1577 redundancy disable auto reboot rpm 1401 reset stack unit 1402 show environment 111 show hardware stack unit 1585 show hardware system flow 1590 show inventory 116 show memory 124 show processes cpu 127 show redundancy 1403 show system stack ports 1404 stack unit priority 1406 stack unit provision 1407 stack unit...

Page 1619: ...s spf 1062 timers spf OSPF 1062 TOS 1041 1042 1044 1046 1050 1052 traceroute 159 track 1485 1493 track Object Tracking 993 track VRRP 1485 track interface ip route metric threshold 993 track interface ip route reachability Object Tracking 994 track interface ip routing Object Tracking 996 track interface ipv6 route metric threshold Object Tracking 1002 track interface ipv6 route reachability Objec...

Page 1620: ... 1175 vlan forward delay PVST 1176 vlan hello time PVST 1177 vlan max age PVST 1178 VLAN types private VLAN 1155 VLANs ACL support 579 definition 887 IP features not supported 887 vlan stack access 1459 vlan stack compatible 1459 vlan stack protocol type 1461 vlan stack trunk 1462 VLAN Stack VLANs Important Points to Remember 1455 VLAN Stacking 1455 VLAN Stacking Stackable VLANs 1337 VMAN tag 1461...

Page 1621: ...command 615 warm upgrade 538 Weighted Fair Queuing WFQ 1201 Weighted Random Early Detection WRED 1197 WFQ 1201 WRED 1197 wred 1223 WRED Weighted Random Early Detection 1208 wred profile 1223 write 162 X XML terminal xml 158 ...

Page 1622: ...1622 Index w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Page 1623: ...erencing 911 advertise med video signaling 911 advertise med voice 912 advertise med voice signaling 913 aggregate address BGP 318 735 Alarms audible cut off 74 clear alarms 77 show alarms 102 area authentication OSPF IPv6 1064 area encryption OSPF IPv6 1065 ARP arp 632 arp timeout 634 clear arp cache 635 debug arp 638 show arp 657 AS PATH Access list deny 287 ip as path access list 287 permit 288...

Page 1624: ...359 neighbor timers 359 774 neighbor update source 360 775 neighbor weight 360 776 network 361 776 807 network backdoor 362 777 redistribute 362 408 778 808 redistribute isis 778 redistribute ospf 363 364 409 779 router bgp 365 780 show capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv4 366 show config 367 781 show ip bgp 367 391 show ip bgp cluster list 368 409 show ip bgp community 370 410 810 show ip bgp community ...

Page 1625: ...s ip access group 208 clear counters ipv6 access group 685 clear counters mac access group 250 clear dampening 564 clear frrp 486 clear gvrp statistics interface 527 clear hardware btm 1559 clear hardware cpu party bus 1495 clear hardware rpm mac counters 1496 1560 clear hardware stack unit 1582 clear hardware system flow 1514 1583 clear hardware unit 1510 clear host DNS 636 clear ip bgp 396 798 c...

Page 1626: ...icmp 639 debug ip igmp 546 debug ip msdp 928 debug ip ospf 1012 debug ip packet 640 debug ip pim 1099 debug ip rip 1236 debug ipv6 pim 1120 debug isis 823 debug isis adj packets 824 debug isis local updates 824 debug isis snp packets 825 debug isis spf triggers 825 debug isis update packets 826 debug multiple spanning tree 938 debug ntp 1435 debug radius 1295 debug spanning tree 1418 debug vrrp 14...

Page 1627: ...vlan 193 194 1306 dot1x max eap req 195 1306 dot1x port control 195 1307 dot1x quiet period 196 1307 dot1x reauthentication 196 1308 dot1x reauth max 197 1308 dot1x server timeout 198 1308 dot1x supplicant timeout 199 1309 dot1x tx period 199 1309 download alt boot image 36 download alt full image 37 downstream 1448 1449 downstream auto recover 1448 duplex 10 100 Interfaces 568 duplex Management 5...

Page 1628: ...571 show interfaces linecard 601 show interfaces switchport 605 show ipv6 interfaces ManagementEthernet 727 shutdown 612 switchport 614 interface FRRP 488 interface management ethernet ip address 66 interface management ethernet mac address 67 interface management ethernet port 67 interface management port config 67 interface range 575 interface range macro define 577 interface range macro name 57...

Page 1629: ...822 clear config 822 clear isis 823 clns host 823 debug isis 823 debug isis adj packets 824 debug isis local updates 824 debug isis snp packets 825 debug isis spf triggers 825 debug isis update packets 826 default information originate 826 description 827 distance 827 distribute list in 828 distribute list out 829 domain password 830 hello padding 834 hostname dynamic 834 ignore lsp errors 834 ip ...

Page 1630: ... log only 508 M MAC Access list clear counters mac access group 250 mac access group 251 show mac accounting access list 210 251 252 MAC Access list extended deny 258 mac access list extended 259 permit 260 seq 262 MAC Access list standard deny 253 mac access list standard 255 permit 255 seq 257 mac access group 251 mac access list extended 259 mac access list standard 255 mac accounting destinati...

Page 1631: ...dvertisement interval BGP IPv6 802 neighbor advertisement interval MBGP 401 neighbor bfd 309 neighbor bfd disable 310 neighbor default originate BGP IPv6 802 neighbor default originate MBGP 402 neighbor filter list aspath BGP IPv6 803 neighbor filter list aspath MBGP 403 neighbor maximum prefix BGP IPv6 804 neighbor maximum prefix MBGP 404 neighbor next hop self BGP IPv6 805 neighbor next hop self...

Page 1632: ...te 1032 redistribute isis 1034 router ospf 1035 show config 1036 show ip ospf 1036 show ip ospf database 1038 show ip ospf database asbr summary 1040 show ip ospf database database summary 1050 show ip ospf database external 1041 show ip ospf database network 1043 show ip ospf database nssa external 1045 show ip ospf database opaque area 1045 show ip ospf database opaque as 1047 show ip ospf datab...

Page 1633: ...90 protocol gvrp 530 protocol lldp Configuration 903 protocol lldp Interface 903 protocol spanning tree STP 1421 protocol spanning tree mstp 944 protocol spanning tree pvst 1168 protocol spanning tree rstp 1270 protocol tunnel enable 1339 protocol tunnel rate limit 1340 protocol tunnel stp 1338 PVST description 1166 pwd 40 Q QoS bandwidth percentage 1189 class map 1190 match ip access group 1192 m...

Page 1634: ...x list ipv4 216 resequence prefix list ipv4 Extended IP ACL 243 reset 100 reset hard 100 reset linecard 100 reset rpm 100 reset sfm 100 1547 reset sfm standby 100 reset stack unit 1402 restore factory defaults 69 revision MSTP 945 RIP auto summary 1236 clear ip rip 1236 debug ip rip 1236 default information originate 1237 default metric 1238 description 1238 distance 1239 distribute list in 1239 d...

Page 1635: ...207 set as path Route Map 278 set automatic tag Route Map 278 set comm list delete Route Map 279 set community Route Map 280 set extcommunity rt BGP 423 set extcommunity soo BGP 424 set ipv6 next hop 712 set level Route Map 281 set local preference Route Map 281 set metric Route Map 282 set metric type Route Map 282 set next hop Route Map 283 set origin Route Map 284 set tag Route Map 284 set weig...

Page 1636: ...27 show hardware rpm cp 1568 show hardware rpm cpu management 1501 show hardware rpm fpga 1522 show hardware rpm mac 1499 show hardware rpm mac counters 1570 show hardware rpm rp1 rp2 1571 show hardware stack unit 1585 show hardware system flow 1590 show hardware system flow layer2 linecard 1516 show hardware unit 1513 show hosts 660 show interface 1554 show interfaces 590 show interfaces configur...

Page 1637: ...w qos qos policy output 1215 show qos statistics 1216 show qos wred profile 1219 show queue statistics egress QoS 1225 show queue statistics ingress QoS 1229 show range 611 show redundancy 1403 1554 show revision 1513 1552 show rmon 1257 show rmon alarms 1258 show rmon events 1259 show rmon hc alarm 1260 show rmon history 1261 show rmon log 1262 show rmon statistics 1263 show route map 713 show ro...

Page 1638: ... tree 1418 description 939 1267 1419 disable 1165 1419 forward delay 1420 hello time 1420 max age 1421 protocol spanning tree 1421 show config 890 1422 show spanning tree 0 1423 spanning tree 1426 spanning tree MSTP 949 spanning tree 0 STP 1426 spanning tree msti 949 spanning tree mstp 950 spanning tree pvst 1172 spanning tree rstp 1273 speed 10 100 1000 Base T Ethernet Interfaces 613 Management i...

Page 1639: ... 52 53 upgrade fpga image 57 upgrade ftp 55 upgrade linecard 52 54 upgrade rpm 52 54 upgrade scp 55 upgrade sfm fpga 55 upgrade system 55 upgrade system stack unit S Series stack member 1408 upgrade system image 52 53 upgrade tftp 55 uplink state group 1453 upload trace log 161 upstream 1447 1454 V virtual ip 162 VLAN default vlan id 888 description 887 1015 interface vlan 579 show vlan 891 tagged...

Page 1640: ...1640 Command Index w w w d e l l c o m s u p p o r t d e l l c o m ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for Force10 TeraScale C Series

Radial Engineering SW8 Owner'S Manual preview
SW8
Brand: Radial Engineering Pages: 12
Panio HW2250K User Manual preview
HW2250K
Brand: Panio Pages: 5
FS 108710 Quick Start Manual preview
108710
Brand: FS Pages: 23
SMC Networks PF2A7 Series Operation Manual preview
PF2A7 Series
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 43
SMART Hub VE220 Installation And User Manual preview
Hub VE220
Brand: SMART Pages: 46
Gomax MA-5288V2 User Manual preview
MA-5288V2
Brand: Gomax Pages: 24
IBM 8265 Nways ATM Switch Product Description preview
8265 Nways ATM Switch
Brand: IBM Pages: 100
INDO GrowHub 800C User Manual preview
GrowHub 800C
Brand: INDO Pages: 3
CTC Union ITP-800-8PH24 Quick Installation Manual preview
ITP-800-8PH24
Brand: CTC Union Pages: 14
Omron D4JL Series Manual preview
D4JL Series
Brand: Omron Pages: 31
LogiLink HD0006 Specifications preview
HD0006
Brand: LogiLink Pages: 3
jbc P105 Instruction Manual preview
P105
Brand: jbc Pages: 4
EnGenius EWS-series EWS2910P-Kit-300 Quick Installation Manual preview
EWS-series EWS2910P-Kit-300
Brand: EnGenius Pages: 6
Veris Industries Hawkeye 738 Installation Manual preview
Hawkeye 738
Brand: Veris Industries Pages: 2
Clever Little Box ZSU-5A User Instructions preview
ZSU-5A
Brand: Clever Little Box Pages: 12
Quintum Tenor AS Product Manual preview
Tenor AS
Brand: Quintum Pages: 125
NETGEAR GS105v5 Installation Manual preview
GS105v5
Brand: NETGEAR Pages: 2
Encore ENH916P-NWY Quick Installation Manual preview
ENH916P-NWY
Brand: Encore Pages: 1

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands